PDF John Deere 326d 328d 329d 332d 333d Servie Repair Manual PDF

326D, 328D, 329D, 332D
and 333D
Skid Steer Loader
Repair
(Manual Controls)
TECHNICAL MANUAL
326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D
Skid Steer Loader
Repair
(Manual Controls)
TM11431 15FEB13 (ENGLISH)
For complete service information also see:
326D, 328D and 332D Skid Steer Loader

Operation and Test (Manual Controls) .............. TM11430
329D and 333D Skid Steer Loader Operation
and Test (Manual Controls) ................................ TM11446
Operation and Test (EH Controls)...................... TM11438
329D and 333D Skid Steer Loader Operation
and Test (EH Controls)........................................ TM11454
326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D Skid Steer
Loader Repair (EH Controls) .............................. TM11439
Operator's Manual ............................................... OMT253018
329D and 333D Skid Steer Loader Operator's
Manual .................................................................. OMT253017
PowerTech E™ 2.4L and 3.0L Diesel Engines
Component Technical Manual............................ CTM101019
120 Series Hydraulic Cylinders .......................... CTM114319
Specifications Manual......................................... SP458VOL2
Worldwide Construction
And Forestry Division
LITHO IN U.S.A.
Introduction
Foreword
This manual is written for an experienced technician. Information is organized in groups for the various
Essential tools required in performing certain service work components requiring service instruction. At the
are identified in this manual and are recommended for use. beginning of each group are summary listings of all
Live with safety: Read the safety messages in the applicable essential tools, service equipment and tools,
introduction of this manual and the cautions presented other materials needed to do the job, service parts kits,
throughout the text of the manual. specifications, wear tolerances, and torque values.
Technical Manuals are concise guides for specific
This is the safety-alert symbol. When you see this machines. They are on-the-job guides containing only the
symbol on the machine or in this manual, be alert to the vital information needed for diagnosis, analysis, testing,
potential for personal injury. and repair.
Technical manuals are divided in two parts: repair and Fundamental service information is available from other
operation and tests. Repair sections tell how to repair sources covering basic theory of operation, fundamentals
the components. Operation and tests sections help you of troubleshooting, general maintenance, and basic type
identify the majority of routine failures quickly. of failures and their causes.
MM16284,0001A38 -19-01FEB13-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=2
Contents
Section 00—General Information Group 3140—Frame
Group 0001—Safety Group 3160—Hydraulic System
Group 0003—Torque Values
Section 99—Dealer Fabricated Tools
Section 01—Wheels or Tracks Group 9900—Dealer Fabricated Tools
Group 0110—Powered Wheels and Fastenings
Group 0130—Track System
Section 02—Axles and Suspension Systems

Group 0201—Drive Axle Housing and Support
Group 0250—Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction
Gears
Section 03—Transmission
Group 0315—Controls Linkage
Group 0325—Flywheel Coupler
Group 0360—Hydraulic System
Section 04—Engine
Group 0400—Removal and Installation
Section 05—Engine Auxiliary System

Group 0510—Cooling Systems
Group 0520—Intake System
Group 0530—External Exhaust Systems
Group 0560—External Fuel Supply Systems
Section 17—Frame or Supporting Structure

Group 1740—Frame Installation
Section 18—Operator's Station

Group 1810—Operator Enclosure
Group 1821—Seat and Seat Belt
Group 1830—Heating and Air Conditioning
Section 19—Sheet Metal and Styling

Group 1910—Hood or Engine Enclosure
Section 20—Safety and Convenience

Group 2001—Radio
Section 21—Main Hydraulic System

Section 31—Loader
Group 3104—Attachment Coupler
Group 3115—Control Linkage
Original Instructions. All information, illustrations and specifications in this

manual are based on the latest information available at the time of publication.
The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice.
COPYRIGHT © 2013
DEERE & COMPANY
Moline, Illinois
All rights reserved.
A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION ® Manual
Previous Editions
Copyright © 2010, 2011, 2012
TM11431 (15FEB13) i 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=1
Contents
TM11431 (15FEB13) ii 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=2
Section 00
General Information
Contents
Page Page
Group 0001—Safety Service Recommendations for

Recognize Safety Information ................... 00-0001-1 37° Flare and 30° Cone Seat
Follow Safety Instructions.......................... 00-0001-1 Connectors ............................................ 00-0003-6
Operate Only If Qualified ........................... 00-0001-1 Service Recommendations For
Wear Protective Clothing........................... 00-0001-2 Flared Connections—Straight or
Avoid Unauthorized Machine Tapered Threads ................................... 00-0003-7
Modifications.......................................... 00-0001-2 Inch Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting
Inspect Machine ........................................ 00-0001-2 For High Pressure Service
Stay Clear of Moving Parts........................ 00-0001-2 Recommendations................................. 00-0003-8
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids ....................... 00-0001-3 Service Recommendations For
Avoid High-Pressure Oils .......................... 00-0001-3 Inch Series Four Bolt Flange
Work In Ventilated Area............................. 00-0001-4 Fittings ................................................... 00-0003-9
Prevent Fires ............................................. 00-0001-4 Service Recommendation
Prevent Battery Explosions ....................... 00-0001-5 O-Ring Face Seal Fittings with SAE Inch Hex Nut and
Handle Chemical Products Safely.............. 00-0001-5 Stud End for High Pressure.....................00-0003-10
Dispose of Waste Properly ........................ 00-0001-5 O-Ring Face Seal Fittings with Metric Hex Nut and
Prepare for Emergencies........................... 00-0001-6 Stud End for Standard Pressure..............00-0003-12
Clean Debris from Machine ....................... 00-0001-6 O-Ring Face Seal Fittings with Metric Hex Nut and
Use Steps and Handholds Stud End for High Pressure.....................00-0003-14
Correctly ................................................ 00-0001-6 Service Recommendations for
Start Only From Operator's Seat ............... 00-0001-6 Metric Series Four Bolt Flange
Use and Maintain Seat Belt ....................... 00-0001-7 Fitting................................................... 00-0003-16
Prevent Unintended Machine
Movement.............................................. 00-0001-7
Avoid Work Site Hazards........................... 00-0001-8
Keep Riders Off Machine .......................... 00-0001-8
Avoid Backover Accidents ......................... 00-0001-8
Avoid Machine Tip Over ............................ 00-0001-9
Operating On Slopes ................................. 00-0001-9
Operating Or Traveling On Public
Roads .................................................... 00-0001-9
Inspect and Maintain ROPS .................... 00-0001-10
Add and Operate Attachments
Safely................................................... 00-0001-10
Park and Prepare for Service
Safely................................................... 00-0001-10
Service Cooling System Safely ............... 00-0001-11
Remove Paint Before Welding or
Heating ................................................ 00-0001-11
Make Welding Repairs Safely ................. 00-0001-11
Drive Metal Pins Safely ........................... 00-0001-12
Service Tires Safely................................. 00-0001-12
Handle Cab Door Safely.......................... 00-0001-12
Group 0003—Torque Values

Unified Inch Bolt and Screw Torque
Values .................................................... 00-0003-1
Metric Bolt and Screw Torque
Values .................................................... 00-0003-2
Additional Metric Cap Screw
Torque Values ........................................ 00-0003-3
Check Oil Lines And Fittings ..................... 00-0003-4
Service Recommendations for
O-Ring Boss Fittings.............................. 00-0003-4
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=1
Contents
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=2
Group 0001
Safety
Recognize Safety Information
This is the safety alert symbol. When this symbol is
T133555 —UN—28AUG00
noticed on the machine or in this manual, be alert for
the potential of personal injury.
Follow the precautions and safe operating practices
highlighted by this symbol.
A signal word — DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION —
is used with the safety alert symbol. DANGER identifies
the most serious hazards.
On the machine, DANGER signs are red in color,
WARNING signs are orange, and CAUTION signs are
T133588 —19—28AUG00
yellow. DANGER and WARNING signs are located near
specific hazards. General precautions are on CAUTION
labels.
TX03679,00016CC -19-03JAN07-1/1
Follow Safety Instructions

Carefully read all safety messages in this manual and on
your machine safety signs. Keep safety signs in good
condition. Replace missing or damaged safety signs. Be
sure new equipment components and repair parts include
the current safety signs. Replacement safety signs are
TS201 —UN—23AUG88
available from your John Deere dealer.
There can be additional safety information contained on
parts and components sourced from suppliers that is not
reproduced in this operator's manual.
Learn how to operate the machine and how to use controls
properly. Do not let anyone operate without instruction.
Keep your machine in proper working condition.
If you do not understand any part of this manual and need
Unauthorized modifications to the machine may impair the
assistance, contact your John Deere dealer.
function and/or safety and affect machine life.
DX,READ -19-16JUN09-1/1
Operate Only If Qualified

Do not operate this machine unless the operator's manual machine functions with the machine in an open area
has been read carefully, and you have been qualified by before starting to work.
supervised training and instruction.
Know and observe all safety rules that may apply to every
Operator should be familiar with the job site and work situation and work site.
surroundings before operating. Try all controls and
TX03679,00016FA -19-03JAN07-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0001-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=7
Safety
Wear Protective Clothing

Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment
appropriate to the job.
Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment
or loss of hearing.
Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as
earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or
uncomfortable loud noises.
Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of
the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones
while operating machine.
DX,WEAR -19-10SEP90-1/1
Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications

John Deere recommends using only genuine John Deere reliability, and may create a hazard for the operator or
replacement parts to ensure machine performance. others near the machine. The installer of any modification
Never substitute genuine John Deere parts with alternate which may affect the electronic controls of this machine is
parts not intended for the application as these can responsible for establishing that the modification does not
create hazardous situations or hazardous performance. adversely affect the machine or its performance.
Non-John Deere parts, or any damage or failures resulting
from their use are not covered by any John Deere warranty. Always contact an authorized dealer before making
machine modifications that change the intended use,
Modifications of this machine, or addition of unapproved weight or balance of the machine, or that alter machine
products or attachments, may affect machine stability or controls, performance or reliability.
AM40430,00000A9 -19-20AUG09-1/1
Inspect Machine
Inspect machine carefully each day by walking around it
before starting.
Keep all guards and shields in good condition and properly
installed. Fix damage and replace worn or broken parts
T6607AQ —UN—18OCT88
immediately. Pay special attention to hydraulic hoses and
electrical wiring.
TX03679,0001734 -19-03JAN07-1/1
Stay Clear of Moving Parts

T133592 —UN—12SEP01
Entanglements in moving parts can cause serious injury.

Stop engine before examining, adjusting or maintaining
any part of machine with moving parts.
Keep guards and shields in place. Replace any guard
or shield that has been removed for access as soon as
service or repair is complete.
TX03679,00016D2 -19-03JAN07-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0001-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=8
Safety
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids

Inspect hydraulic hoses periodically – at least once
per year – for leakage, kinking, cuts, cracks, abrasion,
blisters, corrosion, exposed wire braid or any other signs
of wear or damage.
X9811 —UN—23AUG88
Replace worn or damaged hose assemblies immediately
with John Deere approved replacement parts.
Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin
causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all
connections before applying pressure.
with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands medical source. Such information is available in
and body from high-pressure fluids. English from Deere & Company Medical Department in
Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling 1-800-822-8262 or +1
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid 309-748-5636.
injected into the skin must be surgically removed within
a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar
DX,FLUID -19-12OCT11-1/1
Avoid High-Pressure Oils

This machine uses a high-pressure hydraulic system.
Escaping oil under pressure can penetrate the skin
causing serious injury.
Never search for leaks with your hands. Protect hands.
T133509 —UN—17MAR06
Use a piece of cardboard to find location of escaping oil.
Stop engine and relieve pressure before disconnecting
lines or working on hydraulic system.
If hydraulic oil penetrates your skin, see a doctor
immediately. Injected oil must be removed surgically
within hours or gangrene may result. Contact a
knowledgeable medical source or the Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
T133840 —UN—20SEP00
TX03679,00016D3 -19-03NOV08-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0001-3 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=9
Safety
Work In Ventilated Area

Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If
it is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area,
remove the exhaust fumes from the area with an exhaust
pipe extension.
If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, open the
doors and get outside air into the area.
DX,AIR -19-17FEB99-1/1
Prevent Fires
T133552 —UN—14SEP00
Handle Fuel Safely: Store flammable fluids away from
fire hazards. Never refuel machine while smoking or when
near sparks or flame.
Clean Machine Regularly: Keep trash, debris, grease
and oil from accumulating in engine compartment, around
fuel lines, hydraulic lines, exhaust components, and
electrical wiring. Never store oily rags or flammable
T133553 —UN—07SEP00
materials inside a machine compartment.
Maintain Hoses and Wiring: Replace hydraulic hoses
immediately if they begin to leak, and clean up any oil
spills. Examine electrical wiring and connectors frequently
for damage.
Keep A Fire Extinguisher Available: Always keep a
multipurpose fire extinguisher on or near the machine.
Know how to use extinguisher properly. T133554 —UN—07SEP00
TX03679,00016F5 -19-03NOV08-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0001-4 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=10
Safety
Prevent Battery Explosions

Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from
the top of battery. Battery gas can explode.
Never check battery charge by placing a metal object
across the posts. Use a volt-meter or hydrometer.
Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm
battery to 16°C (60°F).
DX,SPARKS -19-03MAR93-1/1
Handle Chemical Products Safely

Direct exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause
serious injury. Potentially hazardous chemicals used with
John Deere equipment include such items as lubricants,
coolants, paints, and adhesives.
TS1132 —UN—26NOV90
A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) provides specific
details on chemical products: physical and health hazards,
safety procedures, and emergency response techniques.
Check the MSDS before you start any job using a
hazardous chemical. That way you will know exactly what
the risks are and how to do the job safely. Then follow
procedures and recommended equipment.
(See your John Deere dealer for MSDS’s on chemical
products used with John Deere equipment.)
DX,MSDS,NA -19-03MAR93-1/1
Dispose of Waste Properly

Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the
environment and ecology. Potentially harmful waste used
with John Deere equipment include such items as oil, fuel,
coolant, brake fluid, filters, and batteries.
TS1133 —UN—26NOV90
Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not use
food or beverage containers that may mislead someone
into drinking from them.
Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into
any water source.
Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air can
damage the Earth’s atmosphere. Government regulations
may require a certified air conditioning service center to
recover and recycle used air conditioning refrigerants.
Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste
from your local environmental or recycling center, or from
your John Deere dealer.
DX,DRAIN -19-03MAR93-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0001-5 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=11
Safety
Prepare for Emergencies

Be prepared if an emergency occurs or a fire starts.
Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.
Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service,
hospital, and fire department near your telephone.
TX03679,000174B -19-03NOV08-1/1
Clean Debris from Machine

Keep engine compartment, radiator, batteries, hydraulic
lines, exhaust components, fuel tank, and operator's
station clean and free of debris.
Clean any oil spills or fuel spills on machine surfaces.
T6669AG —UN—18OCT88
Temperature in engine compartment may go up
immediately after engine is stopped. BE ON GUARD
FOR FIRES DURING THIS PERIOD.
Open access door(s) to cool the engine faster, and clean
engine compartment.
OUT4001,00000E3 -19-20AUG09-1/1
Use Steps and Handholds Correctly

Prevent falls by facing the machine when getting on and
T133468 —UN—30AUG00
off. Maintain 3-point contact with steps and handrails.
Never use machine controls as handholds.
Use extra care when mud, snow, or moisture present
slippery conditions. Keep steps clean and free of grease
or oil. Never jump when exiting machine. Never mount or
dismount a moving machine.
TX03679,00016F2 -19-15MAR07-1/1
Start Only From Operator's Seat

T133715 —UN—07SEP00
Avoid unexpected machine movement. Start engine only

while sitting in operator's seat. Ensure all controls and
working tools are in proper position for a parked machine.
Never attempt to start engine from the ground. Do not
attempt to start engine by shorting across the starter
solenoid terminals.
TX03679,0001799 -19-22APR10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0001-6 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=12
Safety
Use and Maintain Seat Belt

Use seat belt when operating machine. Remember to
T133716 —19—14SEP00
fasten seat belt when loading and unloading from trucks
and during other uses.
Examine seat belt frequently. Be sure webbing is not
cut or torn. Replace seat belt immediately if any part is
damaged or does not function properly.
The complete seat belt assembly should be replaced
every 3 years, regardless of appearance.
TX03679,00016DD -19-03NOV08-1/1
Prevent Unintended Machine Movement

Be careful not to accidentally actuate controls. Follow
these steps during work interruptions, before allowing
coworkers to approach the machine, before standing up,
leaving the operator's seat, or exiting the machine:
TX1064905A —UN—23SEP09
• Lower equipment to the ground
• Press park brake switch (1) to position P to engage
park brake
• Stop the engine
• Raise interlocking seat bar
1— Park Brake Switch
OUT4001,0000467 -19-28SEP09-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0001-7 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=13
Safety
Avoid Work Site Hazards

Avoid contact with gas lines, buried cables, and water
lines. Call utility line location services to identify all
T192984 —UN—26AUG03
underground utilities before starting work.
Prepare work site properly. Avoid operating near
structures or objects that could fall onto the machine. Clear
away debris that could move unexpectedly if run over.
Avoid boom or attachment contact with overhead
obstacles or overhead electrical lines. Never move
machine closer than 3 m (10 ft.) plus twice the line
insulator length to overhead wires.
Keep bystanders clear at all times. Keep bystanders
away from raised booms, attachments, and unsupported
loads. Avoid swinging or raising booms, attachments, or
TX1064889 —UN—02OCT09
loads over or near personnel. Use barricades or a signal
person to keep vehicles and pedestrians away. Use a
signal person if moving machine in congested areas or
where visibility is restricted. Always keep signal person in
view. Coordinate hand signals before starting machine.
Operate only on solid footing with strength sufficient
to support machine. Be especially alert working near
embankments or excavations.
Avoid working under over-hanging embankments or hitting obstacles (rocks, uneven concrete, or manholes)
stockpiles that could collapse under or on machine. can cause a sudden stop. Always wear your seat belt. On
units equipped with shoulder belts always wear both the
Reduce machine speed when operating with tool on or seat and shoulder belt and do not lean forward while
near ground when obstacles may be hidden (e.g., during operating.
snow removal or clearing mud, dirt, etc.). At high speeds
OUT4001,00004A4 -19-07DEC12-1/1
Keep Riders Off Machine

Only allow operator on machine.
Riders are subject to injury. They may fall from machine,
T192977 —UN—26AUG03
be caught between machine parts, or be struck by foreign
objects.
Riders may obstruct operator’s view or impair his ability
to operate machine safely.
VD76477,0000094 -19-31JAN07-1/1
Avoid Backover Accidents

Before moving machine, be sure all persons or
vehicles are clear of machine path. Turn around and
T192978 —UN—26AUG03
look directly for best visibility. Keep windows clean.

Be certain reverse warning alarm is working properly
(if equipped).
Use a signal person when backing if view is obstructed
or when in close quarters. Keep signal person in view at
all times. Use prearranged hand signals to communicate.
VD76477,0000095 -19-31JAN07-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0001-8 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=14
Safety
Avoid Machine Tip Over

Use seat belt at all times.
T133716 —19—14SEP00
Do not jump if the machine tips. You will be unlikely to
jump clear and the machine may crush you.
Load and unload from trucks or trailers carefully. Be
sure truck is wide enough and on a firm level surface. Use
loading ramps and attach them properly to truck bed.
Be careful on slopes. Avoid sharp turns. Balance loads
so weight is evenly distributed and load is stable. Carry
tools and loads close to the ground to aid visibility and
lower center of gravity. Use extra care on wet, soft, rocky,
T192979 —UN—26AUG03
or frozen ground.
Know the capacity of the machine. Do not overload. Be
careful with heavy loads. Using oversize buckets or lifting
heavy objects reduces machine stability.
Ensure solid footing. Use extra care in soft ground
conditions or on structures that may not uniformly support
the wheels especially when raising the boom. Do not
operate close to banks or open excavations that may cave
in and cause machine to tip or fall.
VD76477,0000096 -19-20MAR07-1/1
Operating On Slopes
Avoid side slope travel whenever possible. When working
on steep slopes, travel as straight up and down as
possible and keep the heavy end of the vehicle uphill to
prevent machine tip over.
TX1063677 —UN—01SEP09
Carry the load as low as possible for maximum stability
and visibility.
Select low speed before starting down slope. The slope
on which you can operate safely will be limited by ground
condition and the load being handled.
Be alert to wind direction and velocity.
OUT4001,0000470 -19-28AUG09-1/1
Operating Or Traveling On Public Roads

Machines that work near vehicle traffic or travel slower
than normal highway speeds must have proper lighting T141891 —UN—22MAY01
and markings to assure they are visible to other drivers.
Install additional lights, beacons, slow moving vehicle
(SMV) emblems, or other devices and use as required to
make the machine visible and identify it as a work machine.
Check state and local regulations to assure compliance.
Keep these devices clean and in working condition.
TX03679,00017C8 -19-14JUN01-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0001-9 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=15
Safety
Inspect and Maintain ROPS

A damaged roll-over protective structure (ROPS) should To maintain the ROPS:
be replaced, not reused.
The protection offered by ROPS will be impaired if ROPS
• Replace missing hardware using correct grade
hardware.
is subjected to structural damage, is involved in an
overturn incident, or is in any way altered by welding,
• Check hardware torque.
bending, drilling, or cutting.
• Check isolation mounts for damage, looseness or wear;
replace them if necessary.
If ROPS was loosened or removed for any reason, inspect • Check ROPS for cracks or physical damage.
it carefully before operating the machine again.
TX03679,000179F -19-20APR01-1/1
Add and Operate Attachments Safely

Always verify compatibility of attachments by contacting is required or recommended. Verify that all connections
your authorized dealer. Adding unapproved attachments are secure and attachment responds properly to controls.
may affect machine stability or reliability, and may create
a hazard for others near the machine. Carefully read attachment manual and follow all
instructions and warnings. In an area free of bystanders
Ensure that a qualified person is involved in attachment and obstructions, carefully operate attachment to learn its
installation. Add guards to machine if operator protection characteristics and range of motion.
TX03679,00016F0 -19-24JAN07-1/1
Park and Prepare for Service Safely

Warn others of service work. Always park and prepare
machine for service or repair properly.
• Park machine on a level surface and lower equipment
to the ground.
T133332 —19—14DEC01
• Engage park brake.
• Stop engine and remove key.
• Attach a “DO NOT OPERATE” tag in an obvious place
in the operator's station.
Securely support machine or attachment before working
under it.
• Do not support machine with any hydraulically actuated
tools or attachments.
• Do not support machine with cinder blocks or wooden
pieces that may crumble or crush.
• Do not support machine with a single jack or other
devices that may slip out of place.
• Always install boom lock before working on or around
this machine with the loader boom raised.

Understand service procedures before beginning repairs.
Keep service area clean and dry. Use two people
whenever the engine must be running for service work.
DW90712,00001D1 -19-21AUG09-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0001-10 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=16
Safety
Service Cooling System Safely

Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling
system can cause serious burns.
Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough
to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop
to relieve pressure before removing completely.
DX,RCAP -19-04JUN90-1/1
Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating

Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.
Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated
by welding, soldering, or using a torch.
Remove paint before heating:
• Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from area
to be affected by heating. If paint cannot be removed,
wear an approved respirator before heating or welding.
• If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.
Wear an approved respirator.
• If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with
soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or
paint stripper containers and other flammable material
from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxic
before welding or heating. fumes and dust away.
Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where welding Dispose of paint and solvent properly.
will take place.
DX,PAINT -19-24JUL02-1/1
Make Welding Repairs Safely

IMPORTANT: Disable electrical power before
T133547 —UN—31AUG00
welding. Turn off main battery switch
or disconnect positive battery cable.
Separate harness connectors to engine and
vehicle microprocessors.
Avoid welding or heating near pressurized fluid lines.

Flammable spray may result and cause severe burns if
pressurized lines fail as a result of heating. Do not let heat
go beyond work area to nearby pressurized lines.
Make sure there is good ventilation. Wear eye protection
Remove paint properly. Do not inhale paint dust or fumes. and protective equipment when welding.
Use a qualified welding technician for structural repairs.
TX03679,00016D5 -19-31AUG07-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0001-11 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=17
Safety
Drive Metal Pins Safely
T133738 —UN—14SEP00
Always wear protective goggles or safety glasses and
other protective equipment before striking hardened
parts. Hammering hardened metal parts such as pins and
bucket teeth may dislodge chips at high velocity.
Use a soft hammer or a brass bar between hammer and
object to prevent chipping.
TX03679,0001745 -19-25SEP00-1/1
Service Tires Safely

Explosive separation of a tire and rim parts can cause
serious injury or death.
Do not attempt to mount a tire unless you have the proper
equipment and experience to perform the job.
Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflate
the tires above the recommended pressure. Never weld
or heat a wheel and tire assembly. The heat can cause
an increase in air pressure resulting in a tire explosion.
Welding can structurally weaken or deform the wheel.
When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and extension
hose long enough to allow you to stand to one side and
NOT in front of or over the tire assembly. Use a safety
cage if available.
Check wheels for low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damaged
rims or missing lug bolts and nuts.
DX,RIM -19-24AUG90-1/1
Handle Cab Door Safely

When servicing machine, be aware that cab door (1) is
breakable.
Keep door closed if cab needs to be raised for service.
TX1063683A —UN—08SEP09
Be aware of surroundings so that door does not come

in contact with any objects.
Use care if cab door needs to be removed. To prevent
damage to the door, handle with care and store in a
secure location.
1— Cab Door
OUT4001,0000472 -19-28OCT09-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0001-12 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=18
Group 0003
Torque Values
Unified Inch Bolt and Screw Torque Values
TS1671 —UN—01MAY03
Bolt or Screw SAE Grade 1 SAE Grade 2a SAE Grade 5, 5.1 or 5.2 SAE Grade 8 or 8.2
b c
Size Lubricated Dry Lubricatedb Dryc Lubricatedb Dryc Lubricatedb Dryc
N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in.
1/4 3.7 33 4.7 42 6 53 7.5 66 9.5 84 12 106 13.5 120 17 150
N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft.
5/16 7.7 68 9.8 86 12 106 15.5 137 19.5 172 25 221 28 20.5 35 26
N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft.
3/8 13.5 120 17.5 155 22 194 27 240 35 26 44 32.5 49 36 63 46
N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft.
7/16 22 194 28 20.5 35 26 44 32.5 56 41 70 52 80 59 100 74
N·m lb.-ft.
1/2 34 25 42 31 53 39 67 49 85 63 110 80 120 88 155 115
9/16 48 35.5 60 45 76 56 95 70 125 92 155 115 175 130 220 165
5/8 67 49 85 63 105 77 135 100 170 125 215 160 240 175 305 225
3/4 120 88 150 110 190 140 240 175 300 220 380 280 425 315 540 400
7/8 190 140 240 175 190 140 240 175 490 360 615 455 690 510 870 640
1 285 210 360 265 285 210 360 265 730 540 920 680 1030 760 1300 960
1-1/8 400 300 510 375 400 300 510 375 910 670 1150 850 1450 1075 1850 1350
1-1/4 570 420 725 535 570 420 725 535 1280 945 1630 1200 2050 1500 2600 1920
1-3/8 750 550 950 700 750 550 950 700 1700 1250 2140 1580 2700 2000 3400 2500
1-1/2 990 730 1250 930 990 730 1250 930 2250 1650 2850 2100 3600 2650 4550 3350
Torque values listed are for general use only, based on the strength of the bolt Replace fasteners with the same or higher grade. If higher
or screw. DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening grade fasteners are used, tighten these to the strength of the
procedure is given for a specific application. For plastic insert or crimped steel original. Make sure fastener threads are clean and that you
type lock nuts, for stainless steel fasteners, or for nuts on U-bolts, see the properly start thread engagement. When possible, lubricate
tightening instructions for the specific application. Shear bolts are designed to fail plain or zinc plated fasteners other than lock nuts, wheel bolts
under predetermined loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade. or wheel nuts, unless different instructions are given for the
specific application.
a
Grade 2 applies for hex cap screws (not hex bolts) up to 6 in. (152 mm) long. Grade 1 applies for hex cap screws over 6
in. (152 mm) long, and for all other types of bolts and screws of any length.
b
“Lubricated” means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings, or 7/8 in.
and larger fasteners with JDM F13C, F13F or F13J zinc flake coating.
c
“Dry” means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication, or 1/4 to 3/4 in. fasteners with JDM F13B, F13E or F13H zinc flake coating.
DX,TORQ1 -19-12JAN11-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0003-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=19
Torque Values
Metric Bolt and Screw Torque Values

TS1670 —UN—01MAY03
4.8 8.8 9.8 10.9 12.9 12.9
4.8 8.8 9.8 10.9 12.9 12.9
Bolt or Screw Class 4.8 Class 8.8 or 9.8 Class 10.9 Class 12.9
Size Lubricateda Dryb Lubricateda Dryb Lubricateda Dryb Lubricateda Dryb
N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in.
M6 4.7 42 6 53 8.9 79 11.3 100 13 115 16.5 146 15.5 137 19.5 172
N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft.
M8 11.5 102 14.5 128 22 194 27.5 243 32 23.5 40 29.5 37 27.5 47 35
N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft.
M10 23 204 29 21 43 32 55 40 63 46 80 59 75 55 95 70
N·m lb.-ft.
M12 40 29.5 50 37 75 55 95 70 110 80 140 105 130 95 165 120
M14 63 46 80 59 120 88 150 110 175 130 220 165 205 150 260 190
M16 100 74 125 92 190 140 240 175 275 200 350 255 320 235 400 300
M18 135 100 170 125 265 195 330 245 375 275 475 350 440 325 560 410
M20 190 140 245 180 375 275 475 350 530 390 675 500 625 460 790 580
M22 265 195 330 245 510 375 650 480 725 535 920 680 850 625 1080 800
M24 330 245 425 315 650 480 820 600 920 680 1150 850 1080 800 1350 1000
M27 490 360 625 460 950 700 1200 885 1350 1000 1700 1250 1580 1160 2000 1475
M30 660 490 850 625 1290 950 1630 1200 1850 1350 2300 1700 2140 1580 2700 2000
M33 900 665 1150 850 1750 1300 2200 1625 2500 1850 3150 2325 2900 2150 3700 2730
M36 1150 850 1450 1075 2250 1650 2850 2100 3200 2350 4050 3000 3750 2770 4750 3500
Torque values listed are for general use only, based on the strength of Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always
the bolt or screw. DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or replace shear bolts with identical property class. Replace fasteners with
tightening procedure is given for a specific application. For stainless steel the same or higher property class. If higher property class fasteners are
fasteners or for nuts on U-bolts, see the tightening instructions for the used, tighten these to the strength of the original. Make sure fastener
specific application. Tighten plastic insert or crimped steel type lock nuts threads are clean and that you properly start thread engagement. When
by turning the nut to the dry torque shown in the chart, unless different possible, lubricate plain or zinc plated fasteners other than lock nuts,
instructions are given for the specific application. wheel bolts or wheel nuts, unless different instructions are given for the
specific application.
a
“Lubricated” means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings, or M20
and larger fasteners with JDM F13C, F13F or F13J zinc flake coating.
b
“Dry” means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication, or M6 to M18 fasteners with JDM F13B, F13E or F13H zinc flake coating.
DX,TORQ2 -19-12JAN11-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0003-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=20
Torque Values
Additional Metric Cap Screw Torque Values
T6873AA —UN—18OCT88
CAUTION: Use only metric tools on metric
hardware. Other tools may not fit properly.
They may slip and cause injury.
Check tightness of cap screws periodically. Torque values

listed are for general use only. Do not use these values if
a different torque value or tightening procedure is listed
for a specific application.
Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined
T6873AB —UN—18OCT88
loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade.
Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher
grade. If higher grade fasteners are used, these should
only be tightened to the strength of the original.
Make sure fastener threads are clean and you properly
start thread engagement. This will prevent them from
failing when tightening.
T6873AC —UN—18OCT88
Tighten cap screws having lock nuts to approximately 50
percent of amount shown in chart.
METRIC CAP SCREW TORQUE VALUESa
T-Bolt H-Bolt M-Bolt
Nomi-
nal Dia N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft
8 29 21 20 15 10 7
10 63 46 45 33 20 15
12 108 80 88 65 34 25
14 176 130 137 101 54 40
16 265 195 206 152 78 58
18 392 289 294 217 118 87
20 539 398 392 289 167 125
22 735 542 539 398 216 159
24 931 687 686 506 274 202
27 1372 1012 1029 759 392 289
30 1911 1410 1421 1049 539 398
33 2548 1890 1911 1410 735 542
36 3136 2314 2401 1772 931 687
a
Torque tolerance is ±10%.
04T,90,M170 -19-29SEP99-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0003-3 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=21
Torque Values
Check Oil Lines And Fittings
CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
X9811 —UN—23AUG88
all connections before applying pressure. Search
for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands
and body from high pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically
removed within a few hours or gangrene
may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this
type of injury may call the Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, or other Tubing with dents may cause the oil to overheat. If you
knowledgeable medical source. find tubing with dents, install new tubing immediately.
IMPORTANT: Tighten fittings as specified in
Check all oil lines, hoses, and fittings regularly for leaks or torque chart.
damage. Make sure all clamps are in position and tight.
Make sure hoses are not twisted or touching moving When you tighten connections, use two wrenches to
machine parts. If abrasion or wear occurs, replace prevent bending or breaking tubing and fittings.
immediately.
TX,90,DH1559 -19-01AUG94-1/1
Service Recommendations for O-Ring Boss

Fittings
Straight Fitting
1. Inspect O-ring boss seat for dirt or defects.
T6243AE —UN—18OCT88
2. Lubricate O-ring with petroleum jelly. Place electrical
tape over threads to protect O-ring. Slide O-ring over
tape and into O-ring groove of fitting. Remove tape.
3. Tighten fitting to torque value shown on chart.
Continued on next page 04T,90,K66 -19-29SEP99-1/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0003-4 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=22
Torque Values
Angle Fitting
1. Back-off lock nut (A) and back-up washer (B)
completely to head-end (C) of fitting.
2. Turn fitting into threaded boss until back-up washer
contacts face of boss.
T6520AB —UN—18OCT88
3. Turn fitting head-end counterclockwise to proper index
(maximum of one turn).
NOTE: Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening fittings.
4. Hold fitting head-end with a wrench and tighten locknut

and back-up washer to proper torque value.
STRAIGHT FITTING OR SPECIAL NUT TORQUE CHART
Thread Size N·m lb-ft
3/8-24 UNF 8 6
7/16-20 UNF 12 9
1/2-20 UNF 16 12
9/16-18 UNF 24 18
3/4-16 UNF 46 34
7/8-14 UNF 62 46
1-1/16-12 UN 102 75
1-3/16-12 UN 122 90
1-5/16-12 UN 142 105
1-5/8-12 UN 190 140
1-7/8-12 UN 217 160
NOTE: Torque tolerance is ± 10%.
04T,90,K66 -19-29SEP99-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0003-5 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=23
Torque Values
Service Recommendations for 37° Flare and

30° Cone Seat Connectors
1. Inspect flare and flare seat. They must be free of dirt
or obvious defects.
2. Defects in tube flare cannot be repaired.
T6234AC —UN—18OCT88
Overtightening a defective flared fitting will not stop
leaks.
3. Align tube with fitting before attempting to start nut.
4. Lubricate male threads with hydraulic fluid or
petroleum jelly.
5. Index angle fittings and tighten by hand.
STRAIGHT FITTING OR SPECIAL NUT TORQUE CHART
6. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown on torque Thread Size N·m lb-ft
chart. Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening
3/8 - 24 UNF 8 6
fittings.
7/16 - 20 UNF 12 9
1/2 - 20 UNF 16 12
9/16 - 18 UNF 24 18
3/4 - 16 UNF 46 34
7/8 - 14 UNF 62 46
1-1/16 - 12 UN 102 75
1-3/16 - 12 UN 122 90
1-5/16 - 12 UN 142 105
1-5/8 - 12 190 140
1-7/8 - 12 UN 217 160
NOTE: Torque tolerance is ± 10%.
T82,BHMA,EL -19-29SEP99-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0003-6 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=24
Torque Values
Service Recommendations For Flared

Connections—Straight or Tapered Threads
1. Inspect flare and flare seat. They must be free of dirt
or obvious defects.
2. Defects in the tube flare cannot be repaired.
T6873AE —UN—18OCT88
Overtightening a defective flared fitting will not stop
leaks.
3. Align the tube with the fitting before attempting to start
the nut.
4. Lubricate the male threads with hydraulic fluid or
petroleum jelly. Straight Thread
5. Index angle fittings and tighten by hand.

6. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown on the chart.
Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening fittings.
a
TORQUE CHART
b
Straight Thread Tapered Thread
T6873AD —UN—18OCT88
Thread Size N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft
1/8 15 11
1/4 20 15 45 33
3/8 29 21 69 51
1/2 49 36 93 69
3/4 69 51 176 130
Tapered Thread
1 157 116 343 253
1-1/2 196 145 539 398
2 255 188 588 434
a
Torque tolerance is ±10%.
b
With seat face.
NOTE: If female thread is cast iron (control valves,

brake valves motors, etc.), torque must be
reduced approximately 10%.
04T,90,M171 -19-28JAN92-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0003-7 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=25
Torque Values
Inch Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting For High Pressure Service Recommendations
T6890BB —UN—01MAR90
A—Sealing Surface C—Pinched O-Ring
B—Split Flange D—Single Piece Flange
INCH SERIES FOUR BOLT FLANGE FITTING FOR 41 400 kPa (414 If imperfection cannot be polished out, replace
bar) (6000 psi) PRESSURE SERIES TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance component.
is ± 10% unless otherwise specified
Nominal Cap Screw Sizea Min—Max Torque 2. Install the O-ring (and backup ring, if used) into
Flange Size groove. Use petroleum jelly to hold it in place.
in. in. Nm (lb-ft)b
IMPORTANT: DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT
1/2 5/16-18 UNC 20—31 (15—23)
tighten one cap screw fully before tightening
3/4 3/8-16 UNC 34—54 (25—40) the others. DO NOT over tighten.
1 7/16-14 UNC 57—85 (42—63)
1-1/4 1/2-13 UNC 85—131 (63—97) 3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B) halves.
1-1/2 5/8-11 UNC 159—264 (117—195) Make sure split is centrally located and perpendicular
2 3/4-10 UNC 271—468 (200—345)
to port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold flange halves
a and line in place. Do not pinch O-ring (C).
JDM A17D, SAE Grade 5 or better cap screws with plated hardware.
Lock washers are permissible but not recommended. Single piece flange (D): Make sure flange is centrally
b
Minimum torques given are enough for the given size connection with located on port and line is centered in flange. Install
the recommended working pressure. Torques can be increased to the the cap screws. Hand tighten cap screws to hold
maximum shown for each cap screw size if desired. Increasing cap
screw torque beyond the maximum will result in flange and cap screw
flange and line in place. Do not pinch O-ring.
bending and connection failures.
4. Tighten one cap screw and then the diagonally
opposite cap screw. Tighten the two remaining cap
1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratches, screws. Tighten cap screws within the specified torque
nicks, and burrs cause leaks. Roughness causes values.
O-ring wear. Out-of-flat causes O-ring extrusion.
OUT3035,0000422 -19-05MAR09-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0003-8 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=26
Torque Values
Service Recommendations For Inch Series Four Bolt Flange Fittings
1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratches cause TORQUE CHART

leaks. Roughness causes seal wear. Out-of-flat N·m lb-ft
causes seal extrusion. If defects cannot be polished Nominal Cap Screw
out, replace component. Flange Size
Size Min Max Min Max
2. Install O-ring (and backup washer if required) into 1/2 5/16-18 UNC 20 31 15 23
groove using petroleum jelly to hold it in place.
3/4 3/8-16 UNC 28 54 21 40
3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B) halves. 1 3/8-16 UNC 37 54 27 40
Make sure split is centrally located and perpendicular 1-1/4 7/16-14 UNC 47 85 35 63
to port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold parts in place. 1-1/2 1/2-13 UNC 62 131 46 97
Do not pinch O-ring (C).
2 1/2-13 UNC 73 131 54 97
4. Single piece flange (D): Place hydraulic line in center 2-1/2 1/2-13 UNC 107 131 79 97
of flange and install cap screws. Flange must be 3 5/8-11 UNC 158 264 117 195
centrally located on port. Hand tighten cap screws to 3-1/2 5/8-11 UNC 158 264 117 195
hold flange in place. Do not pinch O-ring.
4 5/8-11 UNC 158 264 117 195
5. Tighten one cap screw, then tighten the diagonally 5 5/8-11 UNC 158 264 117 195
opposite cap screw. Tighten two remaining cap screws.
Tighten all cap screws as specified in the chart below.
DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT tighten one cap
screw fully before tightening the others. DO NOT over
tighten.
04T,90,K174 -19-01AUG94-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0003-9 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=27
Torque Values
O-Ring Face Seal Fittings With SAE Inch Hex

Nut And Stud End For High Pressure Service
Recommendations
O-RING FACE SEAL FITTINGS WITH SAE INCH HEX NUT AND STUD END FOR HIGH PRESSURE, ABOVE 27 600 kPa (276
bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified
A B
C D
H70406 —UN—12DEC01
G
E
H F
F
E
A—90° Swivel Elbow and Tube C—Stud Straight and Tube Nut E—Stud End
Nut D—Bulkhead Union and Nut F— Tube Nut
B—90° Adjustable Stud Elbow G—Swivel Nut
H—Hex Nut
Nominal Tube OD or Hose ID O-Ring Face Seal Hose or Tube Swivel Nut Bulkhead Nut
Metric Tube OD Inch Tube OD or Hose ID Thread Size Hex Size Torque Hex Size Torque
mm Dash Size mm (in.) in. in. Nm (lb-ft) in. Nm (lb-ft)
5 -3 4.78 (0.188) — — — — —
6 -4 6.35 (0.250) 9/16-18 11/16 24 (18) 13/16 32 (24)
8 -5 7.92 (0.312) — — — — —
10 -6 9.53 (0.375) 11/16-16 13/16 37 (27) 1 42 (31)
12 -8 12.70 (0.500) 13/16-16 15/16 75 (55) 1-1/8 93 (69)
16 -10 15.88 (0.625) 1-14 1-1/8 103 (76) 1-5/16 118 (87)
20 -12 19.05 (0.750) 1-3/16-12 1-3/8 152 (112) 1-1/2 175 (129)
22 -14 22.23 (0.875) 1-3/16-12 — 152 (112) — 175 (129)
25 -16 25.40 (1.000) 1-7/16-12 1-5/8 214 (158) 1-3/4 247 (182)
32 -20 31.75 (1.250) 1-11/16-12 1-7/8 286 (211) 2 328 (242)
38 -24 38.10 (1.500) 2-12 2-1/4 326 (240) 2-3/8 374 (276)
O-RING STRAIGHT, ADJUSTABLE, AND EXTERNAL HEX PLUG WITH SAE INCH STUD END FOR HIGH PRESSURE, ABOVE 27
600 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified
Thread Size Straight Hex Sizea Adjustable Nut Hex Size Steel or Gray Iron Torque
in. in. in. Nm (lb-ft)
3/8-24 5/8 9/16 18 (13)
7/16-20 5/8 5/8 24 (18)
1/2-20 3/4 11/16 30 (22)
9/16-18 3/4 3/4 37 (27)
3/4-16 7/8 15/16 75 (55)
7/8-14 1-1/16 1-1/16 103 (76)
1-1/16-12 1-1/4 1-3/8 177 (131)
1-3/16-12 1-3/8 1-1/2 231 (170)
1-5/16-12 1-1/2 1-5/8 270 (199)
1-5/8-12 1-3/4 1-7/8 286 (211)
1-7/8-12 2-1/8 2-1/8 326 (240)
a
Straight hex size applies to fittings only and may not be the same as the corresponding plug of the same thread size.
1. Inspect fitting and connector sealing surfaces and the and burrs. O-ring must be free of dirt, cuts, cracks,
O-rings. They must be free of dirt, scratches, nicks, swelling or flatten condition.
Continued on next page OUT3035,0000420 -19-14JAN04-1/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0003-10 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=28
Torque Values
2. Back the stud end hex nut off as far as possible. Push 4. Turn fitting into the boss by hand until face of nut or
backup washer towards the nut to fully expose the turn washer squeezes the O-ring into the seat and contacts
down section. Washer must fit turned down section face of boss. Loosen adjustable fittings no more than
and not be too loose one turn for alignment.
3. Lubricate O-rings using a thin film of clean hydraulic oil Hold connections together while tightening nut to
or as needed, petroleum jelly to hold O-ring in place. ensure O-ring remains in place.
Install O-ring into groove making sure it is seated at 5. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown. Use a
the bottom. Excess petroleum jelly will prevent seating second wrench to hold the fitting in position or to keep
of O-ring and cause it to pop out. hose from twisting while tightening nut.
To protect an O-ring from threads, wrap electrical tape
over the threads. Slide O-ring over the tape into the
turned down section. Remove the tape.
OUT3035,0000420 -19-14JAN04-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0003-11 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=29
Torque Values
O-Ring Face Seal Fittings With Metric Hex

Nut And Stud End For Standard Pressure
Service Recommendations
O-RING FACE SEAL AND FITTINGS WITH METRIC HEX NUT AND STUD END FOR STANDARD PRESSURE, BELOW 27 600
kPa (275.8 bar) (4,000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified
1 2 3 4
10
T196337 —UN—18NOV03
7 9
11 8 11
6 6 5
10 11
10
8 8
T196337
1— 90° Swivel Elbow 4— Bulkhead Union and Nut 6— Tube Nut 11— Identification Groove
2— 90° Adjustable Stud Elbow 5— External Hex Stud End Plug 7— Swivel Nut
3— Stud Straight 8— Stud End
9— Hex Nut
10— O-Ring
Metric Tube Inch Tube OD or Hose ID Thread Size Hex Size Torque Hex Size Torque
OD
mm Dash Size mm (in.) in. mm Nm (lb-ft) mm Nm (lb-ft)
4 -2 3.18 (0.125) — — — — —
5 -3 4.78 (0.188) — — — — —
6 -4 6.35 (0.250) 9/16-18 17 16 (12) 22 32 (24)
8 -5 7.92 (0.312) — — — — —
10 -6 9.53 (0.375) 11/16-16 22 24 (18) 27 42 (31)
12 -8 12.70 (0.500) 13/16-16 24 50 (37) 30 93 (69)
16 -10 15.88 (0.625 1-14 30 69 (51) 36 118 (87)
20 -12 19.05 (0.750) 1-3/16-12 36 102 (75) 41 175 (129)
22 -14 22.23 (0.875) 1-3/16-12 36 102 (75) 41 175 (129)
25 -16 25.40 (1.000) 1-7/16-12 41 142 (105) 46 247 (182)
28 — — — — — — —
32 -20 31.75 (1.250) 1-11/16-12 50 190 (140) 50 328 (242)
38 -24 38.10 (1.500) 2-12 60 217 (160) 60 374 (276)
50 -32 50.80 (2.000) — — — — —
O-RING STRAIGHT, ADJUSTABLE, AND EXTERNAL HEX PLUG WITH METRIC STUD END FOR STANDARD PRESSURE, BELOW
27 600 kPa (275.8 bar) (4,000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified
Thread Sizea Straight Hex Sizeb Adjustable Nut Hex Size Steel or Gray Iron Torque Aluminum or Brass Torque
mm. mm mm Nm (lb-ft) Nm (lb-ft)
M8 x 1 12 12 8 (6) 5 (4)
M10 x 1 14 14 15 (11) 10 (7)
M12 x 1.5 17 17 25 (18) 17 (12)
M14 x 1.5 19 19 40 (30) 27 (20)
M16 x 1.5 22 22 45 (33) 30 (22)
M18 x 1.5 24 24 50 (37) 33 (25)
M22 x 1.5 27 27 69 (51) 46 (34)
M27 x 2 32 32 100 (74) 67 (49)
M30 x 2 36 36 130 (96) 87 (64)
M33 x 2 41 41 160 (118) 107 (79)
M38 x 2 46 46 176 (130) 117 (87)
Continued on next page OUT3035,0000366 -19-28MAY09-1/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0003-12 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=30
Torque Values
O-RING STRAIGHT, ADJUSTABLE, AND EXTERNAL HEX PLUG WITH METRIC STUD END FOR STANDARD PRESSURE, BELOW
27 600 kPa (275.8 bar) (4,000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified
Thread Sizea Straight Hex Sizeb Adjustable Nut Hex Size Steel or Gray Iron Torque Aluminum or Brass Torque
mm. mm mm Nm (lb-ft) Nm (lb-ft)
M42 x 2 50 50 210 (155) 140 (103)
M48 x 2 55 55 260 (192) 173 (128)
M60 x 2 65 65 315 (232) 210 (155)
a
Stud end threads are identified as metric by an identification groove in the hex nut next to the O-ring.
b
1. Inspect fitting and connector sealing surfaces and the To protect an O-ring from threads, wrap electrical tape
O-rings. They must be free of dirt, scratches, nicks, over the threads. Slide O-ring over the tape into the
and burrs. O-ring must be free of dirt, cuts, cracks, turned down section. Remove the tape.
swelling or flatten condition.
4. Turn fitting into the boss by hand until face of nut or
2. Back the stud end hex nut off as far as possible. Push washer squeezes the O-ring into the seat and contacts
backup washer towards the nut to fully expose the turn face of boss. Loosen adjustable fittings no more than
down section. Washer must fit turned down section one turn for alignment.
and not be too loose
Hold connections together while tightening nut to
3. Lubricate O-rings using a thin film of clean hydraulic oil ensure O-ring remains in place.
or as needed, petroleum jelly to hold O-ring in place.
5. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown. Use a
Install O-ring into groove making sure it is seated at second wrench to hold the fitting in position or to keep
the bottom. Excess petroleum jelly will prevent seating hose from twisting while tightening nut.
of O-ring and cause it to pop out.
OUT3035,0000366 -19-28MAY09-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0003-13 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=31
Torque Values
O-Ring Face Seal Fittings With Metric Hex

Nut And Stud End For High Pressure Service
Recommendations
O-RING FACE SEAL FITTINGS WITH METRIC HEX NUT AND STUD END FOR HIGH PRESSURE, ABOVE 27 600 kPa (275.8
bar) (4,000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified
1 2 3 4
10
T196337 —UN—18NOV03
7 9
11 8 11
6 6 5
10 11
10
8 8
T196337
1— 90° Swivel Elbow 4— Bulkhead Union and Nut 6— Tube Nut 11— Identification Groove
2— 90° Adjustable Stud Elbow 5— External Hex Stud End Plug 7— Swivel Nut
3— Stud Straight 8— Stud End
9— Hex Nut
10— O-Ring
Metric Tube OD Inch Tube OD or Hose ID Thread Size Hex Size Torque Hex Size Torque
mm Dash Size mm (in.) in. mm Nm (lb-ft) mm Nm (lb-ft)
4 -2 3.18 (0.125) — — — — —
5 -3 4.78 (0.188) — — — — —
6 -4 6.35 (0.250) 9/16-18 17 24 (18) 22 32 (24)
8 -5 7.92 (0.312) — — — — —
10 -6 9.53 (0.375) 11/16-16 22 37 (27) 27 42 (31)
12 -8 12.70 (0.500) 13/16-16 24 75 (55) 30 93 (69)
16 -10 15.88 (0.625) 1-14 30 103 (76) 36 118 (87)
20 -12 19.05 (0.750) 1-3/16-12 36 152 (112) 41 175 (129)
22 -14 22.23 (0.875) 1-3/16-12 36 152 (112) 41 175 (129)
25 -16 25.40 (1.000) 1-7/16-12 41 214 (158) 46 247 (182)
28 — — — — — — —
32 -20 31.75 (1.250) 1-11/16-12 — 286 (211) 50 328 (242)
38 -24 38.10 (1.500) 2-12 — 326 (240) 60 374 (276)
O-RING STRAIGHT, ADJUSTABLE, AND EXTERNAL HEX PLUG WITH METRIC STUD END FOR HIGH PRESSURE, ABOVE 27 600
KPA (275.8 BAR) (4,000 PSI), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified
Thread Sizea Straight Hex Sizeb Adjustable Nut Hex Size Steel or Gray Iron Torque
mm. mm mm Nm (lb-ft)
M8 x 1 12 12 8 (6)
M10 x 1 14 14 15 (11)
M12 x 1.5 17 17 35 (26)
M14 x 1.5 19 19 45 (33)
M16 x 1.5 22 22 55 (41)
M18 x 1.5 24 24 70 (52)
M22 x 1.5 27 27 100 (74)
M27 x 2 32 32 170 (125)
M30 x 2 36 36 215 159)
M33 x 2 41 41 260 (192)
M38 x 2 46 46 320 (236)
M42 x 2 50 50 360 (266)
Continued on next page OUT3035,0000421 -19-14JAN04-1/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0003-14 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=32
Torque Values
O-RING STRAIGHT, ADJUSTABLE, AND EXTERNAL HEX PLUG WITH METRIC STUD END FOR HIGH PRESSURE, ABOVE 27 600
KPA (275.8 BAR) (4,000 PSI), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified
Thread Sizea Straight Hex Sizeb Adjustable Nut Hex Size Steel or Gray Iron Torque
mm. mm mm Nm (lb-ft)
M48 x 2 55 55 420 (310)
a
Stud end threads are identified as metric by an identification groove in the hex nut next to the O-ring.
b
1. Inspect fitting and connector sealing surfaces and the To protect an O-ring from threads, wrap electrical tape
O-rings. They must be free of dirt, scratches, nicks, over the threads. Slide O-ring over the tape into the
and burrs. O-ring must be free of dirt, cuts, cracks, turned down section. Remove the tape.
swelling or flatten condition.
4. Turn fitting into the boss by hand until face of nut or
2. Back the stud end hex nut off as far as possible. Push washer squeezes the O-ring into the seat and contacts
backup washer towards the nut to fully expose the turn face of boss. Loosen adjustable fittings no more than
down section. Washer must fit turned down section one turn for alignment.
and not be too loose
Hold connections together while tightening nut to
3. Lubricate O-rings using a thin film of clean hydraulic oil ensure O-ring remains in place.
or as needed, petroleum jelly to hold O-ring in place.
5. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown. Use a
Install O-ring into groove making sure it is seated at second wrench to hold the fitting in position or to keep
the bottom. Excess petroleum jelly will prevent seating hose from twisting while tightening nut.
of O-ring and cause it to pop out.
OUT3035,0000421 -19-14JAN04-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0003-15 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=33
Torque Values
Service Recommendations for Metric Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting
1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratches cause

DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT tighten one cap
leaks. Roughness causes seal wear. Out-of-flat
screw fully before tightening the others. DO NOT over
causes seal extrusion. If defects cannot be polished
tighten.
out, replace component.
TORQUE CHARTa
2. Install the correct O-ring (and backup washer if Thread b
N·m lb-ft
required) into groove using petroleum jelly to hold it
M6 12 9
in place.
M8 30 22
3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B) halves. M10 57 42
Make sure split is centrally located and perpendicular M12 95 70
to the port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold parts in
M14 157 116
place. Do not pinch O-ring (C).
M16 217 160
4. Single piece flange (D): Place hydraulic line in center M18 334 246
of flange and install four cap screws. Flange must be M20 421 318
centrally located on port. Hand tighten cap screws to a
Tolerance ± 10%. The torques given are enough for the given size
hold flange in place. Do not pinch O-ring. connection with the recommended working pressure. Increasing
cap screw torque beyond these amounts will result in flange and
5. After components are properly positioned and cap cap screw bending and connection failures.
screws are hand tightened, tighten one cap screw, b
Metric standard thread.
then tighten the diagonally opposite cap screw.
Tighten two remaining cap screws. Tighten all cap
screws as specified in the chart below.
04T,90,K175 -19-29SEP99-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0003-16 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=34
Section 01
Wheels or Tracks
Contents
Page
Group 0110—Powered Wheels and Fastenings

Wheel Remove and Install......................... 01-0110-1
Tire Remove and Install............................. 01-0110-3
Group 0130—Track System

Measure Rubber Track Height .................. 01-0130-1
Track Remove and Install.......................... 01-0130-1
Track Roller Remove and Install ............... 01-0130-3
Track Roller Disassemble and
Assemble............................................... 01-0130-4
Test Track Roller for Leakage.................... 01-0130-6
Inspect Metal Face Seals .......................... 01-0130-7
Drive Sprocket Remove and
Install ..................................................... 01-0130-8
Front or Rear Idler Remove and
Install ..................................................... 01-0130-9
Front or Rear Idler Disassemble
and Assemble...................................... 01-0130-10
Test Front or Rear Idler for
Leakage............................................... 01-0130-11
Front Idler Yoke Assembly Remove
and Install (S.N. —192141) ................. 01-0130-12
Front Idler Yoke Assembly Remove
and Install (S.N. 192142— ) ................ 01-0130-13
Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring
Assembly Remove and Install ............. 01-0130-15
Track Adjuster Recoil Spring
Remove and Install.............................. 01-0130-16
Track Adjuster Cylinder
Disassemble and Assemble ................ 01-0130-19
TM11431 (15FEB13) 01-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=1
Contents
TM11431 (15FEB13) 01-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=2
Group 0110
Powered Wheels and Fastenings
Wheel Remove and Install
SPECIFICATIONS
Nut Torque 237 N·m
175 lb.-ft.
332D Wheel Remove and Install

1. Park machine on flat level surface.
2. Raise and block machine. See Raising and Blocking
Machine. (Operator’s Manual.)
IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to wheel or wheel studs.
Size 17.5 x 10.5 wheels have countersunk
holes or non-countersunk holes. Wheels with
TX1130358A —UN—29JAN13
countersunk holes use a spacer and wheels
with non-countersunk holes use a washer.
3. Remove nuts (1), washers (3) or spacers (5), and

wheel (2).
4. Clean mounting surface on wheel and axle flange.
5. Install wheel. Wheel
6. For wheels with non-countersunk holes, install

washers. Install nuts with flat side against washer.
For wheels with countersunk holes, install spacers
with taper towards wheel. Install nuts with flat side
TX1130562A —UN—14FEB13
against spacer.
7. Torque nuts to specification.
Specification
Nut—Torque................................................................................237 N·m
175 lb.-ft.
1— Nut (8 used) 4— Wheel Stud Wheel Hardware for Non-Countersunk Holes

2— Wheel 5— Spacer (8 used)
3— Washer (8 used)
TX1130561A —UN—14FEB13
Wheel Hardware for Countersunk Holes
Continued on next page ML82895,00007B3 -19-14FEB13-1/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 01-0110-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=37
326D and 328D Wheel Remove and Install

Machine. (Operator’s Manual.)
3. Remove nuts (1) and wheel (2).
4. Clean mounting surface on wheel and axle flange.
IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to wheel or wheel studs.
Size 17.5 x 10.5 wheels have countersunk holes
or non-countersunk holes. Install nut with
tapered side against wheels with countersunk
holes. Install nut with flat side against wheels
TX1130358A —UN—29JAN13
with non-countersunk holes.
5. Install wheel.
6. For wheels with non-countersunk holes, install nuts
with flat side towards wheel.
For wheels with countersunk holes, install nuts with
taper towards wheel. Wheel
7. Torque nuts to specification.

Specification
Nut—Torque................................................................................237 N·m
175 lb.-ft.
TX1128470A —UN—14FEB13
1— Nut (8 used) 4— Wheel Stud
2— Wheel
Wheel Hardware for Non-Countersunk Holes
TX1128452A —UN—14FEB13
Wheel Hardware for Countersunk Holes
ML82895,00007B3 -19-14FEB13-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 01-0110-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=38
Tire Remove and Install

CAUTION: Tire repair should only be performed
by a qualified tire repair service. Do not attempt
to mount or demount a tire unless you have the
proper equipment and experience to perform the
job safely. Failure to follow proper procedures
TS952 —UN—12APR90
when mounting or demounting a tire from a wheel
or rim can result in explosive separation of a tire
and rim parts, causing serious injury or death.
Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflate

the tires above the recommended pressure. Never weld or
heat a wheel and tire assembly, as heating can increase Explosive Single Piece Rim and Tire
air pressure and result in tire explosion. Welding can also
structurally weaken or deform the wheel.
For initial inflation, always use a clip-on chuck and
extension hose long enough to allow you to stand to one
side and NOT in front of, or over, the tire assembly. Inflate
in a safety cage if available. Use safety chains, cables, or
equivalent restraining devices during inflation.
CAUTION: Stand clear when using a cable or

chain sling. These devices can snap and lash
out, causing serious injury or death.
Check tire and wheel assemblies for low pressure, cuts,

bubbles, damaged rim components, or missing lug bolts
and nuts.
Check that the tire size exactly matches the rim size.
Improperly-sized tires may not perform as intended.
Wheels may contain multi-piece rim components. Inspect
all rim components and replace those that are cracked,
worn, damaged, or severely rusted. Use only rim
components designed to work with one another. Do not
combine rim components from different rim types or rim
manufacturers. Incorrectly assembled or mismatched rim
components can fly apart with explosive force.
Explosive Multi-Piece Rim and Tire
TF44157,0000EA7 -19-18DEC09-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 01-0110-3 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=39
TM11431 (15FEB13) 01-0110-4 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=40
Group 0130
Track System
Measure Rubber Track Height
1. Measure lug height (1) at location shown.
2. Replace rubber track (3) if measurement is less than
specification.
T213966 —UN—09SEP05
Specification
Rubber Track
Lug—Height (minimum).................................................................. 5 mm
0.2 in.
1— Lug Height 3— Rubber Track

2— Lug 4— Track Roller
Track Lug Measurement
RM58335,0000718 -19-12FEB10-1/1
Track Remove and Install

1. Park machine on a flat level surface.
2. Raise and block machine.
3. Remove track adjuster cover plate on track frame.
CAUTION: Prevent personal injury from high

pressure grease in track adjuster cylinder.
T211663A —UN—25FEB10
DO NOT loosen track adjuster valve (2)
quickly or too much. Never loosen grease
fitting (1) to release grease.
4. Loosen track adjuster valve 1—2 turns to discharge

grease from track adjuster cylinder. Allow track to sag
completely.
Track Adjuster Valve
1— Grease Fitting 2— Track Adjuster Valve
Continued on next page RM58335,0000719 -19-12FEB10-1/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 01-0130-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=41
Track System
5. Lay three steel pipes (6), evenly spaced on track (4)

below track frame (5).
CAUTION: Prevent personal injury. Adjust engine

speed to slowest speed. Stand clear of steel
pipes while moving drive sprocket.
6. Rotate drive sprocket in reverse direction until track is

raised off of front idler (3) by steel pipes.
T212134A —UN—14JUN05
CAUTION: Prevent crushing injury from heavy
component. Use appropriate lifting device.
7. Pry and slide track away from front idler and track
frame to remove from machine.
Specification Track Removal
Individual Track—Weight
(approximate)................................................................................ 173 kg
380 lb. 3— Front Idler 5— Track Frame
4— Track 6— Steel Pipe (3 used)
8. Clean and inspect track components.
a. Inspect lugs and area between lugs for cracks that
exceed 3 mm (0.1 in.) in depth, reach steel core or IMPORTANT: Prevent track and machine damage.
exceed 30 mm (1.2 in.) in length. Ensure track is securely engaged on drive
sprocket, rear idler and front idler when finished.
b. Inspect for any signs of exposed steel core.
12. Rotate drive sprocket in reverse direction to guide
c. Inspect roller side of track for cracks that reach steel track completely onto front idler.
core. Inspect for separation of steel core anywhere
on track. 13. Pry and slide track so that center guide lugs on track
fit properly into front idler.
9. Repair or replace parts as necessary.
14. Adjust track tension. See Check and Adjust Track
10. Install track on drive sprocket teeth and rear idler. Slip Tension. (Group 9020-25.)
other end over front idler.
15. Install track adjuster cover plate to track frame.
11. Lay three steel pipes, evenly spaced on track below
track frame. 16. Raise machine and remove blocks.
CAUTION: Prevent personal injury. Adjust engine

speed to slowest speed. Stand clear of steel
pipes while moving drive sprocket.
RM58335,0000719 -19-12FEB10-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 01-0130-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=42
Track System
Track Roller Remove and Install

TX1069982A —UN—19JAN10
3. Remove track. See Track Remove and Install. (Group
0130.)
CAUTION: Avoid crushing injury from heavy

4. Support track roller, to prevent track roller from

dropping once cap screws are removed. Track Roller
Specification
Track Roller (S.N.
1— Track Roller 2— Cap Screw (2 used)
—192141)—Weight
(approximate)............................................................................... 26.3 kg
58 lb.
Track Roller (S.N. 8. Install track roller to track frame. Tighten cap screws
192142— )—Weight to specification.
(approximate).................................................................................. 29 kg
Specification
64 lb.
Track Roller-to-Track
5. Remove cap screws (2) and track roller (1) from track Frame Cap
frame. Screw—Torque............................................................................644 N·m
475 lb.-ft.
NOTE: Track rollers for machines (S.N. 192142— )
are serviced as complete units only. 9. Install track. See Track Remove and Install. (Group
0130.)
6. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as 10. Raise machine and remove blocking.
necessary.
7. Apply PM37477 Thread Lock and Sealer (medium
strength) to threads of cap screws.
KK70125,000076B -19-27OCT10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 01-0130-3 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=43
Track System
Track Roller Disassemble and Assemble

This procedure is for track rollers on machines (S.N.
—192141). Track rollers for machines (S.N. 192142— )
are serviced as complete units only.
8
1
9
5 4
7
7
2
6
5
T210900 —UN—11AUG05
4
3
1
T210900
Track Roller
1— Snap Ring (2 used) 4— Metal Face Seal (2 used) 6— Axle Shaft 9— Collar (without plug hole)
2— Plug 5— O-Ring (2 used) 7— Bushing (2 used)
3— Collar (with plug hole) 8— Track Roller
CAUTION: Avoid crushing injury from heavy NOTE: Metal face seals can be reused if they are not worn
component. Use appropriate lifting device. or damaged. Used seals must be kept together as
a set because of wear patterns on seal ring face.
1. Remove track roller (8) from track frame. See Track
Roller Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) 7. Remove metal face seals (4) from track roller. Keep
seal rings together as a matched set with seal ring
Specification
faces together to protect surfaces.
Track Roller (S.N.
—192141)—Weight 8. Inspect metal face seals. See Inspect Metal Face
(approximate)............................................................................... 26.3 kg Seals. (Group 0130.)
58 lb.
9. Remove O-rings (5) from axle shaft.
2. Remove plug (2) and drain oil from track roller.
10. Install new O-rings on axle shaft.
3. Remove snap rings (1) from both ends of axle shaft (6).
11. Install snap ring on one end of axle shaft.
4. Press axle shaft from track roller (8).
12. Tap axle shaft into collar (9).
5. Press remaining collar (9) from axle shaft.
IMPORTANT: Prevent O-rings from slipping. Metal
NOTE: If bushings (7) are worn or damaged complete face seal O-rings and seat surfaces for O-rings
roller must be replaced. MUST be clean, dry and oil free so O-rings do
not slip when track roller is turning.
6. Inspect track roller bushings (7) and axle shaft.
Replace track roller if bushings or axle shaft are worn
or damaged.
Continued on next page KK70125,000076C -19-27OCT10-1/3
TM11431 (15FEB13) 01-0130-4 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=44
Track System
13. Thoroughly clean O-ring and seat surfaces using points on seal face. Seal must “pop” down into
volatile, non-petroleum based solvent and lint-free place so O-ring is tight against seal bore. A volatile,
tissues. non-petroleum based solvent or talcum powder may
be used as a lubricant.
14. Wipe finger prints and foreign material off seal ring
face with clean oil and lint-free tissues. 17. Tap axle shaft into roller.
15. Apply a thin film of oil to metal face seal. 18. Install collar (3) on axle shaft.
16. Install metal face seals in collars and track roller. Apply
equal pressure with fingers at four equally spaced
KK70125,000076C -19-27OCT10-2/3
19. Support axle shaft (6) and press on collar (3) to install
snap ring. Install snap ring to axle shaft.
20. Using graduated beaker or syringe, fill track roller with
SAE 80W-90 gear oil meeting API Service GL-5.
Specification
T213179A —UN—04AUG05
Track Roller Gear
Oil—Capacity (S.N.
—192141)..................................................................................... 225 mL
7.6 oz.
21. Clean threads of plug and apply cure primer.

22. Apply PM37397 Thread Sealant (high temperature)
to plug threads. Snap Ring Installation
23. Install plug to collar. Tighten plug to specification. 3— Collar (with plug hole) 6— Axle Shaft
Specification
Plug—Torque..............................................................................28.5 N·m
21 lb.-ft. Specification
Track Roller (S.N.
CAUTION: Avoid crushing injury from heavy —192141)—Weight
component. Use appropriate lifting device. (approximate)............................................................................... 26.3 kg
58 lb.
24. Install track roller to track frame. See Track Roller
Remove and Install. (Group 0130.)
KK70125,000076C -19-27OCT10-3/3
TM11431 (15FEB13) 01-0130-5 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=45
Track System
Test Track Roller for Leakage

This procedure is for track rollers on machines (S.N.
—192141). Track rollers for machines (S.N. 192142— )
are serviced as complete units only.
T213172A —UN—04AUG05
CAUTION: Avoid possible crushing injury from
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.
Specification
Track Roller—Weight
(approximate)............................................................................... 26.3 kg
58 lb.
Track Roller Leakage Test Components
1. Hold axle assembly and rotate track roller several
turns to seat metal face seals.
1— Air Pressure Regulator 3— Pressure Gauge
2. Remove plug from track roller. 2— Snubber (needle) Valve 4— Hose with Adapter Fittings
(used to connect test
3. Assemble parts (1—4) and install to track roller. components to track roller)
4. Slowly pressurize oil cavity with air.

Specification
7. Clean threads of plug and apply PM37509 Cure Primer.
Oil Cavity Air
Test—Pressure............................................................................ 160 kPa 8. Apply PM37397 Thread Sealant (high temperature)
1.6 bar to plug threads.
23 psi
9. Install plug to track roller. Tighten plug to specification.
5. Close valve and wait for a minimum of 30 seconds.
Specification
Check for oil leakage. Check gauge to see if air
Plug—Torque..............................................................................23.5 N·m
pressure has decreased.
208 lb.-in.
6. If there is leakage, disassemble track roller and
replace parts as necessary. See Track Roller
Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0130.)
KK70125,0000773 -19-27OCT10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 01-0130-6 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=46
Track System
Inspect Metal Face Seals

1. Inspect to see if seal ring (A) meets following
conditions:
• Narrow, highly polished sealing area (E) must be in
outer half of seal ring face (D).
• Sealing area must be uniform and concentric with ID
and OD of seal ring (A).
• Sealing area must not be chipped, nicked, or
scratched.
A—Seal Ring D—Outer Half of Seal Ring Face

B—Worn Area (shaded area) E—Sealing Area (dark line)
C—Seal Ring Face
T85079 —UN—24AUG93
Seal Ring
RM58335,000071E -19-12FEB10-1/2
2. Illustration shows examples of worn seal rings (A).

I—Sealing area (D) is in inner half of seal ring face (C).
II—Sealing area (D) is not concentric with ID and OD
of seal ring.
T85080 —UN—05DEC96
3. Clean reusable seals by removing all foreign material
from seal rings, except seal face, using a scraper or
a stiff bristled fiber brush.
4. Wash seal rings and O-rings using a volatile,
non-petroleum base solvent to remove all oil.
Thoroughly dry parts using a lint-free tissue.
Worn Seal Rings
5. Apply a thin film of oil to seal ring face. Put face of
seal rings together and hold with tape.
A—Seal Ring C—Inner Half of Seal Ring Face
B—Worn Area (shaded area) D—Sealing Area (dark line)
RM58335,000071E -19-12FEB10-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 01-0130-7 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=47
Track System
Drive Sprocket Remove and Install

0130.)
4. Remove cap screws (1).
CAUTION: Avoid possible crushing injury from

T212201 —UN—23JUN05
5. Attach appropriate lifting device and remove drive
sprocket (2).
1 2
Specification
319D and 323D
Drive Sprocket (S.N.
—192141)—Weight Drive Sprocket (S.N. —192141)
(approximate).................................................................................. 18 kg
40 lb.
329D and 333D
Drive Sprocket (S.N.
—192141)—Weight 2
(approximate).................................................................................. 23 kg
51 lb.
319D, 323D, 329D
and 333D Drive
Sprocket (S.N.
192142— )—Weight
TX1081270 —UN—25AUG10
(approximate).................................................................................. 22 kg
48 lb.
6. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as

necessary. 1
7. Install drive sprocket with existing cap screws. Tighten
cap screws to specification.
Drive Sprocket (S.N. 192142— )
Specification
Drive Sprocket Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................................300 N·m 1— Socket Head Cap Screw (10 2— Drive Sprocket
220 lb.-ft. used)
8. Install track. See Track Remove and Install. (Group

0130.)
10. Raise machine and remove blocking.
Tension. (Group 9020-25.)
KK70125,000076D -19-22OCT10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 01-0130-8 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=48
Track System
Front or Rear Idler Remove and Install

0130.)
T212588A —UN—01JUL05
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from
Support idler before removing cap screws. Idler
will drop once cap screws have been removed.
4. Support idler (1) with appropriate lifting device.

Front Idler (S.N. —192141)
Specification
Idler (S.N.
—192141)—Weight
(approximate)............................................................................... 33.5 kg
74 lb.
Idler (S.N.
TX1081283A —UN—25AUG10
192142— )—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 32 kg
70 lb.
5. Remove cap screws (2) from idler and track frame (3).
6. Remove idler from track frame.
NOTE: Idlers for machines (S.N. 192142— ) are
serviced as complete units only. Front Idler (S.N. 192142— )

necessary.
strength) to cap screws.
9. Install idler to track frame with existing cap screws.
T212249A —UN—15JUN05
Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification
Idler Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................................644 N·m
475 lb.-ft.

0130.) Rear Idler
Tension. (Group 9020-25.) 1— Idler 3— Track Frame
2— Cap Screw (2 used)
12. Raise machine and remove blocking.
KK70125,000076E -19-27OCT10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 01-0130-9 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=49
Track System
Front or Rear Idler Disassemble and Assemble

This procedure is for idlers on machines (S.N. —192141).
Idlers for machines (S.N. 192142— ) are serviced as
complete units only.
8
1
9
5 4
7
7
2
6
5
T210902 —UN—11AUG05
4
3
1
T210902
Idler
1— Snap Ring (2 used) 4— Metal Face Seal (2 used) 6— Axle Shaft
2— Plug 5— O-Ring (2 used) 7— Bushing (2 used)
3— Collar (with plug hole) 8— Idler
9— Collar (without plug hole)
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from NOTE: Metal face seals can be reused if they are not worn
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. or damaged. Used seals must be kept together as
a set because of wear patterns on seal ring face.
1. Remove idler (8) from track frame. See Front or Rear
Idler Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) 7. Remove metal face seals (4) from idler. Keep seal
rings together as a matched set with seal ring faces
Specification
together to protect surfaces.
Idler (S.N.
—192141)—Weight 8. Inspect metal face seals. See Inspect Metal Face
(approximate)............................................................................... 33.5 kg Seals. (Group 0130.)
74 lb.
9. Remove O-rings (5) from axle shaft.
2. Remove plug (2) and drain oil from idler.
10. Install new O-rings on axle shaft.
3. Remove snap rings (1) from both ends of axle shaft (6).
11. Install snap ring on one end of axle shaft.
4. Press axle shaft from idler.
12. Tap axle shaft into collar (9).
5. Press remaining collar (9) from axle shaft.
IMPORTANT: Prevent O-rings from slipping. Metal
NOTE: If bushings (7) are worn or damaged complete face seal O-rings and seat surfaces for O-rings
idler must be replaced. MUST be clean, dry and oil free so O-rings
do not slip when idler is turning.
6. Inspect idler bushings (7) and axle shaft. Replace track
roller if bushings or axle shaft are worn or damaged.
Continued on next page KK70125,000076F -19-27OCT10-1/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 01-0130-10 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=50
Track System
13. Thoroughly clean O-ring and seat surfaces using

volatile, non-petroleum based solvent and lint free 20. Clean threads of plug and apply PM37509 Cure Primer.
tissues. 21. Apply PM37397 Thread Sealant (high temperature)
14. Wipe finger prints and foreign material off seal ring to plug threads.
face with clean oil and lint-free tissues. 22. Install plug to collar. Tighten plug to specification.
15. Apply a thin film of oil to metal face seal. Specification
Plug—Torque.................................................................................24 N·m
16. Install metal face seals in collars and idler. Apply equal 18 lb.-ft.
pressure with fingers at four equally spaced points on
seal face. Seal must “pop” down into place so O-ring is
tight against seal bore. A volatile non-petroleum based CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from
solvent or talcum powder may be used as a lubricant. heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.
17. Tap axle shaft into idler. 23. Install idler to track frame. See Front or Rear Idler
18. Support axle shaft and press on collar (3) to install
snap ring. Install snap ring to axle shaft. Specification
Idler (S.N.
19. Fill idler with SAE 80W90 gear oil meeting API Service —192141)—Weight
GL5. (approximate)............................................................................... 33.5 kg
Specification 74 lb.
Idler Gear Oil—Capacity
(S.N. —192141)........................................................................... 225 mL
7.6 oz.
KK70125,000076F -19-27OCT10-2/2
Test Front or Rear Idler for Leakage

This procedure is for idlers on machines (S.N. —192141).
Idlers for machines (S.N. 192142— ) are serviced as
complete units only.
T213175A —UN—04AUG05
Specification
Idler—Weight
(approximate)............................................................................... 33.5 kg
74 lb.
Idler Oil Leakage Test Components
1. Hold axle assembly and rotate idler several turns to
seat metal face seals.
1— Air Pressure Regulator 3— Pressure Gauge
2. Remove plug from idler. 2— Snubber (needle) Valve 4— Hose with Adapter Fittings
(used to connect test
3. Assemble parts (1—4) and install to idler. components to idler)
4. Slowly pressurize oil cavity with air.

Specification
7. Clean threads of plug and apply PM37509 Cure Primer.
Oil Cavity Air
Test—Pressure............................................................................ 160 kPa 8. Apply PM37397 Thread Sealant (high temperature)
1.6 bar to plug threads.
23 psi
9. Install plug to idler. Tighten plug to specification.
5. Close valve and wait for a minimum of 30 seconds.
Specification
Check for oil leakage. Check gauge to see if air
Plug—Torque..............................................................................23.5 N·m
pressure has decreased.
208 lb.-in.
6. If there is leakage, disassemble idler and replace parts
as necessary. See Front or Rear Idler Disassemble
and Assemble. (Group 0130.)
KK70125,0000774 -19-27OCT10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 01-0130-11 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=51
Track System
Front Idler Yoke Assembly Remove and

Install (S.N. —192141)
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from heavy

component. Front idler yoke assembly may
be under spring force from track adjuster and
can be pushed out from track frame. Ensure
area in front of idler is clear.
T212247A —UN—15JUN05
0130.)
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from Front Idler Yoke Assembly Remove and Install
Specification 1— Front Idler Yoke Assembly 2— Track Frame
Front Idler Yoke
Assembly—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 86 kg
190 lb. 8. Install front idler yoke assembly into track frame.
4. Attach hoist to front idler yoke assembly (1). 0130.)
5. Slide front idler yoke assembly forward and remove 10. Adjust track tension. See Check and Adjust Track
from track frame (2). Tension. (Group 9020-25.)
6. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as 11. Raise machine and remove blocking.
necessary. See Front or Rear Idler Disassemble and
Assemble. (Group 0130.)
7. Clean and apply grease to sliding surfaces inside
track frame.
KK70125,0000770 -19-22OCT10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 01-0130-12 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=52
Track System
Front Idler Yoke Assembly Remove and

Install (S.N. 192142— )
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from heavy

component. Front idler yoke assembly and front
TX1081283A —UN—25AUG10
roller frame assembly may be under spring force
from track adjuster and can be pushed out from
track frame. Ensure area in front of idler is clear.
NOTE: On machines (S.N. 192142— ), the front idler

yoke assembly consists of two parts: The front idler
yoke assembly and the front roller frame assembly.
Front Idler Yoke Assembly Remove and Install
The front idler yoke assembly fits inside the front
roller frame assembly, which slides within the track
frame and contacts the track adjuster piston rod. 1— Front Idler Yoke Assembly 3— Track Frame
2— Front Roller Frame
1. Park machine on a flat, level surface. Assembly

3. Remove track. See Track Remove and Install. (Group Specification
0130.) Front Idler Yoke
Assembly—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 50 kg
110 lb.
5. Slide front idler yoke assembly forward and remove
4. Attach lifting strap to front idler yoke assembly (1). from track frame (3).
KK70125,0000771 -19-25OCT10-1/3
6. Remove rubber isolator (4) from front roller frame

assembly.
2— Front Roller Frame 4— Rubber Isolator

Assembly
TX1081288A —UN—25AUG10
Rubber Isolator Removal
Continued on next page KK70125,0000771 -19-25OCT10-2/3
TM11431 (15FEB13) 01-0130-13 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=53
Track System

7. Place blocking (5) under front roller frame assembly,

as shown.
Specification
Front Roller Frame
Assembly—Weight
TX1081335A —UN—25AUG10
(approximate).................................................................................. 52 kg
115 lb.
8. Slide front roller frame assembly out of track frame

enough to attach lifting strap to front roller frame
assembly.
9. Slide front roller frame assembly forward and remove
from track frame. Front Roller Frame Assembly Remove and Install

necessary. 2— Front Roller Frame 5— Blocking
Assembly
11. Clean and apply grease to sliding surfaces inside track 3— Track Frame
frame and front roller frame assembly.
12. Install front roller frame assembly into track frame. 16. Adjust track tension. See Check and Adjust Track
13. Install rubber isolator into front roller frame assembly. Tension. (Group 9020-25.)
14. Install front idler yoke assembly into front roller frame 17. Raise machine and remove blocking.
assembly.
0130.)
KK70125,0000771 -19-25OCT10-3/3
TM11431 (15FEB13) 01-0130-14 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=54
Track System
Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring Assembly

Remove and Install
T212253A —UN—15JUN05
Machine. (Operator's Manual.)
3. Remove rubber track. See Track Remove and Install.
(Group 0130.)
4. Remove front idler yoke assembly. See Front Idler
Yoke Assembly Remove and Install (S.N. —192141)
or see Front Idler Yoke Assembly Remove and Install
(S.N. 192142— ). (Group 0130.) Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring Assembly
CAUTION: Prevent cylinder damage, spring or rod 1— Track Adjuster and Recoil 3— Track Adjuster Valve
may break if dropped while handling, transporting Spring Assembly 4— Access Hole
or disassembling. Nicks or weld craters in spring 2— Track Frame
and rod assembly can cause stress concentration
resulting in a weak spot. Weak spots may result
in immediate or eventual failure of spring or rod 7. Remove cap screws and cover from access hole (4)
creating a risk of personal injury. Put a heavy as needed.
protective covering around spring assembly
when handling, transporting or disassembling. 8. Slide track adjuster and recoil spring assembly into
track frame and push into place until track adjuster
A compression tool MUST be used for valve (3) is centered in access hole (4) in track frame.
disassembly and assembly because of
extreme preload on spring. 9. Install front idler yoke assembly. See Front Idler Yoke
Assembly Remove and Install (S.N. —192141) or see
Front Idler Yoke Assembly Remove and Install (S.N.
CAUTION: Prevent personal injury from heavy 192142— ). (Group 0130.)
10. Install rubber track. See Track Remove and Install.
Specification
(Group 0130.)
Track Adjuster and
Recoil Spring—Weight 11. Adjust track tension. See Check and Adjust Track
(approximate).................................................................................. 32 kg Tension. (Group 9020-25.)
70 lb.
12. Install access hole cover to track frame.
5. Remove track adjuster and recoil spring assembly (1) 13. Raise machine and remove blocking. See Raising and
from track frame (2). Blocking Machine. (Operator's Manual.)
6. Clean and inspect track adjuster and recoil spring
assembly. Repair or replace parts as necessary.
KK70125,000084D -19-25OCT10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 01-0130-15 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=55
Track System
Track Adjuster Recoil Spring Remove and

Install
1. Remove track adjuster and recoil spring assembly
from machine. See Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring
Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0130.)
T213238A —UN—04AUG05
2. Mark position of spring pin hole on nut (2) and track
adjuster cylinder (5) to aid in assembly.
3. Remove spring pin (6) from nut on track adjuster and
recoil spring assembly.
1— Cylinder Shaft 4— Recoil Spring

2— Nut 5— Track Adjuster Cylinder Recoil Spring (left track adjuster cylinder shown)
3— Spring Retainer Plate 6— Spring Pin
RM58335,0000726 -19-26AUG10-1/4
CAUTION: Prevent cylinder damage, spring or rod

may break if dropped while handling, transporting
or disassembling. Nicks or weld craters in spring
in immediate or eventual failure of spring or rod
creating a risk of personal injury. Put a heavy
when handling, transporting or disassembling.
A compression tool MUST be used for
extreme preload on spring.
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove recoil spring

to replace cylinder seals.
CAUTION: Prevent personal injury from heavy

Specification
ST4920 Track Recoil
T212514 —UN—04AUG05
Spring Tool—Weight
(approximate)................................................................................ 225 kg
496 lb.
Track Adjuster and
Recoil Spring—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 32 kg
70 lb.
Track Recoil Spring Tool
4. Place a 20 ton jack (8) on bottom of ST4920 Track

Recoil Spring Tool (7). See ST4920 Track Recoil 7— ST4920 Track Recoil Spring 9— Nut (4 used)
Spring Disassembly and Assembly Tool for instructions Tool 10— Top Plate
8— Jack
to make tool. (Group 9900.)
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove recoil spring to
replace seals on piston rod. See Track Adjuster 5. Remove nuts (9) and top plate (10) from ST4920
Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0130.) Track Recoil Spring Tool.
Continued on next page RM58335,0000726 -19-26AUG10-2/4
TM11431 (15FEB13) 01-0130-16 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=56
Track System
6. Place track adjuster and recoil spring assembly into

ST4920 Track Recoil Spring Tool with cylinder end
on spacer (11).
7. Install DFT1087 Track Recoil Spring Disassembly
and Assembly Guard Tool (12) to ST4920 Track
T213239A —UN—04AUG05
Recoil Spring Tool. See DFT1087 Track Recoil Spring
Disassembly and Assembly Guard Tool for instructions
to make tool. (Group 9900.)
11— Spacer 12— DFT1087 Track Recoil

Spring Disassembly and
Assembly Guard Tool
Continued on next page RM58335,0000726 -19-26AUG10-3/4
TM11431 (15FEB13) 01-0130-17 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=57
Track System
8. Install top plate (10) with smallest opening to allow

access to nut (2).
9. Hand tighten nuts (9) so top plate is tight against
spring retainer plate (3).
10. Raise upper half of DFT1087 Track Recoil Spring
T213238A —UN—04AUG05
Disassembly and Assembly Guard Tool (12) and
tighten T-handles.
11. Operate jack to compress recoil spring just enough so
nut (2) can be removed.
12. Lower jack ram to release spring force.
13. Remove nuts and top plate on ST4920 Track Recoil Recoil Spring (left track adjuster cylinder shown)
Spring Tool to remove track adjuster and recoil spring
assembly.
14. If disassembly of track adjuster cylinder is necessary,
see Track Adjuster Cylinder Disassemble and
15. Inspect and clean parts. Repair or replace parts as
necessary.
16. Place track adjuster cylinder in ST4920 Track Recoil
Spring Tool with cylinder end on spacer.
17. Install spring retainer plate on recoil spring.
18. Install DFT1087 Track Recoil Spring Disassembly and
Assembly Guard Tool to ST4920 Track Recoil Spring
Tool.
19. Install top plate and nuts to ST4920 Track Recoil
Spring Tool.
20. Hand tighten nuts so top plate is tight against spring
retainer plate.
T212515A —UN—04AUG05
21. Raise upper half of DFT1087 Track Recoil Spring
Disassembly and Assembly Guard Tool and tighten
T-handles.
22. Operate jack to compress spring.
23. Install nut to track adjuster cylinder shaft so holes for
spring pin are aligned in nut and cylinder shaft.
24. Install spring pin to nut on track adjuster cylinder shaft.
1— Cylinder Shaft 6— Spring Pin
25. Lower jack ram to relieve pressure. 2— Nut 9— Nut (4 used)
3— Spring Retainer Plate 10— Top Plate
26. Remove nuts and top plate from ST4920 Track Recoil 4— Recoil Spring 12— DFT1087 Track Recoil
Spring Tool. 5— Track Adjuster Cylinder Spring Disassembly and
Assembly Guard Tool
27. Remove track adjuster and recoil spring assembly
from ST4920 Track Recoil Spring Tool.
28. Install track adjuster and recoil spring assembly to
machine. See Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring
Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0130.)
RM58335,0000726 -19-26AUG10-4/4
TM11431 (15FEB13) 01-0130-18 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=58
Track System
Track Adjuster Cylinder Disassemble and

Assemble
CAUTION: Prevent cylinder damage, spring or rod
may break if dropped while handling, transporting
or disassembling. Nicks or weld craters in spring
T213214A —UN—04AUG05
in immediate or eventual failure of spring or rod
creating a risk of personal injury. Put a heavy
when handling, transporting or disassembling.
A compression tool MUST be used for Track Adjuster Cylinder
extreme preload on spring. 1— Piston Rod 4— Inner Seal
2— Outer Seal 5— Cylinder
3— Seal Retaining Ring 6— Track Adjuster Valve
CAUTION: Prevent personal injury from heavy
Specification 2. Remove recoil spring (8), if necessary. See Track
Track Adjuster and Adjuster Recoil Spring Remove and Install. (Group
Recoil Spring—Weight 0130.)
(approximate).................................................................................. 32 kg
70 lb.
3. Tighten track adjuster valve (6).
4. Pump cylinder (5) with grease and remove piston rod
1. Remove track adjuster and recoil spring assembly (1) from cylinder.
from machine. See Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring
Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) 5. Clean out excess grease from cylinder to access seals
in end of cylinder.
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove recoil spring to
replace cylinder seals (12 and 13).
TM11431 (15FEB13) 01-0130-19 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=59
Track System
6. Remove outer seal (2) from cylinder.

NOTE: For cylinders on machines (S.N. —192141),
remove seal retaining ring (3) from inner seal (4)
before removing seal from cylinder.
T213208A —UN—04AUG05
7. Remove seal retaining ring (3) and inner seal (4) from
cylinder.
8. Clean and inspect parts for damage. Repair or replace
parts as necessary.
NOTE: For cylinders on machines (S.N. —192141),
install inner seal in cylinder with retaining ring
groove facing outward. Install seal retaining Cylinder Seals (S.N. —192141)
ring into groove of inner seal.
9. Install inner seal and seal retaining ring in cylinder.

10. Install outer seal in cylinder.
TX1081382A —UN—26AUG10
11. Loosen track adjuster valve.
12. Apply grease to piston rod and install in cylinder.
13. Completely compress piston rod in cylinder.
14. Tighten track adjuster valve.
15. Install recoil spring, if necessary. See Track Adjuster
Recoil Spring Remove and Install. (Group 0130.)
Cylinder Seals (S.N. 192142— )
16. Install track adjuster and recoil spring assembly to
machine. See Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring 2— Inner Seal 4— Outer Seal
Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) 3— Seal Retaining Ring
KK70125,0000772 -19-22OCT10-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 01-0130-20 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=60
Section 02
Axles and Suspension Systems
Contents
Page
Group 0201—Drive Axle Housing and Support

Axle Housing Remove and Install.............. 02-0201-1
Axle Housing Disassemble and
Assemble............................................... 02-0201-2
Group 0250—Axle Shaft, Bearings, and

Reduction Gears
Chain Case Access Plate Remove
and Install .............................................. 02-0250-1
Drive Chain and Sprocket Remove
and Install .............................................. 02-0250-1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 02-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=1
Contents
TM11431 (15FEB13) 02-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=2
Group 0201
Drive Axle Housing and Support
Axle Housing Remove and Install
1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat
level surface.
Machine. (Group 1740.)
3. Remove wheel from axle being serviced. See Wheel
T198842A —UN—26MAR04
4. Drain chain case oil. See Change Chain Case Oil.
(Operator's Manual.)
5. Clean area around axle housing to prevent debris from
entering chain case.

Axle Housing
6. Support axle housing (1) using appropriate lifting 1— Axle Housing 2— Nut (8 used)
device. Remove axle housing.
Specification
Axle Housing—Weight 7. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts
(approximate).................................................................................. 33 kg as necessary. See Axle Housing Disassemble and
72 lb. Assemble. (Group 0201.)
TF44157,0000EA2 -19-15SEP10-1/3
8. Install new O-ring (3) in groove on axle housing.

9. Fill axle housing with oil.
Specification
Axle Housing—Capacity............................................................... 237 mL
8 oz.
3— O-Ring
T198847A —UN—26MAR04
Axle Housing O-Ring
Continued on next page TF44157,0000EA2 -19-15SEP10-2/3
TM11431 (15FEB13) 02-0201-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=63
10. Position chain sprocket hub (4) to be visible through

hole in chain case.
11. Install UP marking in axle housing, facing up.
12. Install axle shaft into chain sprocket hub and slide axle
housing over mounting studs. Loosely install nuts.
13. Slide axle housing to tighten drive chain. See Drive
Chain Tension Check and Adjustment. (Group
9020-25.)
14. Fill chain case with oil. See Change Chain Case Oil.
15. Install wheel. See Wheel Remove and Install. (Group
0110.)
T198848A —UN—26MAR04
16. Remove blocking. See Raising and Blocking Machine.
(Group 1740.)
4— Chain Sprocket Hub
Chain Sprocket Position
TF44157,0000EA2 -19-15SEP10-3/3
Axle Housing Disassemble and Assemble

1
2
4
5
6 7
8
9
10
TX1068755 —UN—15DEC09
11
TX1068755
Axle Housing Assembly
1— Snap Ring 4— Washer 7— Axle Housing 10— Seal
2— Washer 5— Inner Bearing 8— Outer Bearing Cup 11— Axle Shaft
3— Shim (as required) 6— Inner Bearing Cup 9— Outer Bearing
Continued on next page TF44157,0000EA3 -19-17DEC09-1/5
TM11431 (15FEB13) 02-0201-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=64
1. Place axle housing in a press. Remove snap ring (1),

washer and shims.
1— Snap Ring
T198859A —UN—26MAR04
Axle Housing
TF44157,0000EA3 -19-17DEC09-2/5
2. Place axle housing in a press with support under

housing flange. Press axle shaft (11) down until axle
shaft drops free of inner bearing (5).
3. Remove inner bearing and cup.
4. Remove seal.
IMPORTANT: Outer axle bearing will be destroyed
when removed. Remove bearing only
if replacement is necessary. Replace
bearing and cup as a set.
5. Remove outer axle bearing and cup only if necessary.

Do not reuse bearing and cup.
TX1068760A —UN—14DEC09
6. Inspect axle shaft for wear or damage. Repair or
replace as necessary.
7. If removed, install new outer bearing with taper facing
up. Press bearing onto shoulder of axle shaft.
8. If removed, install outer bearing cup.
9. Install seal. Axle Shaft
10. Install axle housing over axle shaft.
5— Inner Bearing 11— Axle Shaft
11. Install inner bearing over axle shaft.
NOTE: Rotate axle housing while installing bearing.
13. Install washer and snap ring. Push snap ring to top of
12. Press bearing onto axle housing until resistance is felt. groove. Do not install shims at this time.
Continued on next page TF44157,0000EA3 -19-17DEC09-3/5
TM11431 (15FEB13) 02-0201-3 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=65
14. Install a temporary cap screw and nut in one hole of

the mounting flange and tighten.
15. Place torque wrench on temporary cap screw at a
right angle to the centerline. Check rolling drag torque.
Apply pressure until rolling drag torque is reached.
Specification
Axle Bearing—Rolling
Drag Torque................................................................... 4.52—13.56 N·m
40—120 lb-in.
T198863A —UN—26MAR04
Rolling Drag Torque
TF44157,0000EA3 -19-17DEC09-4/5
16. While maintaining pressure, measure distance

between washer and snap ring. Add 0.025 mm (0.001
in.) to the measured value to determine the number of
shims required for bearing pre-load.
17. Remove snap ring and washer. Install required shims
T198864A —UN—26MAR04
and washer.
18. Install snap ring.
19. Apply force to axle shaft to seat bearing and shims
against snap ring.
Specification
Axle Shaft—Force......................................................................44 482 N
Bearing Pre-Load Measurement
10 000 lb-force
20. Check rolling drag torque. Repeat procedure until

specification is reached.
Specification
Axle Bearing—Rolling
Drag Torque................................................................... 4.52—13.56 N·m
40—120 lb-in.
TF44157,0000EA3 -19-17DEC09-5/5
TM11431 (15FEB13) 02-0201-4 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=66
Group 0250
Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears
Chain Case Access Plate Remove and Install
level surface.
T198871A —UN—11MAY04
3. Remove access plate (2).
4. Clean and inspect parts.
5. Install access plate with gasket.
Specification
Chain Case Access Plate Chain Case Access Plate
Nut—Torque..................................................................................45 N·m
33 lb-ft
1— Nut (12 used) 2— Access Plate
6. Fill chain case with oil.See Change Chain Case Oil.
TF44157,0000EA4 -19-04FEB10-1/1
Drive Chain and Sprocket Remove and Install

level surface.
T198879A —UN—29MAR04
4. Remove chain case access plate. See Chain Case
Access Plate Remove and Install. (Group 0250.)
5. Remove axle housing for each drive chain being
Chain Case
serviced. See Axle Housing Remove and Install.
(Group 0201.)
1— Drive Sprocket 3— Rear Drive Chain
NOTE: Remove rear axle housing and rear drive 2— Front Drive Chain
chain from drive sprocket before removing
front drive chain.
6. Slide rear axle sprocket forward. Remove rear drive 10. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as
chain (3) from drive sprocket (1) and rear axle sprocket. necessary.
NOTE: To remove rear axle sprocket, lift sprocket to 11. If removed, install front axle sprocket.
top of chain case and pull bottom of sprocket 12. Install front drive chain.
out over lip of chain case.
13. Install rear axle sprocket and rear drive chain.
7. Remove rear axle sprocket.
14. Install axle housing. See Axle Housing Remove and
8. Slide front axle sprocket rearward. Remove front drive Install. (Group 0201.)
chain (2) from drive sprocket and front axle sprocket.
15. Install chain case access plate. See Chain Case
NOTE: If removal of front axle sprocket is necessary, Access Plate Remove and Install. (Group 0250.)
hydrostatic motor must be removed. See
16. Fill chain case with oil. See Change Chain Case Oil.
Hydrostatic Motor and Park Brake Remove
and Install. (Group 0360.)
17. Lower machine to ground.
9. Remove front axle sprocket.
TF44157,0000EA5 -19-18DEC09-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 02-0250-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=67
Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears
TM11431 (15FEB13) 02-0250-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=68
Section 03
Transmission
Contents
Page Page
Group 0315—Controls Linkage Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake

Steering Dampener Remove and and Gearbox Assemble (S.N.
Install ..................................................... 03-0315-1 192142— )........................................... 03-0360-64
Steering Dampener Inspection .................. 03-0315-1 Gearbox Leakage Test (S.N.
Control Lever Remove and Install.............. 03-0315-2 192142— )........................................... 03-0360-75
Control Lever Disassemble and Hydrostatic Pump Remove and
Assemble............................................... 03-0315-3 Install ................................................... 03-0360-76
Steering Cross Shaft Assembly Hydrostatic Pump Disassemble
Remove and Install................................ 03-0315-5 and Assemble—326D, 328D ............... 03-0360-78
Steering Cross Shaft Disassemble Hydrostatic Pump Disassem-
and Assemble........................................ 03-0315-6 ble—329D, 332D, 333D ...................... 03-0360-85
Control Lever Handle Remove and Hydrostatic Pump Inspec-
Install ..................................................... 03-0315-7 tion—329D, 332D, 333D ..................... 03-0360-89
Hydrostatic Pump Assem-
Group 0325—Flywheel Coupler ble—329D, 332D, 333D ...................... 03-0360-93
Hub Coupler Remove and Install............... 03-0325-1 Charge Pump Remove and Install.......... 03-0360-101
Hydrostatic Control Valve Remove
Group 0360—Hydraulic System and Install .......................................... 03-0360-102
Hydrostatic and Hydraulic Start-Up
Procedure .............................................. 03-0360-1
Hydrostatic Motor and Park Brake
Remove and Install................................ 03-0360-3
Disassemble and Assemble .................. 03-0360-5
Hydrostatic Motor and Park
Brake Disassemble and
Assemble—Two Speed ....................... 03-0360-15
Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake and
Gearbox Repair ................................... 03-0360-24
Gearbox Remove and Install
(S.N. —192141)................................... 03-0360-25
Gearbox Disassemble (S.N.
—192141)............................................ 03-0360-27
Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake
and Gearbox Assemble (S.N.
—192141)............................................ 03-0360-32
Gearbox Disassemble—Two
Speed (S.N. —192141) ....................... 03-0360-37
Gearbox Assemble—Two Speed
(S.N. —192141)................................... 03-0360-42
Gearbox Remove and Install
(S.N. 192142— ).................................. 03-0360-47
Gearbox Disassemble (S.N.
192142— )........................................... 03-0360-50
Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake
and Gearbox Inspection (S.N.
192142— )........................................... 03-0360-60
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=1
Contents
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=2
Group 0315
Controls Linkage
Steering Dampener Remove and Install
level surface.
2. Raise operator's station. See Raising Operator's
Station. (Group 1810.)
T199894A —UN—13MAY04
3. Remove mounting hardware (1) from top of steering
dampener (2).
4. Remove cap screw (4) from bottom of steering
dampener. Lift steering dampener out of machine.
5. Inspect steering dampener. See Steering Dampener
Steering Dampener
Inspection. (Group 0315.)
6. Lower steering dampener into machine. Install cap 1— Mounting Hardware 3— Cross Shaft Bell Crank
screw (4) in bottom of steering dampener. 2— Steering Dampener 4— Cap Screw
7. Install mounting hardware to top of steering dampener.

8. Make sure the steering lever contacts the stop Specification
screws in both forward and reverse positions before Dampener Mounting
dampener reaches its travel limit. Install or remove Hardware—Torque........................................................................40 N·m
shim washer(s) on rod end as required. 30 lb-ft
9. Tighten dampener mounting cap screws to 10. Lower operator's station. See Raising Operator's
specification. Station. (Group 1810.)
TF44157,0000EC2 -19-05FEB10-1/1
Steering Dampener Inspection • With steering dampener fully extended, apply 9 kg

1. Move steering dampener rod through its full range of (20 lb) of force to rod end. It must take 1—5 seconds
motion. Steering dampener should operate smoothly for dampener to fully retract.
with some resistance to movement. If no resistance • With steering dampener fully retracted, apply 9 kg
is noted, or if steering dampener is leaking, replace (20 lb) of pull to rod end. It must take 1—5 seconds
steering dampener. for dampener to fully extend.
2. Test steering dampener as follows: 3. Replace steering dampener if test results are not
within specification.
TF44157,0000E96 -19-18DEC09-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0315-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=71
Controls Linkage
Control Lever Remove and Install

4
NOTE: Removal and installation for left and right
control levers are similar. 3 3
level surface.
3. Remove footwell. See Footwell Remove and Install.
(Group 1910.)
2
4. Remove cap screw (1) from control lever link rod (2).
X24
TX1068630 —UN—15DEC09
5. Disconnect left control lever 8-pin connector (X24),
if equipped.
6. Remove cap screws (3) from pivot bearing block (4).
7. Remove control lever assembly.
1
8. For hands only control lever, remove handle as
necessary. See Control Lever Handle Remove and
Control Lever (left side shown)
Install. (Group 0315.)
9. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Control 1— Cap Screw 4— Pivot Bearing Block
Lever Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0315.) 2— Control Lever Link Rod X24— Left Control Lever 8-Pin
3— Cap Screw (2 used) Connector (if equipped)
10. Install control lever assembly.
11. Install cap screws in pivot bearing block.
Specification Specification
Pivot Bearing Block Cap Control Lever Link Rod
Screws—Torque............................................................................35 N·m Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................73 N·m
25 lb-ft 55 lb-ft
12. Connect left control lever 8-pin connector (X24), if 14. Install footwell. See Footwell Remove and Install.
equipped. (Group 1910.)
13. Install cap screw in control lever link rod. 15. Lower operator's station. See Raising Operator's
TF44157,0000E97 -19-15FEB10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0315-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=72
Controls Linkage
Control Lever Disassemble and Assemble

1. Remove control lever. See Control Lever Remove and
TX1068645 —UN—19MAY10
Control Lever Assembly (right side shown)

Continued on next page TF44157,0000E99 -19-18DEC09-1/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0315-3 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=73
Controls Linkage
1— Snap Ring (2 used) 4— Pivot Bearing Block Bushing 7— Steering Arm 10— Hands Only Control Lever
2— Pivot Bearing Block (2 used) 8— Steering Arm Bushing (2 Assembly
3— Yoke with Shaft Assembly 5— Torsion Spring used)
6— Control Lever 9— Hand and Foot Control Lever
Assembly
2. Remove snap rings (1), pivot bearing block (2) from 7. Inspect steering arm bushings (8) for wear and
yoke and shaft assembly (3). damage. Replace as needed.
3. Inspect pivot bearing block bushings (4) for wear and 8. Install steering arm on yoke and shaft assembly.
damage. Replace as needed.
9. Install control lever on steering arm.
NOTE: Note torsion spring position for assembly purposes.
10. Install torsion spring on yoke and shaft assembly.
4. Remove torsion spring (5), inspect and replace as
needed. 11. Install pivot bearing block on yoke and shaft assembly.
5. Inspect control lever (6) for damage. Replace as 12. Install control lever. See Control Lever Remove and
needed. Install. (Group 0315.)
6. Remove steering arm (7) from yoke and shaft

assembly.
TF44157,0000E99 -19-18DEC09-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0315-4 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=74
Controls Linkage
Steering Cross Shaft Assembly Remove and 3. Remove footwell. See Footwell Remove and Install.
Install (Group 1910.)
level surface.
2 2
3
5
3
5
1
4 1
TX1070002 —UN—27JAN10
TX1070002
Steering Cross Shaft
1— Steering Dampener (2 used) 3— Control Rod (3 used) 5— U-bolt (2 used)
2— Link Rod (2 used) 4— Cross Shaft Assembly 6— Cap Screw Location
4. Disconnect dampeners (1), link rods (2), and control

9. Check and adjust link rods. See Steering Lever
rods (3) from cross shaft assembly (4).
Adjustment—Centering. (Group 9026-25.)
5. Remove U-bolts (5) and lift out cross shaft assembly.
10. Check and adjust steering lever stops. See Tracking
6. Inspect bell crank, bushings and drive shaft for damage Adjustment. (Group 9026-25.)
or wear. See Steering Cross Shaft Disassemble and
11. Install footwell. See Footwell Remove and Install.
Assemble. (Group 0315.) (Group 1910.)
7. Install cross shaft assembly with U-bolts. 12. Lower operator's station. See Raising Operator's
8. Connect dampeners, link rods, and control rods. Station. (Group 1810.)
TF44157,0000EC3 -19-05FEB10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0315-5 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=75
Controls Linkage
Steering Cross Shaft Disassemble and

Assemble
7 1
2
3
6
1
2 3
3
7 2
1
TX1070069 —UN—02FEB10
4 5
1
3
2
TX1070069
Cross Shaft Assembly
1— Snap Ring (4 used) 3— Cross Shaft Bushing (4 used) 5— Shaft
2— Washer (4 used) 4— Right Bellcrank 6— Left Bellcrank
7— Lubrication Fitting (2 used)
1. Remove steering cross shaft assembly. See Steering 6. Inspect bell crank lubrication fitting (7) for damage.
Cross Shaft Assembly Remove and Install. (Group Replace as necessary.
0315.)
7. Install bushings in right and left bellcrank.
2. Remove snap rings (1) and washers (2).
8. Install right and left bellcrank on shaft with washers
3. Remove right and left bellcrank (4 and 6) from shaft (5). and snap rings.
4. Clean and inspect shaft for wear or damage. Replace 9. Install steering cross shaft assembly in machine. See
as necessary. Steering Cross Shaft Assembly Remove and Install.
5. Inspect cross shaft bushings (3) for wear or damage. (Group 0315.)
Replace as necessary.
TF44157,0000EC4 -19-05FEB10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0315-6 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=76
Controls Linkage
Control Lever Handle Remove and Install

level surface.
6
(Group 1910.)
NOTE: This procedure is for hands only machines.
4. Remove control cable bracket (2) on control lever (3).

5. Remove spring pin (6) from handle. Remove control
5
TX1068714 —UN—12DEC09
cable (1) from handle.
NOTE: If equipped with buttons in handle, a wire 2
harness near the bottom of the control lever 4
will need to be disconnected.
3 1
6. Remove handle lock nut (4) and set screw (5) to
remove handle from control lever.
Control Lever Handle
7. Install handle on control lever.
Specification 1— Control Cable 4— Handle Lock Nut
Handle Set 2— Control Cable Bracket 5— Set Screw
Screw—Torque................................................................................9 N·m 3— Control Lever 6— Spring Pin
80 lb-in.
Specification
Set Screw Lock 9. Lower operator's station. See Raising Operator's
Nut—Torque..................................................................................25 N·m Station. (Group 1810.)
220 lb-in.
8. Install control cable. (Group 1910.)
TF44157,0000E9C -19-05FEB10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0315-7 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=77
Controls Linkage
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0315-8 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=78
Group 0325
Flywheel Coupler
Hub Coupler Remove and Install
level surface. 4

Station. (Group 1810.) 2
(Group 1910.) 1
4. Remove hydrostatic pumps. See Hydrostatic Pump 3
5. Measure or mark position of hub coupler on hydrostatic
pump input shaft to aid in assembly.
TX1068860 —UN—16DEC09
6. Loosen set screws (1) and slide hub coupler (2) from
hydrostatic pump input shaft (3).
7. Inspect hub coupler for wear or damage, repair or
replace parts as necessary.
8. Install hub coupler flush with hydrostatic input shaft.
9. Apply PM37418 Thread Lock and Sealer (medium Hub Coupler
strength) to hub coupler set screws. Tighten set
screws to specification. 1— Set Screw (2 used) 3— Hydrostatic Pump Input
2— Hub Coupler Shaft
Specification
4— Hydrostatic Pump
Hub Coupler Set
Screws—Torque............................................................................35 N·m
25 lb-ft
12. Lower operator's station. See Raising Operator's
10. Install hydrostatic pumps. See Hydrostatic Pump Station. (Group 1810.)
(Group 1910.)
RM58335,0000728 -19-12FEB10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0325-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=79
Flywheel Coupler
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0325-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=80
Group 0360
Hydraulic System
Hydrostatic and Hydraulic Start-Up
Procedure
SPECIFICATIONS
326D, 328D
Charge Pressure Relief Valve 1900 kPa
T198619A —UN—24MAR04
Pressure (minimum) 19 bar
275 psi
329D, 332D and 333D
Charge Pressure Relief Valve 2200 kPa
Pressure (minimum) 22 bar
319 psi
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS

Charge Pressure Relief Test Location
JT02161 3 400 kPa (35 bar) (500 psi) Transducer
JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer
1— Charge Circuit Test Port 3— Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold
2— Charge Circuit Test Port
1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat Dust Plug
level surface.
Machine. (Group 1740.) • For wheeled machines, See JT02156A Digital
Pressure/Temperature Analyzer Installation. (Group
3. Raise operator's station. See Raising Operator's 9025-25.)
• For tracked machines, See JT02156A Digital
4. Install remote start box. Pressure/Temperature Analyzer Installation. (Group
9025-25.)
• For wheeled machines, see Remote Start Box
Installation. (Group 9025-25.) 11. Put control levers in neutral position.
• For tracked machines, see Remote Start Box IMPORTANT: If charge pressure remains below
Installation. (Group 9025-25.) 350 kPa (3.5 bar) (50 psi) for more than 10
5. Check hydraulic oil tank level. seconds, stop engine and check for cause of
low pressure. Failure to stop engine when
• For wheeled machines, see Check Hydraulic charge pressure is low may cause severe
Reservoir Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.) damage to pumps and motors.
• For tracked machines, see Check Hydraulic
Reservoir Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.) 12. Start engine using remote start box and operate at
slow idle. Charge pressure should reach specification
6. Disconnect injector 6-pin connector (X11).
within 5 to 10 seconds.
• For wheeled machines, see Main Harness (W3) 326D, 328D—Specification
Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Charge Pressure
• For tracked machines, see Main Harness (W3) Relief Valve—Pressure
Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) (minimum)................................................................................. 1900 kPa
7. Turn remote start box key to START and crank engine 19 bar
for 10 seconds. 275 psi
329D, 332D and 333D—Specification
8. Connect injector 6-pin connector (X11).
Charge Pressure
• For wheeled machines, see Main Harness (W3) Relief Valve—Pressure
Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) (minimum)................................................................................. 2200 kPa
• For tracked machines, see Main Harness (W3) 22 bar
Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) 319 psi
9. Remove charge circuit test port dust plug (2) from 13. Stop engine after charge pressure reaches
the charge circuit test port (1) on hydraulic oil filter specification.
manifold (3).
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid
10. Install JT02161 3 400 kPa (35 bar) (500 psi) Transducer
under pressure, stop engine and relieve the
with JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer,
pressure in the system before disconnecting or
or equivalent on charge circuit test port (1).
connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all
Continued on next page TF44157,0000ED6 -19-19FEB10-1/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=81
Hydraulic System
14. Relieve hydraulic system pressure.

• For wheeled machines, see Check Hydraulic
• For wheeled machines, see Hydraulic System Reservoir Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)
Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) • For tracked machines, see Check Hydraulic
• For tracked machines, see Hydraulic System Reservoir Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)
Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 22. Check all hydraulic line connections. Tighten as
15. Remove test equipment. necessary.
16. Remove remote start box. 23. Adjust control levers.
• For wheeled machines, see Remote Start Box For wheeled machines:
Installation. (Group 9025-25.) • see Steering Lever Adjustment—Centering. (Group
• For tracked machines, see Remote Start Box 9026-25.)
Installation. (Group 9025-25.) • see Tracking Adjustment. (Group 9026-25.)
17. Lower operator's station. See Raising Operator's For tracked machines:
Station. (Group 1810.) • see Steering Lever Adjustment—Centering. (Group
9026-25.)
18. Start and run engine at half idle for 20 minutes. • see Tracking Adjustment. (Group 9026-25.)
19. Stop engine. Check hydraulic oil tank level. 24. Operate engine for an additional 30 minutes to
circulate hydraulic oil through the hydraulic oil filter.
Reservoir Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.) 25. Stop engine. Replace hydraulic oil filter.
Reservoir Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.) • For wheeled machines, see Replace Hydraulic Oil
Filter. (Operator's Manual.)
20. Start engine and operate at low idle. Operate steering, • For tracked machines, see Replace Hydraulic Oil
boom and arm functions for 3 minutes to remove air Filter. (Operator's Manual.)
from the hydraulic system.
21. Stop engine. Check hydraulic oil tank level.
TF44157,0000ED6 -19-19FEB10-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=82
Hydraulic System
Hydrostatic Motor and Park Brake Remove

and Install
4
This procedure is used for wheeled machines.
level surface.
5
TX1070074 —UN—27JAN10
(Group 1910.) 3
5. Remove only the upper steering dampener mounting 2
hardware. See Steering Dampener Remove and
Install. (Group 0315.) 1
Hydrostatic Motor Lines (single speed motor shown)
6. Remove link rods and control rods from control
levers and hydrostatic pumps. Allow ends to remain
on steering cross shaft. See Steering Cross Shaft 1— Forward Hydrostatic Line 4— Park Brake Release Line
Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0315.) 2— Reverse Hydrostatic Line 5— Hydrostatic Motor
3— Case Drain Line
7. Remove steering cross shaft assembly.
8. Remove control lever from side being serviced. See
Control Lever Remove and Install. (Group 0315.) 11. Drain chain case. See Change Chain Case Oil.
NOTE: The procedure to remove a two speed
motor is similar. 12. Remove chain case access plate. See Chain Case
Access Plate Remove and Install. (Group 0250.)
9. Tag and disconnect lines (1—4) from hydrostatic motor 13. Remove front and rear axle housing. See Axle
(5). Cap or plug all openings. Housing Remove and Install. (Group 0201.)
10. Remove wheels from side being serviced. See Wheel
Remove and Install. Group 0110.)
Continued on next page TF44157,0000EC5 -19-15SEP10-1/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-3 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=83
Hydraulic System
14. Slide wheel sprockets (10) toward brake sprocket (8).

15. Remove drive chains (7) from brake sprocket. 7 7
16. Remove brake sprocket cap screw (9) and remove
brake sprocket from drive shaft. 10
TX1069529 —UN—15JAN10
8
17. Support hydrostatic motor using appropriate lifting

device and remove hydrostatic motor mounting cap
9
screws from inside chain case.
Specification Chain and Brake Sprocket
Hydrostatic
Motor—Weight
7— Drive Chain (2 used) 9— Brake Sprocket Cap Screw
(approximate).................................................................................. 48 kg 8— Brake Sprocket 10— Wheel Sprocket (2 used)
105 lbs
18. Remove hydrostatic motor.

19. Repair or replace components as necessary. See 22. Install drive chains on brake sprocket.
Hydrostatic Motor and Park Brake Disassemble and 23. Install front and rear axle housings. See Axle Housing
Assemble. (Group 0360.) Remove and Install. (Group 0201.)
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from 24. Install chain case access plate. See Chain Case
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Access Plate Remove and Install. (Group 0250.)
25. Fill chain case with correct fluid. See Change Chain
20. Using appropriate lifting device and install hydrostatic Case Oil. (Operator's Manual.)
motor. Tighten to specification.
26. Install front and rear wheels. See Wheel Remove and
Specification
Install. Group 0110.)
Hydrostatic
Motor—Weight 27. Connect lines to hydrostatic motor.
(approximate).................................................................................. 48 kg
105 lbs 28. Install control lever. See Control Lever Remove and
Specification
Hydrostatic Motor 29. Install steering cross shaft. See Steering Cross Shaft
Mounting Cap Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0315.)
Screw—Torque............................................................................130 N·m
95 lb-ft
(Group 1910.)
21. Install brake sprocket on hydrostatic motor drive shaft.
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Brake Sprocket Cap 32. Raise machine and remove blocking. See Raising and
Screw—Torque............................................................................130 N·m Blocking Machine. (Group 1740.)
95 lb-ft
TF44157,0000EC5 -19-15SEP10-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-4 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=84
Hydraulic System
Hydrostatic Motor and Park Brake 1

Disassemble and Assemble
This procedure is used for wheeled machines. 3
1. Clean exterior of hydrostatic motor and park brake 2

before disassembling.
T200169 —UN—19MAY04
2. Separate park brake housing (1) from hydrostatic
motor (2) by removing motor flange-to-brake housing
cap screws (3).
1— Park Brake Housing 3— Cap Screw (8 used) 3

2— Hydrostatic Motor
Wheel Motor Assembly
TF44157,0000EAD -19-25JAN10-1/27
3. Scribe two lines (1) on hydrostatic motor (2)

approximately 25 mm (1 in.) apart, to aid in assembly.
4. Remove drive shaft from motor and set motor on
mounting flange standing upright.
5. Remove cap screws. Carefully lift off end cap.
T197938A —UN—19FEB04
Balance plate and spacer are not firmly attached.
1— Scribed Line 2— Hydrostatic Motor
Hydrostatic Motor
TF44157,0000EAD -19-25JAN10-2/27
6. Use a screwdriver (4) through port (5) to aid in

separating balance plate (6) from end cap (7).
7. Remove backup rings and O-rings from balance plate
and discard.
8. Remove spacer.
T197940A —UN—19FEB04
4— Screwdriver 6— Balance Plate
5— Port 7— End Cap
Separating Balance Plate and End Cap
Continued on next page TF44157,0000EAD -19-25JAN10-3/27
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-5 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=85
Hydraulic System
9. Remove and inspect springs (8).

10. Check that roll pin (9) is not worn or loose in bore.
8— Spring (6 used) 9— Roll Pin
T197941A —UN—19FEB04
Spring and Roll Pin Inspection
TF44157,0000EAD -19-25JAN10-4/27
11. Remove guide pins (10), disk valve (11), retainer (12),
and disk valve driver (13).
12. Remove and discard O-ring (14).
13. Remove channel plate (15).
10— Guide Pin (3 used) 13— Disk Valve Driver

11— Disk Valve 14— O-Ring
12— Retainer 15— Channel Plate
T197942A —UN—19FEB04
Guide Pin Location
TF44157,0000EAD -19-25JAN10-5/27
14. Remove and discard O-rings (16) from both sides of

rim (17).
15. Carefully lift rim from mounting adapter (18) so rotor
(19) and rollers (20) do not slip out.
16— O-Ring (3 used) 19— Rotor

17— Rim 20— Roller (9 used)
T197943A —UN—19FEB04
18— Mounting Adapter
Removing O-Rings From Rim
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-6 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=86
Hydraulic System
16. Remove plug (22) on end cap (21) for shuttle valve.
21— End Cap 22— Plug
T197944A —UN—19FEB04
End Cap Shuttle Valve Plug
TF44157,0000EAD -19-25JAN10-7/27
17. Remove springs (24) and spool (25) from end cap.
18. Remove and discard O-ring from plug (22).
IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to hydrostatic system.
Clean all parts in a suitable solvent and dry
TX1031145A —UN—26OCT07
with compressed air. Do not wipe parts
with paper towels or rags. Lint in hydraulic
system causes damage.
19. Clean and inspect all parts for wear or scoring. Repair
or replace parts as necessary.
22— Plug 25— Spool

24— Spring (2 used) Shuttle Valve Spool
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-7 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=87
Hydraulic System
IMPORTANT: Due to extremely tight tolerances and

surface finish of hydrostatic motor internal
surfaces, it is very important to maintain
absolute cleanliness during assembly of
the hydrostatic motor.
20. Set hydrostatic motor mounting plate (18) on a flat

surface.
21. During assembly of hydrostatic motor, make sure that
T197956A —UN—19FEB04
the scribe marks on each section are aligned.
22. Install new O-ring (16) on mounting plate.
23. Install rim (17), rotor (19), and rollers (20) onto
mounting plate. Splines on rotor (19) must face up.
24. Install new O-ring (16) on rim.
Hydrostatic Motor Assembly
25. Install a spacer 19 mm (3/4 in.) diameter x 76 mm (3
in.) long into ID of rotor. This spacer will not allow disk
16— O-Ring 20— Roller (9 used)
valve driver to slide down in rotor during assembly. 17— Rim 26— Wheel Valley
18— Mounting Plate 27— Spline Tip
IMPORTANT: The rotor, rollers, disk valve, and 19— Rotor
disk valve driver must be properly timed
during assembly.
26. Rotate rotor so a roller rests in wheel valley (26). Align

spline tip (27) with wheel valley.
TF44157,0000EAD -19-25JAN10-9/27
27. Make a mark (28) on disk valve driver (29) in line with
a spline groove (30) between two teeth.
28. Install disk valve driver (29) into splines on rotor (19).
Align mark on driver with spline tip (27) that is directly
in line with roller in wheel valley.
T197958A —UN—20FEB04
19— Rotor 29— Disk Valve Driver
27— Spline Tip 30— Spline Groove
28— Mark
Disk Valve Driver Alignment
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-8 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=88
Hydraulic System
29. Install channel plate (15) onto rim, lining up scribe

marks.
IMPORTANT: Disk valve driver retainer must be
installed with convex side up. If installed
incorrectly, disk valve driver can slip out of
T197963A —UN—20FEB04
disk valve and change disk valve timing.
30. Install disk valve driver retainer (31) into channel plate
with convex side facing up.
31. Install new O-ring (16).
15— Channel Plate 31— Disk Valve Driver Retainer

16— O-Ring Disk Valve Driver Retainer
TF44157,0000EAD -19-25JAN10-11/27
32. Install disk valve (11) onto driver. When correctly

installed, an oil port (32) is just to the right of the mark
(28) on disk valve driver.
33. Install guide pins in holes (33), through channel plate
(15) and into rim.
T197964A —UN—20FEB04
34. Install new O-ring on channel plate.
11— Disk Valve 32— Oil Port

15— Channel Plate 33— Guide Pin Hole (3 used)
28— Mark
Timing Disk Valve Driver
TF44157,0000EAD -19-25JAN10-12/27
35. Apply petroleum jelly to springs (8) and spacer (34).

Install springs and spacer into end cap.
36. Install new backup rings and O-rings onto balance
plate.
37. Apply petroleum jelly to balance plate. Install into end
T197965A —UN—20FEB04
cap (7) making sure that roll pin (9) fits into cutout in
balance plate.
7— End Cap 9— Roll Pin

8— Spring (6 used) 34— Spacer
End Cap Assembly
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-9 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=89
Hydraulic System
38. Install springs (24) and spool (25) into end cap.
39. Install new O-ring on plug (22) and install into end cap.
Specification
Shuttle Valve
TX1031145A —UN—26OCT07
Plug—Torque.................................................................................13 N·m
115 lb-in
40. Install end cap. Tighten cap screws in a cross pattern

and to specification in two stages.
Specification
End Cap Screw—Initial
Torque...........................................................................................55 N·m
41 lb-ft Shuttle Valve Spool
Specification
End Cap Screw—Final 22— Plug 25— Spool
24— Spring (2 used)
Torque......................................................................................... 110 N·m
81 lb-ft
TF44157,0000EAD -19-25JAN10-14/27
41. Remove brake spring (1) and O-ring (2).
1— Brake Spring 2— O-Ring
T199197A —UN—15APR04
Brake Spring and O-Ring Removal
TF44157,0000EAD -19-25JAN10-15/27
42. Install M6 cap screws (3) in brake piston (4) and

remove brake piston using two pry bars.
3— M6 Cap Screw (2 used) 4— Brake Piston

T199198A —UN—15APR04
Brake Piston Remove
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-10 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=90
Hydraulic System
43. Remove screws (5), seal retainer (6), piston seal (7),
and O-ring (8).
5— Screw (4 used) 7— Piston Seal

6— Seal Retainer 8— O-Ring
T199202A —UN—15APR04
Brake Piston Seal Retainer
TF44157,0000EAD -19-25JAN10-17/27
44. Remove seven brake disks and six spacer plates (9).
9— Spacer Plate (6 used)
T199204A —UN—15APR04
Brake Disks and Spacer Plates
TF44157,0000EAD -19-25JAN10-18/27
45. Remove screws (10) and shaft retainer (11).
10— Screw (8 used) 11— Shaft Retainer
T199207A —UN—15APR04
Shaft Retainer
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-11 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=91
Hydraulic System
NOTE: Drive shaft and bearings are an assembly. If

shaft or bearings are found to be worn or damaged,
they must be replaced as an assembly.
46. Remove shaft and bearing assembly (12) using a

press.
T199208A —UN—15APR04
47. Remove shaft seal (13).
12— Shaft and Bearing 13— Shaft Seal

Assembly
Shaft and Bearing Removal
TF44157,0000EAD -19-25JAN10-20/27
48. Remove screen (14) from input end of shaft.

NOTE: Do not clean brake disks with solvent. Use
clean brake system oil only.
49. Clean and inspect all parts for wear or damage.
T199209A —UN—15APR04
14— Screen
Screen
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-12 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=92
Hydraulic System
50. Measure brake disks (1) and spacer plates (2)

for thickness and flatness. Check brake disks for
discoloration. If not to specification, replace with new.
Specification
Brake Disk—Thickness
T199212A —UN—15APR04
(minimum).................................................................................. 1.60 mm
0.063 in.
Flatness (maximum) .................................................................. 0.20 mm
0.008 in.
Spacer Plate—Thickness
(minimum).................................................................................. 1.50 mm
0.059 in.
Flatness (maximum) .................................................................. 0.20 mm
Measure Brake Disk
0.008 in.
51. Apply petroleum jelly to seal lip. Install shaft seal into
brake housing with lip facing brake pack.
1— Brake Disk 2— Spacer Plate
T199214A —UN—15APR04
Measure Spacer Plate
TF44157,0000EAD -19-25JAN10-22/27
IMPORTANT: Press outer race of bearing assembly

only. Pressing inner race of bearing or shaft
damages bearing assembly.
52. Install drive shaft and bearing assembly (1) using a

press.
T199217A —UN—15APR04
1— Drive Shaft and Bearing
Assembly
Install Drive Shaft Assembly
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-13 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=93
Hydraulic System
53. Install shaft retainer (2). Groove (3) on top of retainer

must line up with notch in housing. Tighten screws
to specification.
Specification
Shaft Retainer
T199221A —UN—15APR04
Screw—Torque................................................................................8 N·m
70 lb-in.
54. Install screen (4). Tighten to specification.

Specification
Screen—Torque............................................................................30 N·m
22 lb-ft
Install Shaft Retainer
2— Shaft Retainer 4— Screen
3— Groove
TF44157,0000EAD -19-25JAN10-24/27
55. Starting with a brake disk (5), install brake pack by

alternating brake disks and spacer plates.
5— Brake Disk (7 used)
T199222A —UN—15APR04
Install Brake Disks and Spacers
TF44157,0000EAD -19-25JAN10-25/27
NOTE: Install brake piston seal with lip facing brake pack.
56. Apply petroleum jelly to brake piston seal (6) lip. Install
brake piston seal using a press.
57. Install seal retainer (7). Tighten screws (9) to
T199223A —UN—15APR04
specification.
Specification
Seal Retainer
Screw—Torque..............................................................................30 N·m
22 lb-ft
58. Apply petroleum jelly to brake piston O-ring (8). Install

brake piston O-ring. Assemble Brake Piston
59. Install brake piston into housing using a press.
6— Brake Piston Seal 8— O-Ring
7— Seal Retainer 9— Screw (4 used)
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-14 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=94
Hydraulic System
60. Install brake spring (10) with outer edge of spring

against piston.
61. Apply petroleum jelly to housing O-ring (11) and install
in housing.
62. Install park brake to hydrostatic motor using eight cap
T199224A —UN—15APR04
screws. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Motor Flange-To-Brake
Housing Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................70 N·m
52 lb-ft
Install Brake Spring
10— Brake Spring 11— Housing O-Ring
TF44157,0000EAD -19-25JAN10-27/27

Disassemble and Assemble—Two Speed
1. Clean exterior of hydrostatic motor and park brake
before disassembling.
2. Drain oil from housing.
3. Place hydrostatic motor and park brake on a bench
with the sprocket facing downward.
4. Scribe a line across hydrostatic motor and park brake
housings to aid in assembly.
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from release

of spring pressure. Cover plate is the retainer
T200532A —UN—04JUN04
for the disk spring. Remove cap screws
slowly in a crossing pattern.
NOTE: Record position of disk spring before removing.
5. Remove cap screws (1). Remove cover plate (2) and

disk spring.
1— Cap Screw (12 used) 2— Cover Plate
Continued on next page TF44157,0000EC0 -19-23FEB10-1/21
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-15 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=95
Hydraulic System
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from flying

object. Use care when removing brake piston.
Place hand over brake piston to control the rate
at which it is removed from the housing.
6. Remove brake piston (3) by applying air to the brake
T200533A —UN—01JUN04
pressure port.
3— Brake Piston
TF44157,0000EC0 -19-23FEB10-2/21
7. Remove seal (4) from brake piston.
4— Seal
T200538A —UN—01JUN04
Brake Piston
TF44157,0000EC0 -19-23FEB10-3/21

9. Separate brake housing from distributor housing using
a soft faced hammer.
T200550A —UN—01JUN04
Brake Housing
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-16 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=96
Hydraulic System
10. Remove spring clip (6) and seal (7) from brake
housing (8).
6— Spring Clip 8— Brake Housing

7— Seal
T200560A —UN—02JUN04
Brake Housing Components
TF44157,0000EC0 -19-23FEB10-5/21
NOTE: Record position of plates, brake disks and

shims before removing.
11. Remove plate, brake disk, and shim (9).

12. Remove O-rings (10 and 11).
13. Remove speed shift spool (12).
14. Remove plugs and spool assemblies (13 and 14).
9— Plate, Brake Disk and Shim 12— Speed Shift Spool

10— O-Ring 13— Plug, Shuttle Valve,
11— O-Ring Washer and Spring (2
used)
14— Plug, Spring, Washer and
Poppet
T200580A —UN—02JUN04
Distributor Housing
TF44157,0000EC0 -19-23FEB10-6/21
15. Remove cap screws (15 and 16). Remove distributor

housing and O-ring.
15— Cap Screw (2 used) 16— Cap Screw (10 used)

T200600A —UN—02JUN04
Distributor Housing
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-17 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=97
Hydraulic System
NOTE: Do not damage distributor timing face

or locating pin.
Distributor has springs located around top end. Do
not lose springs when removing distributor.
T200622A —UN—03JUN04
16. Tap locating pin (26) to remove distributor from
housing.
26— Locating Pin
Distributor Removal
TF44157,0000EC0 -19-23FEB10-8/21
17. Remove seals (17—21) from distributor.
17— Seal 20— Seal

19— Seal (2 used)
T200596A —UN—02JUN04
Distributor
TF44157,0000EC0 -19-23FEB10-9/21
18. Remove cam ring and cylinder block assembly.

19. Remove snap rings, retaining rings, rollers and pistons
(22—24) from cylinder block assembly.
22— Snap Ring (2 used) 24— Roller and Piston (8 used)
T200605A —UN—02JUN04
23— Retaining Ring (2 used)
Cylinder Block Assembly
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-18 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=98
Hydraulic System
20. Remove ring (25) from shaft assembly.

necessary.
22. Install ring (25) on shaft assembly.
T200606A —UN—02JUN04
25— Ring
Shaft Assembly
TF44157,0000EC0 -19-23FEB10-11/21
NOTE: Apply hydraulic oil to parts to aid in assembly.
23. Assemble rollers and pistons (24), retaining rings (23)

and snap rings (22) in cylinder block.
24. Install cylinder block assembly with timing face facing
T200605A —UN—02JUN04
up.
25. Install cam ring.
22— Snap Ring (2 used) 24— Roller and Piston (8 used)

23— Retaining Ring (2 used)
Cylinder Block Assembly
TF44157,0000EC0 -19-23FEB10-12/21
26. Install seals (17—21).

19— Seal (2 used)
T200596A —UN—02JUN04
Distributor
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-19 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=99
Hydraulic System
27. Align pin in top of distributor with locating hole (26) in

distributor housing. Install distributor.
26— Locating Hole
T200622A —UN—03JUN04
Distributor Installation
TF44157,0000EC0 -19-23FEB10-14/21
28. Install O-ring on distributor housing. Install distributor

housing.
strength) to cap screws (15 and 16). Tighten cap
screws to specification.
T200600A —UN—02JUN04
Distributor Housing—Specification
Cap Screw
(15)—Torque.................................................................................35 N·m
25 lb-ft
Cap Screw
(16)—Torque...............................................................................215 N·m
160 lb-ft
Distributor Housing
30. Check that drive shaft rotates freely.
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-20 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=100
Hydraulic System
31. Apply one drop of PM37477 Thread Lock and Sealer

(medium strength) to plug (14) threads.
32. Install parts (27—30) with plug (14). Tighten plug to
specification.
Specification
Flushing Valve
Plug—Torque.................................................................................30 N·m
22 lb-ft
9— Plate, Brake Disk and Shim 14— Plug

(as required) 27— O-Ring
10— O-Ring 28— Spring
T200580A —UN—02JUN04
11— O-Ring 29— Shim
12— Speed Shift Spool 30— Poppet
13— Plug
Distributor Housing
T200629A —UN—03JUN04
Flushing Spool Assembly
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-21 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=101
Hydraulic System
33. Install parts (31—35) with plug (13). Tighten plug to

specification.
Specification
Shuttle Valve
Plug—Torque.................................................................................25 N·m
220 lb-in.
34. Install O-rings (10 and 11) speed shift spool (12).
NOTE: To obtain disk pack specification height, assemble
and measure parts on bench prior to installation.
35. Assemble plates, brake disks and shims (9). Begin
T200580A —UN—02JUN04
with plate (external spline), then alternate with brake
disk (internal spline). A plate must be placed at each
end of the disk pack. An additional plate and shim can
be used to meet specification. Install park brake disk
pack placing shims against distributor housing.
Specification
Park Brake Disk
Distributor Housing
Pack—Height...................................................................30.4—30.6 mm
1.197—1.205 in.
9— Plate, Brake Disk and Shim 31— O-Ring

(as required) 32— Spring
10— O-Ring 33— Washer
11— O-Ring 34— Spool
T200632A —UN—03JUN04
12— Speed Shift Spool 35— Spring
13— Plug
14— Plug
Shuttle Valve Assembly
TF44157,0000EC0 -19-23FEB10-17/21
36. Install seal (7) and spring clip (6) in brake housing (8).
6— Spring Clip 8— Brake Housing

7— Seal
T200560A —UN—02JUN04
Brake Housing Components
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-22 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=102
Hydraulic System
37. Install brake housing. Apply PM37477 Thread Lock

and Sealer (medium strength) to cap screws (5).
Specification
Brake Housing Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................................120 N·m
90 lb-ft
T200550A —UN—01JUN04
Brake Housing
TF44157,0000EC0 -19-23FEB10-19/21
38. Install seal (4) on brake piston. Install brake piston.
4— Seal
T200538A —UN—01JUN04
Brake Piston
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-23 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=103
Hydraulic System
39. Apply grease to contact surface of brake piston and

disk spring. Install disk spring with convex side facing
brake piston.
40. Install cover plate (2). Tighten cap screws (1) to
specification.
Specification
Cover Plate Cap
Screw—Torque..............................................................................15 N·m
130 lb-in.
1— Cap Screw (12 used) 2— Cover Plate
T200532A —UN—04JUN04
TF44157,0000EC0 -19-23FEB10-21/21
Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake and Gearbox • See Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake and Gearbox
Repair Assemble—Two Speed (S.N. —192141). (Group 0360.)
For tracked machines (S.N. —192141): For tracked machines (S.N. 192142— ):
• See Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake and Gearbox • See Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake and Gearbox
Remove and Install (S.N. —192141). (Group 0360.) Remove and Install (S.N. 192142— ). (Group 0360.)
Disassemble (S.N. —192141). (Group 0360.) Disassemble (S.N. 192142— ). (Group 0360.)
Assemble (S.N. —192141). (Group 0360.) Inspection (S.N. 192142— ). (Group 0360.)
Disassemble—Two Speed (S.N. —192141). (Group Assemble (S.N. 192142— ). (Group 0360.)
0360.)
KK70125,0000761 -19-22OCT10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-24 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=104
Hydraulic System
Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake and Gearbox

Remove and Install (S.N. —192141)
SPECIFICATIONS
Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake 68 kg 2 1
and Gearbox Assembly Weight 150 lb.
(approximate) 3
Hydrostatic Motor Cap Screw 220 N·m 3
Torque 160 lb.-ft.
-12 ORFS Hydraulic Line Torque 150 N·m 3
111 lb.-ft.
TX1069063 —UN—04JAN10
-8 ORFS Hydraulic Line Torque 63 N·m
46 lb.-ft.
-6 ORFS Hydraulic Line Torque 37 N·m 3
27 lb.-ft.
This procedure is used for tracked machines.

level surface. Track Cover Plates

Machine. (Group 1740.) 1— Front Cover Plate 3— Cap Screw (7 used)
2— Rear Cover Plate
3. Raise boom and engage boom lock.
0130.) 6. Remove front and rear track cover plates (1 and 2).
5. Remove drive sprocket. See Drive Sprocket Remove 7. Clean dirt and debris away from line connections on
and Install. (Group 0130.) hydrostatic motor.
Continued on next page KK70125,000076A -19-03DEC12-1/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-25 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=105
Hydraulic System
8. Tag and disconnect lines (4—8) on hydrostatic motor

(9). Cap or plug all openings. 10
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from 4

9. Attach an appropriate lifting device to hydrostatic

motor (9). 9
Specification
Hydrostatic Motor, Park
TX1069081 —UN—13JAN10
Brake and Gearbox 5
Assembly—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 68 kg
150 lb.
10. Remove cap screws and washers (10) mounting 8

hydrostatic motor to track frame. 6
7
11. Repair or replace parts as necessary. Hydrostatic Motor and Lines (right side, two speed motor shown)
• See Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake and Gearbox

Disassemble (S.N. —192141). (Group 0360.) 4— Park Brake Line (-8 ORFS) 8— Two Speed Line (if
• See Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake and Gearbox 5— Reverse Hydrostatic Line
(-12 ORFS)
equipped) (-6 ORFS)
9— Hydrostatic Motor
Assemble (S.N. —192141) 6— Case Drain Line (-8 ORFS) 10— Cap Screw and Washer
• See Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake and Gearbox 7— Forward Hydrostatic Line (12 used)
Disassemble—Two Speed (S.N. —192141). (Group (-12 ORFS)
0360.)
Assemble—Two Speed (S.N. —192141)
15. Install front and rear track cover plates.
12. Clean motor mounting area on track frame and drive
sprocket mounting area on hydrostatic motor. 16. Install drive sprocket. See Drive Sprocket Remove
13. Install hydrostatic motor in track frame using
cap screws and washers. Tighten cap screws to 17. Install track. See Track Remove and Install. (Group
specification. 0130.)
Specification 18. Adjust track tension. See Check and Adjust Track
Hydrostatic Motor Cap Tension. (Group 9020-25.)
Screw—Torque............................................................................220 N·m
19. Raise machine and remove blocks. See Raising and
160 lb.-ft.
Blocking Machine. (Group 1740.)
14. Install lines to hydrostatic motor. Tighten all hydraulic 20. Check hydraulic oil level. For wheeled machines,
lines to specifications. see Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level, for tracked
Specification machines, see Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level.
-12 ORFS Hydraulic (Operator's Manual.)
Line—Torque...............................................................................150 N·m
111 lb.-ft.
21. Perform hydrostatic start-up procedure. See
-8 ORFS Hydraulic
Hydrostatic and Hydraulic Start-Up Procedure. (Group
Line—Torque.................................................................................63 N·m
0360.)
46 lb.-ft.
-6 ORFS Hydraulic
Line—Torque.................................................................................37 N·m
27 lb.-ft.
KK70125,000076A -19-03DEC12-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-26 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=106
Hydraulic System

Disassemble (S.N. —192141)
NOTE: Internal components of the gearbox are
T213763A —UN—29AUG05
not serviced individually.
1. Remove hydrostatic motor, park brake and gearbox

from machine. See Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake
and Gearbox Remove and Install (S.N. —192141).
(Group 0360.)
2. Clean exterior of hydrostatic motor, park brake and
gearbox housing before disassembling. Gearbox End Cover
3. Remove plugs (1) from gearbox end cover (3) and

1— Plug (3 used) 3— End Cover
drain oil. 2— Snap Ring
4. Remove snap ring (2) and remove end cover.
KK70125,0000763 -19-20SEP12-1/15
5. Remove sun gear (4) from drive shaft (5).

6. Place hydrostatic motor, park brake and gearbox on
bench with gearbox housing facing downward.
7. Scribe or mark a line across hydrostatic motor and
park brake housings to aid in assembly.
T213780A —UN—29AUG05
4— Sun Gear 5— Drive Shaft
Gearbox
KK70125,0000763 -19-20SEP12-2/15
8. Remove motor end cover cap screws (4). Remove

end cover (6).
4— Cap Screw (8 used) 6— End Cover
T213123A —UN—30AUG05
Hydrostatic Motor End Cover
Continued on next page KK70125,0000763 -19-20SEP12-3/15
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-27 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=107
Hydraulic System
9. Remove and discard O-ring (9).

10. Drain remaining oil from motor housing.
11. Remove shuttle valve plug (12).
9— O-Ring 13— Flushing Valve Plug
T213124A —UN—29AUG05
12— Shuttle Valve Plug
Distributor Housing
KK70125,0000763 -19-20SEP12-4/15
12. Remove shuttle valve assembly (14—18). Remove

spring (18) using a magnet.
12— Shuttle Valve Plug 16— Washer

15— Spring 18— Spring
T213151A —UN—30AUG05
KK70125,0000763 -19-20SEP12-5/15
13. Remove flushing valve plug (13).

14. Remove flushing valve assembly (19—22). Remove
poppet (22) and shim (21) using a magnet.
13— Flushing Valve Plug 21— Shim
T213152A —UN—30AUG05
19— O-Ring 22— Poppet
20— Spring
Flushing Valve Assembly
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-28 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=108
Hydraulic System

housing.
16. Mark position of distributor in housing using a marking
pen.
IMPORTANT: Do not damage distributor timing
T213127A —UN—29AUG05
face or locating pin.
Distributor has springs located around top end.
Do not lose springs when removing distributor.
17. Gently tap locating pin (25) with soft steel drift to
remove distributor from housing.
Distributor Housing
18. Remove cap screw (26) attaching cam ring to
distributor housing and remove cam ring.
23— Cap Screw (2 used) 25— Distributor Locating Pin
24— Cap Screw (8 used) 26— Cap Screw
KK70125,0000763 -19-20SEP12-7/15
19. Remove seals (27 and 28) from distributor.
27— Seal (2 used) 28— Seal
T213128A —UN—29AUG05
Distributor
KK70125,0000763 -19-20SEP12-8/15
20. Remove seal (31) and O-rings (32 and 33) from
distributor housing.
31— Seal 33— O-Ring

32— O-Ring
T213142A —UN—29AUG05
Distributor Housing
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-29 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=109
Hydraulic System
21. Remove cylinder block (34).

22. Remove O-rings (32 and 33) from park brake housing.
23. Remove cylinder block spacer from bearing.
32— O-Ring 34— Cylinder Block
T213791A —UN—30AUG05
33— O-Ring
Cylinder Block
KK70125,0000763 -19-20SEP12-10/15
IMPORTANT: Apply only 2—4 tons of pressure

to remove snap ring (35). Applying more
pressure can damage bearing (36).
24. Using a press, remove large snap ring from park brake
housing. Support drive shaft (5) from below and press
T213788A —UN—30AUG05
bearing.
25. Gently tap drive shaft out of park brake housing.
26. Remove bearing retainer snap ring from drive shaft.
27. Press bearing off of drive shaft.
28. Remove brake piston needle bearing from drive shaft.
Snap Ring Removal
5— Drive Shaft (supported) 36— Bearing

35— Snap Ring
KK70125,0000763 -19-20SEP12-11/15
29. Remove bearing support ring (37) from park brake

housing.
30. Remove disc spring (38). Note position of disc spring
before removing.
31. Remove brake piston assembly (39).
T213789A —UN—30AUG05
32. Remove brake disc stack (40). Keep discs in correct

order for assembly.
37— Bearing Support Ring 39— Brake Piston Assembly

38— Disc Spring 40— Brake Disc Stack
Park Brake Housing
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-30 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=110
Hydraulic System
33. Separate seal ring (41) from brake piston (42).

34. Remove seal (44) from seal ring.
35. Remove seals (45 and 46) from brake piston.
41— Seal Ring 44— Seal
T213799A —UN—30AUG05
42— Brake Piston 45— Seal
43— Brake Pin (6 used) 46— Seal
Brake Piston Assembly
KK70125,0000763 -19-20SEP12-13/15
36. Remove brake piston pins (43) from brake piston (42)
and remove O-rings (47 and 48).
42— Brake Piston 47— O-Ring (6 used)

43— Brake Piston Pin (6 used) 48— O-Ring (6 used)
T213150A —UN—29AUG05
Brake Piston
KK70125,0000763 -19-20SEP12-14/15
37. Remove shaft seal (49) from inside of housing.
49— Shaft Seal
T213157A —UN—29AUG05
Shaft Seal
KK70125,0000763 -19-20SEP12-15/15
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-31 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=111
Hydraulic System

Assemble (S.N. —192141)
T213157A —UN—29AUG05
necessary.
NOTE: Apply clean hydraulic oil to parts for
aid in assembly.
2. Install shaft seal (49) in housing.
49— Shaft Seal

Shaft Seal
KK70125,0000764 -19-25OCT10-1/11
3. Install O-rings (47 and 48) on brake pins (43) and

install pins in brake piston (42).

43— Brake Pin (6 used) 48— O-Ring (6 used)
T213150A —UN—29AUG05
Brake Piston
KK70125,0000764 -19-25OCT10-2/11
4. Install seals (45 and 46) on brake piston (42).

5. Install seal (44) on seal ring (41).
6. Assemble seal ring and brake piston together.
T213799A —UN—30AUG05
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-32 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=112
Hydraulic System
7. Press needle bearing in brake piston assembly.

Compare needle bearing depth (50) to specification.
Specification
Needle Bearing—Depth............................................................... 3.5 mm
0.14 in.
T213802A —UN—30AUG05
50— Needle Bearing Depth
Needle Bearing Depth
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-33 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=113
Hydraulic System
8. Install brake disc stack (40) into park brake housing.

IMPORTANT: Align brake disc splines with park brake
drive shaft and sun gear with planet gears
to prevent misalignment during assembly.
Do not damage shaft seal when installing
T213149A —UN—29AUG05
park brake drive shaft. Splines on shaft can
damage seal during installation.
9. Install drive shaft (5) and align brake disc splines.

10. Install sun gear on drive shaft to align sun gear with
planet gears.
11. Install brake piston assembly (39) in park brake Park Brake and Drive Shaft Components
housing.
12. Install disc spring (38) concave side up.
13. Install bearing support ring (37). Gently tap in place
with rubber hammer.
T213788A —UN—30AUG05
14. Install bearing (36) on drive shaft.
IMPORTANT: Apply only 2—4 tons of pressure to
install snap ring. Applying more pressure
can damage bearing.
15. Using a press, seat bearing and install snap ring

(35). Press on bearing with appropriate press disc
to compress park brake assembly for snap ring Snap Ring Installation
installation.
16. Install bearing retainer snap ring (51) on drive shaft.
CAUTION: Avoid possible crushing or pinching

injury. Support gearbox housing to prevent
T213791A —UN—30AUG05
hydrostatic motor, park brake and gearbox
from tipping over when filling with lubricant
and installing gearbox end cover.
17. Set motor, park brake and gearbox on bench with

gearbox up.
18. Fill gearbox with appropriate oil. See Hydrostatic
Cylinder Block
Planetary Gearbox Oil. (Operator's Manual.)
19. Install gearbox end cover, snap ring and plugs. 5— Drive Shaft 37— Bearing Support Ring
32— O-Ring 38— Disc Spring
20. Turn motor, park brake and gearbox back over (with 33— O-Ring 39— Brake Piston Assembly
gearbox end cover facing downward). 34— Cylinder Block 40— Brake Disc Stack
35— Snap Ring 51— Snap Ring
21. Install O-rings (32 and 33) in park brake housing. 36— Bearing 52— Cylinder Block Spacer
22. Install cylinder block spacer (52) on bearing.

23. Install cylinder block (34) on drive shaft with timing
face up.
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-34 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=114
Hydraulic System
24. Install seals (27 and 28) in distributor.
27— Seal (2 used) 28— Seal
T213128A —UN—29AUG05
Distributor
KK70125,0000764 -19-25OCT10-6/11
25. Install seal (31) in distributor housing.

IMPORTANT: Allow seals to relax for a minimum of
20 minutes after installation before assembling
distributor in distributor housing. This delay will
prevent damage resulting from stretched seals.
T213142A —UN—29AUG05
26. Align pin in top of distributor with locating hole in
IMPORTANT: Do not damage distributor timing face
or locating pin during assembly.
27. Carefully press distributor into housing.

Distributor Housing
28. Install O-rings (32 and 33) in distributor housing.
32— O-Ring
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-35 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=115
Hydraulic System
29. Install cam ring to distributor housing.

strength) to cap screw (26). Tighten cap screw to
specification.
Specification
T213127A —UN—29AUG05
Cam Ring Cap
Screw—Torque..............................................................................15 N·m
135 lb-in.
31. Install cam ring and distributor housing assembly.

strength) to cap screws (23 and 24). Tighten cap
screws evenly to specification. Distributor Housing
Distributor Housing—Specification
Cap Screw
(23)—Torque............................................................................152.5 N·m
112 lb-ft
Cap Screw
(24)—Torque.................................................................................90 N·m
65 lb-ft
KK70125,0000764 -19-25OCT10-8/11

(medium strength) to plug (13) threads. Install flushing
valve assembly (19—22) and plug (13). Tighten plug
to specification.
Specification
T213152A —UN—30AUG05
Flushing Valve
Plug—Torque.................................................................................30 N·m
20 lb-ft

20— Spring
KK70125,0000764 -19-25OCT10-9/11
34. Install shuttle valve assembly (14—18) and plug (12).

Tighten plug to specification.
Specification
Shuttle Valve
Plug—Torque.................................................................................40 N·m
T213151A —UN—30AUG05
30 lb-ft
35. Install motor end cover O-ring.

TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-36 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=116
Hydraulic System
36. Install motor end cover (6).

strength) to cap screws (4). Tighten cap screws evenly
to specification.
Specification
T213123A —UN—30AUG05
Motor End Cover Cap
Screw—Torque...........................................................................42.5 N·m
31 lb-ft
38. Install hydrostatic motor, park brake and gearbox. See

Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake and Gearbox Remove
and Install (S.N. —192141). (Group 0360.)
4— Motor End Cover Cap 6— Motor End Cover
Screw (8 used)
KK70125,0000764 -19-25OCT10-11/11

Disassemble—Two Speed (S.N. —192141)
NOTE: Internal components of the gearbox are
T213763A —UN—29AUG05
not serviced individually.

and Gearbox Remove and Install (S.N. —192141).
(Group 0360.)
gearbox housing before disassembling. Gearbox End Cover
3. Remove plugs (1) from gearbox end cover (3) and

1— Plug (3 used) 3— Gearbox End Cover
drain oil. 2— Snap Ring
4. Remove snap ring (2) and remove end cover.
KK70125,0000765 -19-20SEP12-1/15
5. Remove sun gear (4) from drive shaft (5).

6. Place hydrostatic motor, park brake and gearbox on
bench with gearbox housing facing downward.
7. Scribe or mark a line across hydrostatic motor and
park brake housing to aid in assembly.
T213780A —UN—29AUG05
4— Sun Gear 5— Drive Shaft
Gearbox
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-37 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=117
Hydraulic System
8. Remove motor end cover cap screws (6 and 7).

Remove end cover (8).
6— Cap Screw (8 used) 8— End Cover

7— Cap Screw
T213194A —UN—30AUG05
KK70125,0000765 -19-20SEP12-3/15
9. Remove and discard O-rings (9 and 10).

10. Remove speed shift spool (11).
11. Drain remaining oil from motor housing.
12. Remove shuttle valve plug (12).
T213778A —UN—29AUG05
9— O-Ring 12— Shuttle Valve Plug
11— Speed Shift Spool
Distributor Housing
KK70125,0000765 -19-20SEP12-4/15
13. Remove shuttle valve components (14—18). Remove

spring (18) using a magnet.

T213151A —UN—30AUG05
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-38 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=118
Hydraulic System
14. Remove flushing valve plug (13).

15. Remove flushing valve components (19—22).
Remove shim (21) and poppet (22) using a magnet.
T213152A —UN—30AUG05
20— Spring
KK70125,0000765 -19-20SEP12-6/15

housing.
17. Mark position of distributor in housing using a marking
pen.
IMPORTANT: Do not damage distributor timing
T213199A —UN—29AUG05
face or locating pin.
Distributor has springs located around top end.
Do not lose springs when removing distributor.
18. Gently tap distributor locating pin (25) with a soft steel
drift to remove distributor from housing.
Distributor Housing
19. Remove cap screw (26) attaching cam ring to
distributor housing and remove cam ring.
KK70125,0000765 -19-20SEP12-7/15
20. Remove seals (27 and 28) from distributor.
T213198A —UN—29AUG05
Distributor
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-39 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=119
Hydraulic System
21. Remove seals (29—31) and O-rings (32 and 33) from
distributor housing.
29— Seal (2 used) 32— O-Ring

31— Seal
T213200A —UN—29AUG05
Distributor Housing
KK70125,0000765 -19-20SEP12-9/15
22. Remove cylinder block (34).

23. Remove O-rings (32 and 33) from park brake housing.

33— O-Ring
T213791A —UN—30AUG05
Cylinder Block
KK70125,0000765 -19-20SEP12-10/15

remove snap ring. Applying more pressure
can damage bearing.
24. Using a press, remove large snap ring (35) from park
brake housing. Support drive shaft (5) from below and
T213788A —UN—30AUG05
press bearing.
25. Gently tap drive shaft out of park brake housing.
26. Remove bearing retainer snap ring from drive shaft.
27. Press bearing (36) off drive shaft.
28. Remove brake piston needle bearing from drive shaft.
Snap Ring Removal
5— Drive Shaft (supported) 36— Bearing

35— Snap Ring
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-40 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=120
Hydraulic System
29. Remove bearing support ring (37) from park brake

housing.
30. Remove disk spring (38). Note position of disk spring
before removing.
31. Remove brake piston assembly (39).
T213789A —UN—30AUG05
32. Remove brake disk stack (40). Keep disks in correct
order for assembly.
37— Bearing Support Ring 39— Brake Piston Assembly

38— Disc Spring 40— Brake Disk Stack
Park Brake Housing
KK70125,0000765 -19-20SEP12-12/15
33. Separate seal ring (41) from brake piston (42).

34. Remove seal (44) from seal ring.
35. Remove seals (45 and 46) from brake piston.
T213799A —UN—30AUG05
KK70125,0000765 -19-20SEP12-13/15
36. Remove brake piston pins (43) from brake piston (42)
and remove O-rings (47 and 48).

43— Brake Piston Pin (6 used) 48— O-Ring (6 used)
T213150A —UN—29AUG05
Brake Piston
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-41 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=121
Hydraulic System
37. Remove shaft seal (49) from inside of housing.
49— Shaft Seal
T213157A —UN—29AUG05
Shaft Seal
KK70125,0000765 -19-20SEP12-15/15

Assemble—Two Speed (S.N. —192141)
T213157A —UN—29AUG05
necessary.
NOTE: Apply clean hydraulic oil to parts for
aid in assembly.
2. Install shaft seal (49) in housing.
49— Shaft Seal

Shaft Seal
KK70125,0000766 -19-25OCT10-1/13
3. Install O-rings (47 and 48) on brake pins (43) and

install pins in brake piston (42).

43— Brake Pin (6 used) 48— O-Ring (6 used)
T213150A —UN—29AUG05
Brake Piston
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-42 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=122
Hydraulic System
4. Install seals (45 and 46) on brake piston (42).

5. Install seal (44) on seal ring (41).
6. Assemble seal ring and brake piston together.
T213799A —UN—30AUG05
KK70125,0000766 -19-25OCT10-3/13
7. Press needle bearing in brake piston assembly.

Compare needle bearing depth (50) to specification.
Specification
Needle Bearing—Depth............................................................... 3.5 mm
0.14 in.
T213802A —UN—30AUG05
50— Needle Bearing Depth
Needle Bearing Depth
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-43 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=123
Hydraulic System
8. Install brake disk stack (40) into park brake housing.

IMPORTANT: Align brake disk splines with park brake
drive shaft and sun gear with planet gears
to prevent misalignment during assembly.
Do not damage shaft seal when installing
T213803A —UN—30AUG05
park brake drive shaft. Splines on shaft can
damage seal during installation.
9. Install drive shaft (5) and align brake disk splines.

10. Install sun gear on drive shaft to align gear with planet
gears.
11. Install brake piston assembly (39) in park brake Park Brake and Drive Shaft Components
housing.
12. Install disk spring (38) concave side up.
13. Install bearing support ring (37). Gently tap in place
with rubber hammer.
T213788A —UN—30AUG05
14. Install bearing (36) on drive shaft.
install snap ring. Applying more pressure
can damage bearing.
15. Using a press, seat bearing and install snap ring

(35). Press on bearing with appropriate press disk
to compress park brake assembly for snap ring Snap Ring Installation
installation.
5— Drive Shaft 38— Disc Spring
16. Install bearing retainer snap ring (51) on drive shaft. 35— Snap Ring 39— Brake Piston Assembly
36— Bearing 40— Brake Disk Stack
CAUTION: Avoid possible crushing or pinching 37— Bearing Support Ring 51— Snap Ring
injury. Support gearbox housing to prevent
hydrostatic motor, park brake and gearbox
from tipping over when filling with lubricant 18. Fill gearbox with appropriate oil. See Hydrostatic
and installing gearbox end cover. Planetary Gearbox Oil. (Operator's Manual.)
17. Set motor, park brake and gearbox on bench with 19. Install gearbox end cover, snap ring and plugs.
gearbox up. 20. Turn motor, park brake and gearbox back over (with
gearbox end cover facing downward).
KK70125,0000766 -19-25OCT10-5/13
21. Install O-rings (32 and 33) in park brake housing.

22. Install cylinder block (34) on drive shaft with timing
face up.

T213791A —UN—30AUG05
33— O-Ring
Cylinder Block
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-44 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=124
Hydraulic System
23. Install seals (27 and 28) in distributor.
T213198A —UN—29AUG05
Distributor
KK70125,0000766 -19-25OCT10-7/13
24. Install seals (29—31) in distributor housing.

IMPORTANT: Allow seals to relax for a minimum of
20 minutes after installation before assembling
distributor in distributor housing. This delay will
prevent damage resulting from stretched seals.
T213200A —UN—29AUG05
25. Align pin in top of distributor with locating hole in
IMPORTANT: Do not damage distributor timing face
or locating pin during assembly.
26. Carefully press distributor into housing.

Distributor Housing
27. Install O-rings (32 and 33) in distributor housing.
29— Seal (2 used) 32— O-Ring
31— Seal
KK70125,0000766 -19-25OCT10-8/13
28. Install cam ring to distributor housing.

strength) to cap screw (26). Tighten to specification.
Cam—Specification
Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................15 N·m
T213199A —UN—29AUG05
130 lb-in.
30. Install cam ring and distributor housing assembly.

strength) to cap screws (23 and 24). Tighten to
specification.
Distributor Housing—Specification Distributor Housing
Cap Screw
(23)—Torque............................................................................152.5 N·m
112 lb-ft
Cap Screw
(24)—Torque.................................................................................90 N·m
65 lb-ft
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-45 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=125
Hydraulic System

(medium strength) to flushing valve plug (13) threads.
33. Install flushing valve components (19—22) and
flushing valve plug. Tighten to specification.
Specification
T213152A —UN—30AUG05
Flushing Valve
Plug—Torque.................................................................................30 N·m
22 lb-ft

20— Spring
KK70125,0000766 -19-25OCT10-10/13
34. Install shuttle valve components (14—18) and shuttle

valve plug (12). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Shuttle Valve
Plug—Torque.................................................................................40 N·m
T213151A —UN—30AUG05
30 lb-ft

KK70125,0000766 -19-25OCT10-11/13
35. Install speed shift spool (11).

36. Install end cover O-rings (9 and 10).
9— O-Ring 12— Shuttle Valve Plug

11— Speed Shift Spool
T213778A —UN—29AUG05
Distributor Housing
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-46 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=126
Hydraulic System
37. Install motor end cover (8).

strength) to cap screws (6 and 7) and tighten to
specification.
Motor End Cover—Specification
T213194A —UN—30AUG05
Cap Screw (6)—Torque..............................................................73.5 N·m
55 lb-ft
Cap Screw (7)—Torque..............................................................37.5 N·m
28 lb-ft
39. Install hydrostatic motor, park brake and gearbox in

machine. See Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake and
Gearbox Remove and Install (S.N. —192141). (Group Motor End Cover
0360.)
6— Cap Screw (8 used) 8— Motor End Cover
7— Cap Screw
KK70125,0000766 -19-25OCT10-13/13

Remove and Install (S.N. 192142— )
SPECIFICATIONS
Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake 98 kg
and Gearbox Assembly Weight 215 lb.
(approximate)
Hydrostatic Motor Cap Screw 220 N·m
Torque 160 lb.-ft.
TX1081414A —UN—27AUG10
111 lb.-ft.
46 lb.-ft.
27 lb.-ft.

Track Cover Plates
1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat,
level surface.
1— Front Cover Plate 3— Cap Screw (6 used)
2. Raise and block machine. See Raising and Blocking 2— Rear Cover Plate
6. Remove front and rear track cover plates (1 and 2).
4. Remove rubber track. See Track Remove and Install.
(Group 0130.) 7. Clean dirt and debris away from line connections on
hydrostatic motor.
5. Remove drive sprocket. See Drive Sprocket Remove
Continued on next page KK70125,0000767 -19-03DEC12-1/3
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-47 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=127
Hydraulic System
8. Loosen and remove line clamps (4 and 5) to allow

motor lines to be removed.
9. Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines (6—10) from
hydrostatic motor.
For single speed motors, remove hydraulic line (13)
from motor. Plug all line openings.
10. For EH control machines, remove motor speed sensor
(11) from hydrostatic motor.
TX1081421A —UN—27AUG10
Cover sensor and secure out of the way.
4— Line Clamp 9— Case Drain Line (-8 ORFS)

5— Line Clamp 10— Two Speed Line (-6 ORFS)
6— Line from Hydrostatic 11— Motor Speed Sensor
Pump (-12 ORFS) 13— Single Speed Line (-6
7— Line from Hydrostatic ORFS)
Pump (-12 ORFS)
8— Park Brake Line (-8 ORFS)
Hydrostatic Motor and Lines (right side, EH controls ma-
chine, two speed motor shown)
TX1081427A —UN—27AUG10
Hydrostatic Motor and Lines (right side, EH controls ma-
chine, two speed motor shown)
TX1081433A —UN—27AUG10
Hydrostatic Motor and Lines (right side, manual controls

machine, single speed motor shown)
Continued on next page KK70125,0000767 -19-03DEC12-2/3
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-48 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=128
Hydraulic System
NOTE: Fitting removal is necessary to provide clearance

when removing hydrostatic motor from track frame.
11. Remove fittings from hydrostatic motor. Plug all motor

openings.
TX1081430A —UN—27AUG10
12. Attach an appropriate lifting device to hydrostatic

motor.
Specification
Brake and Gearbox
Assembly—Weight Hydrostatic Motor and Fittings (right side shown)
(approximate).................................................................................. 98 kg
215 lb. 12— Cap Screw and Washer
(12 used)
NOTE: If necessary, tap on hydrostatic motor housing to
separate motor mounting flange from track frame.
-8 ORFS Hydraulic
13. Remove cap screws and washers (12) mounting Line—Torque.................................................................................63 N·m
hydrostatic motor to track frame. 46 lb.-ft.
-6 ORFS Hydraulic
Line—Torque.................................................................................37 N·m
• See Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake and Gearbox 27 lb.-ft.
Disassemble (S.N. 192142— ). (Group 0360.)
19. Install and tighten line clamps.
Assemble (S.N. 192142— ). (Group 0360.) 20. Install front and rear track cover plates.
15. Clean motor mounting area on track frame and drive 21. Install drive sprocket. See Drive Sprocket Remove
sprocket mounting area on hydrostatic motor. and Install. (Group 0130.)
16. Install hydrostatic motor in track frame and secure with 22. Install rubber track. See Track Remove and Install.
cap screws and washers. (Group 0130.)
Specification
Hydrostatic Motor Cap
Tension. (Group 9020-25.)
Screw—Torque............................................................................220 N·m
160 lb.-ft. 24. Raise machine and remove blocks.
17. For EH control machines, install motor speed sensor. 25. Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic
Reservoir Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)
18. Install hydraulic lines to hydrostatic motor. Tighten all
hydraulic lines to specifications. 26. Release boom lock and lower boom.
Specification
-12 ORFS Hydraulic
Line—Torque...............................................................................150 N·m
111 lb.-ft.
KK70125,0000767 -19-03DEC12-3/3
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-49 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=129
Hydraulic System
Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake and Gearbox and Gearbox Remove and Install (S.N. 192142— ).
Disassemble (S.N. 192142— ) (Group 0360.)
This procedure is used for tracked machines. Specification

Gearbox Disassemble Brake and Gearbox
Assembly—Weight
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from (approximate).................................................................................. 98 kg
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 215 lb

26 1
12
1
3
9
8
7 6
27
5 4
13
1 28
TX1082027 —UN—20SEP10
2
TX1082027
Gearbox Components
1— Plug (3 used) 6— Input Carrier Assembly 9— Lock Nut 27— O-Ring
2— Snap Ring 7— Thrust Washer 12— Seal Ring (2 used) 28— Thrust Washer
3— Gearbox Housing 8— Output Carrier Assembly 13— O-Ring (2 used)
4— End Cover 26— Motor Spindle Assembly
5— Input Shaft

gearbox housing before disassembling.
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-50 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=130
Hydraulic System
3. Remove plugs (1) from gearbox housing (3) and drain

oil.
4. Perform leak test on gearbox to determine leakage
points, as needed. See Gearbox Leakage Test (S.N.
192142— ). (Group 0360.)
TX1081820A —UN—14SEP10
5. Place hydrostatic motor, park brake and gearbox
housing on workbench with gearbox housing up.
Secure to bench.
NOTE: To remove snap ring, first pry open end of
snap ring out of the groove in gearbox housing.
Then hold loose end with pliers and pull snap
ring completely out of the groove. Gearbox Disassemble
6. Remove snap ring (2) and remove end cover (4). 1— Plug (3 used) 3— Gearbox Housing
2— Snap Ring 4— End Cover
KK70125,0000768 -19-25OCT10-2/20
7. Remove input shaft (5).
5— Input Shaft 6— Input Carrier Assembly
TX1081822A —UN—14SEP10
Gearbox Disassemble
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-51 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=131
Hydraulic System
8. Rotate gearbox components using DFT1334 Gearbox

Turning Tool (64). See DFT1334 Gearbox Turning
Tool for instructions on making this tool. (Group 9900.)
Rotate gearbox in both directions. Gearbox
components must rotate at a consistent speed without
binding. If gearbox binds while rotating, inspect
gearbox components during disassembly for cause of
binding.
9. Lift out input carrier assembly (6).
64— DFT1334 Gearbox Turning

Tool
TX1082955A —UN—12OCT10
Rotate Gearbox
KK70125,0000768 -19-25OCT10-4/20
10. Remove thrust washer (7) from output carrier

subassembly (8).
11. Lift out output carrier assembly.
7— Thrust Washer 8— Output Carrier Assembly
TX1081824A —UN—14SEP10
Gearbox Disassemble
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-52 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=132
Hydraulic System
12. Cover input shaft hole (11) inside gearbox to prevent

contamination of hydrostatic motor.
13. Remove lock nut (9) using DFT1333 Lock Nut Wrench
(10). See DFT1333 Lock Nut Wrench for instructions
on making this tool. (Group 9900.)
TX1081828A —UN—14SEP10
14. Remove gearbox housing from motor spindle

assembly (26).
Specification
Gearbox Disassemble
Gearbox
Housing—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 27 kg
60 lb
9— Lock Nut 11— Input Shaft Hole
TX1081832A —UN—14SEP10
10— DFT1333 Lock Nut Wrench
Lock Nut Removal
KK70125,0000768 -19-25OCT10-6/20
NOTE: Metal face seals are matching sets with each side
consisting of a seal ring (12) and O-ring (13).
Metal face seals can be reused if they are not worn
or damaged. Used seals must be kept together as
a set because of wear patterns on seal ring faces.
TX1081849A —UN—15SEP10
15. Remove metal face seals from gearbox housing and
motor spindle assembly. Keep seal rings together as
a matched set with seal ring faces together to protect
surfaces.
16. Inspect metal face seals. See Inspect Metal Face
Seals. (Group 0130.)
Gearbox Disassemble
17. Inspect gearbox components, inner and outer
bearings, and motor spindle for wear or damage. 12— Seal Ring 13— O-Ring
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-53 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=133
Hydraulic System
Park Brake Disassemble

1. Remove gearbox housing and components as detailed
in previous procedure.
2. Install DFT1335 Park Brake Spring Compressor (14)
to motor spindle assembly. See DFT1335 Park Brake
Spring Compressor for instructions on making this
tool. (Group 9900.)
TX1081868A —UN—16SEP10
3. Tighten nuts on DFT1335 to compress park brake
springs enough to remove snap ring (15).
14— DFT1335 Park Brake 15— Snap Ring

Spring Compressor
KK70125,0000768 -19-25OCT10-8/20
4. Loosen nuts on DFT1335 and release spring tension,

but do not remove tool from motor spindle assembly.
5. Remove plug from park brake port XB (16) on
hydrostatic motor. Apply approximately 30 kPa (3 bar)
(40 psi) air pressure to park brake port to remove
spring retainer (17).
16— Park Brake Port XB 17— Spring Retainer
TX1081873A —UN—16SEP10
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-54 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=134
Hydraulic System
TX1081897A —UN—16SEP10
Park Brake Components
15— Snap Ring 19— Bottom Spring Retainer 22— Spacer Plate (10 used) 24— Coupling
17— Spring Retainer 20— Disk Spacer 23— Brake Disks (9 used)
18— Disk Spring (3 used) 21— Washer
6. Remove DFT1335 from motor spindle assembly.

Remove spring retainer.
KK70125,0000768 -19-25OCT10-10/20
7. Note orientation of three disk springs (18), and remove

disk springs from park brake housing (25).
18— Disk Spring (3 used) 25— Park Brake Housing
TX1081911A —UN—16SEP10
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-55 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=135
Hydraulic System
NOTE: A 90° pick can be used to remove disk spacer

(20) from park brake housing.
8. Remove bottom spring retainer (19) and disk spacer

(20).
TX1081916A —UN—16SEP10
19— Bottom Spring Retainer 20— Disk Spacer
TX1081917A —UN—16SEP10
KK70125,0000768 -19-25OCT10-12/20
9. Remove washer (21), spacer plates (22), and brake

disks (23).
10. Remove coupling (24).
11. Inspect park brake components for wear or damage.
TX1081918A —UN—16SEP10
21— Washer 23— Brake Disks (9 used)

22— Spacer Plate (10 used) 24— Coupling
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-56 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=136
Hydraulic System
Hydrostatic Motor Disassemble

1. Position motor spindle assembly on work bench with
motor end cover (30) facing up.
NOTE: Depending on motor position on machine (right
TX1082050A —UN—21SEP10
or left), either port X1 or X2 will have line fitting
and other port will have plug (32).
2. Remove plugs (31 and 32) from motor end cover.

Remove and discard O-rings.
30— Motor End Cover 33— Plug (with O-ring) (2 used)

31— Plug (with O-ring) (2 used) 37— Plug (with O-ring)
32— Plug (with O-ring) Hydrostatic Motor Disassemble
KK70125,0000768 -19-25OCT10-14/20
3. Remove plugs (33) for closed-loop shuttle spool.

Remove springs (34), washers (35), and shuttle spool
(36). Remove and discard O-rings.
33— Plug (with O-ring) (2 used) 35— Washer (2 used)
TX1082064A —UN—21SEP10
34— Spring (2 used) 36— Shuttle Spool
Closed-Loop Shuttle Spool Components
KK70125,0000768 -19-25OCT10-15/20
4. Remove plug (37) for motor relief valve. Remove

spring (38) and valve (39). Remove and discard O-ring.
NOTE: Motor end cover is under spring pressure.
Alternately loosen cap screws when removing cover.
TX1082066A —UN—21SEP10
5. Remove seven end cap screws securing motor end
cover.
6. Remove cover. Remove and discard gasket.
37— Plug (with O-ring) 39— Valve

38— Spring
Motor Relief Valve Components
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-57 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=137
Hydraulic System
7. Lay motor spindle assembly on its side with access

to both ends of assembly.
8. Install DFT1336 Bias Spring Compressor (40). See
DFT1336 Bias Spring Compressor for instructions on
making this tool. (Group 9900.)
NOTE: The swash plate needs to be moved in order to
TX1082074A —UN—22SEP10
remove rotating group assembly and motor shaft.
9. Tighten nuts on DFT1336 to compress bias piston (42)

and bias spring (41) to rotate swash plate. Compress
bias spring approximately 8 mm (0.32 in.), or enough
to allow removal of rotating group and swash plate.
40— DFT1336 Bias Spring 43— Rotating Group Assembly Hydrostatic Motor Disassemble
Compressor 46— Shaft
41— Bias Spring
42— Bias Piston
KK70125,0000768 -19-25OCT10-17/20
10. Remove rotating group assembly (43) from motor

housing. Make sure all parts of rotating group
assembly are removed from motor housing.
50— Cylinder Block Assembly 53— Thrust Washer
TX1082130A —UN—22SEP10
51— Pin Retainer 54— Retainer Guide
52— Pin (4 used, 319D and 55— Piston and Retainer
323D machines; 3 used, Assembly
329D and 333D machines)
Rotating Group Assembly—319D and 323D Machines
TX1082131A —UN—22SEP10
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-58 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=138
Hydraulic System
11. On park brake housing (25) side of motor spindle

assembly, remove snap ring (47).
12. Remove shaft (46) from motor spindle assembly.
25— Park Brake Housing 47— Snap Ring
TX1082115A —UN—22SEP10
46— Shaft
Hydrostatic Motor Disassemble
KK70125,0000768 -19-25OCT10-19/20
13. Remove swash plate (44) from bias piston.

14. Loosen nuts on DFT1336 to release tension on bias
spring. Remove DFT and remove bias piston and bias
spring from motor.
15. Remove swash plate, thrust plate (48) and swash
plate bearings (45).
TX1082100A —UN—22SEP10
16. Inspect hydrostatic motor components for wear or
damage. Replace as necessary. See Hydrostatic
Motor, Park Brake and Gearbox Inspection (S.N.
192142— ). (Group 0360.)
44— Swash Plate 48— Thrust Plate

45— Swash Plate Bearing (2
used) Hydrostatic Motor Disassemble
TX1082869A —UN—11OCT10
Swash Plate Components
KK70125,0000768 -19-25OCT10-20/20
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-59 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=139
Hydraulic System

Inspection (S.N. 192142— )
General Information
After disassembly, clean all parts (including motor end
TX1082160A —UN—23SEP10
cover and motor and spindle assembly) with clean solvent
and allow to air dry.
Blow out oil passages in the motor and spindle assembly
and motor end cover with compressed air.
Inspect parts in a clean area and keep all parts free from
contamination.
Piston and Slipper
Clean and dry parts again after any rework or resurfacing.
Pistons and Slippers 56— Slipper
NOTE: Piston and slippers are not serviced separately,

but as part of the rotating group assembly. Slipper Foot—Thickness
Replace assembly if any components are damaged (minimum)................................................................................ 3.734 mm
or not within specification. 0.147 in.
Inspect the pistons for damage and discoloration. Piston 329D and 333D—Specification
discoloration may indicate excessive heat; do not reuse. Slipper—End Play.................................................................... 0.152 mm
0.006 in.
Inspect the running surface of the slippers. Replace Slipper Foot—Thickness
if piston assemblies are scored or have excessively (minimum).................................................................................. 3.66 mm
rounded slipper edges. Replace if slippers are worn or if 0.144 in.
pistons have excessive end play.
319D and 323D—Specification
Slipper—End Play.................................................................... 0.152 mm
0.006 in.
KK70125,0000799 -19-22OCT10-1/8
Retainer Guide and Piston Retainer

NOTE: Retainer guide and piston retainer are not
serviced separately, but as part of the rotating group
assembly. Replace assembly if any components
are damaged or not within specification.
TX1082176A —UN—23SEP10
Inspect retainer guide (54) for nicks, scratches, or scoring.
Examine for discoloration that would indicate excessive
heat or lack of lubrication.
The piston retainer (57) should be flat and slippers should
fit in retainer with minimal side play.
Rotating Group Assembly
54— Retainer Guide 57— Piston Retainer
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-60 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=140
Hydraulic System
Cylinder Block
NOTE: Cylinder block is not serviced separately, but
as part of the rotating group assembly. Replace
assembly if any components are damaged
or not within specification.
TX1082177A —UN—23SEP10
Inspect cylinder block-to-valve plate contact surface.
Surface should be smooth and free of scratches or
grooves. Measure cylinder block thickness and diameter
of piston bores.
Cylinder Block—Thick-
ness (minimum)........................................................................ 54.74 mm Cylinder Block Valve Plate Surface
2.155 in.
Piston Bore—Diameter Piston Bore—Diameter
(maximum)........................................................................... 17.9782 mm (maximum)........................................................................... 17.9782 mm
0.7078 in. 0.7078 in.

Cylinder Block—Thick-
ness (minimum)........................................................................ 60.62 mm
2.387 in.
KK70125,0000799 -19-22OCT10-3/8
Shaft and Bearing

NOTE: Bearing is not serviced separately, but as part
of shaft and bearing assembly.
Inspect shaft splines for wear or damage.
TX1082189A —UN—23SEP10
Inspect the step in shaft where the cylinder block splines
contact the cylinder block spring washer. Inspect shaft
surface that contacts shaft seal. Replace shaft if seal
contact surface is grooved. Clean the seal contact surface
with a nonabrasive material, as needed.
Lubricate bearing with hydraulic fluid. Inspect for wear
or pitting. Rotate bearing to check for smooth operation. Shaft and Bearing
Replace the bearing if damage is evident.
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-61 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=141
Hydraulic System
Needle Bearings
NOTE: Needle bearings are not serviced separately,
but as part of motor end cover assembly or
park brake assembly.
TX1082191A —UN—23SEP10
Inspect needle bearings for wear or pitting. Rotate
bearings. Replace if bearings do not rotate smoothly.
58— Motor End Cover Needle 59— Spring Retainer Needle

Bearing Bearing
Motor End Cover
TX1082192A —UN—23SEP10
Spring Retainer
KK70125,0000799 -19-22OCT10-5/8
Thrust Plate
Inspect the thrust plate slipper contact surface for flatness
and brass transfer. Replace thrust plate if scratches or
wear are found.
TX1082194A —UN—23SEP10
Thrust Plate
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-62 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=142
Hydraulic System
Valve Plate
Inspect the valve plate for scratches and grooves. Inspect
the valve plate for evidence of cavitation along both faces
of the plate. If pitting from cavitation is found, replace the
valve plate.
TX1082195A —UN—23SEP10
Check for excess wear on the brass running face. If brass
running face has any discoloration or burn marks, replace
the valve plate.
Run a fingernail or pencil across the sealing land surfaces
(60). No deep or outstanding grooves are allowed.
Lapping is acceptable to restore the surface condition Valve Plate
as long as the valve plate remains within thickness
specification. Replace valve plate if lapping will not
restore it to usable condition. 60— Sealing Land Surface (2
used)
Valve Plate—Thickness
(minimum).................................................................................. 4.95 mm
0.195 in.
Make sure that valve plate flatness meets specification.
Inspect valve plate for cracks (such as using magnetic
329D and 333D—Specification particle inspection). Replace valve plate if there are any
Valve Plate—Thickness cracks or excessive wear.
(minimum).................................................................................. 4.96 mm
0.195 in.
Valve Plate—Out-of-Flat
Make sure that valve plate parallelism meets specification. (maximum)............................................................................. 0.0076 mm
Appearance of valve plate should be flat and smooth on 0.00030 in.
both running face and bottom surface. 329D and 333D—Specification
319D and 323D—Specification Valve Plate—Out-of-Flat
Valve Plate—Parallelism (maximum)............................................................................. 0.0076 mm
(maximum)............................................................................... 0.025 mm 0.00030 in.
0.00098 in.

Valve Plate—Parallelism
(maximum)............................................................................... 0.025 mm
0.00098 in.
KK70125,0000799 -19-22OCT10-7/8
Motor End Cover

Inspect motor end cover, checking machined surfaces
for scratches, pits or wear. Replace if end cover is worn
or damaged.
Swash Plate, Swash Plate Bearings, and Housing TX1082203A —UN—23SEP10
NOTE: Swash plate, swash plate bearings, and motor

housing are not serviced separately.
Inspect machined surfaces of swash plate for wear.

Make sure swash plate surfaces are smooth, and without
excessive brass transfer from slippers. Check bearing
sockets for scratches. Motor End Cover
Inspect swash plate bearings for damage or excessive bearing sockets and motor end cover mounting surface
wear. Feel for scratches or roughness. for excessive wear.
Inspect motor housing to make sure it is clean and Inspect condition of park brake housing spline and threads.
free of contamination and debris. Inspect swash plate
KK70125,0000799 -19-22OCT10-8/8
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-63 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=143
Hydraulic System

Assemble (S.N. 192142— )
Hydrostatic Motor Assemble
TX1082864A —UN—11OCT10
1. Coat all parts with clean hydraulic oil prior to assembly.
2. Install new seal (61) and backup ring (62) on bias
piston (42).
3. Lay motor spindle assembly on its side with access
to both ends of assembly.
Bias Piston and Bias Spring
41— Bias Spring 61— Seal
42— Bias Piston 62— Backup Ring
KK70125,0000769 -19-25OCT10-1/23
4. Install bias piston (42) and bias spring (41) in motor

housing.
5. Install DFT1336 Bias Spring Compressor (40). See
DFT1336 Bias Spring Compressor for instructions on
making this tool. (Group 9900.)
TX1083019A —UN—13OCT10
6. Tighten nuts on DFT1336 to compress bias piston and
bias spring. Compress bias spring approximately 8
mm (0.32 in.), or enough to allow installation of swash
plate.
40— DFT1336 Bias Spring 42— Bias Piston

Compressor
41— Bias Spring Hydrostatic Motor Assemble
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-64 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=144
Hydraulic System
7. Install swash plate bearings (45), swash plate (44),

and thrust plate (48) in motor housing.
44— Swash Plate 48— Thrust Plate

45— Swash Plate Bearing (2
used)
TX1082869A —UN—11OCT10
Swash Plate Components
TX1082100A —UN—22SEP10
KK70125,0000769 -19-25OCT10-3/23
8. On park brake housing (25) side of motor spindle

assembly, install shaft (46).
9. Install snap ring (47) in motor spindle assembly.
25— Park Brake Housing 47— Snap Ring
TX1082115A —UN—22SEP10
46— Shaft
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-65 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=145
Hydraulic System
10. Assemble rotating group. Align splines of cylinder

block assembly (50), retainer guide (54), and thrust
washer (53) (319D and 323D machines only).
50— Cylinder Block Assembly 53— Thrust Washer
TX1082130A —UN—22SEP10
51— Pin Retainer 54— Retainer Guide
52— Pin (4 used, 319D and 55— Piston and Retainer
323D machines; 3 used, Assembly
329D and 333D machines)
TX1082131A —UN—22SEP10
KK70125,0000769 -19-25OCT10-5/23
NOTE: Tilt motor housing slightly downward when

installing rotating group to make sure that pistons
do not slide forward and prevent rotating group from
fully contacting thrust plate on swash plate.
TX1082884A —UN—11OCT10
11. Install rotating group on shaft, making sure that
rotating group slides completely on to shaft.
12. Loosen nuts on DFT1336 to release tension on bias
spring. Remove DFT.
13. Position motor spindle assembly on work bench with
motor housing facing up.
14. Grease and install valve plate to end cover. Rotating Group Installation
15. Install new gasket to motor housing and install motor

end cover. 329D and 333D—Specification
Motor End Cover Cap
NOTE: Motor end cover is under spring pressure.
Screws (10 mm internal
Alternately tighten cap screws when installing cover.
hex wrench)—Torque.................................................................. 111 N·m
82 lb.-ft.
16. Tighten motor end cover cap screws to specification.
Motor End Cover Cap
Screws (8 mm internal
hex wrench)—Torque....................................................................64 N·m
47 lb.-ft.
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-66 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=146
Hydraulic System
17. Install new O-ring on plug (37) for motor relief valve.
Install valve (39) and spring (38). Install plug and
tighten to specification.
Specification
Motor Relief Valve Plug
TX1082066A —UN—21SEP10
(37)—Torque.................................................................................38 N·m
28 lb.-ft.
37— Plug (with O-ring) 39— Valve

38— Spring
Motor Relief Valve Components
KK70125,0000769 -19-25OCT10-7/23
18. Install new O-rings on plugs (33) for closed-loop shuttle

spool. Install shuttle spool (36), washers (35), and
springs (34). Install plugs and tighten to specification.
Specification
Closed-Loop
TX1082064A —UN—21SEP10
Shuttle Spool Plug
(33)—Torque.................................................................................45 N·m
33 lb.-ft.
33— Plug (with O-ring) (2 used) 35— Washer (2 used)

34— Spring (2 used) 36— Shuttle Spool
Closed-Loop Shuttle Spool Components
KK70125,0000769 -19-25OCT10-8/23
NOTE: Depending on motor position on machine (right

or left), either port X1 or X2 will have line fitting
and other port will have plug (32).
19. Install new O-rings on plugs (31 and 32). Install plugs
TX1082050A —UN—21SEP10
in motor end cover and tighten to specifications.
Specification
Plug (31)—Torque.........................................................................21 N·m
186 lb.-in.
Plug (32)—Torque.........................................................................43 N·m
32 lb.-ft.
30— Motor End Cover 33— Plug (with O-ring) (2 used)

31— Plug (with O-ring) (2 used) 37— Plug (with O-ring)
32— Plug (with O-ring)
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-67 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=147
Hydraulic System
Park Brake Assemble
TX1081897A —UN—16SEP10
Park Brake Components
15— Snap Ring 19— Bottom Spring Retainer 22— Spacer Plate (10 used) 24— Coupling
17— Spring Retainer 20— Disk Spacer 23— Brake Disks (9 used)
18— Disk Spring (3 used) 21— Washer
1. Position motor spindle assembly on work bench with 2. Coat all parts with clean hydraulic oil prior to assembly.
motor housing facing down (park brake housing up).
KK70125,0000769 -19-25OCT10-10/23
3. Install bottom spacer plate (22) in park brake housing.
22— Spacer Plate 25— Park Brake Housing
TX1082891A —UN—11OCT10
Park Brake Assemble
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-68 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=148
Hydraulic System
4. Install coupling (24) in park brake housing with snap

ring down.
5. Install remaining spacer plates (22), brake disks (23),
and washer (21).
TX1081918A —UN—16SEP10
21— Washer 23— Brake Disks (9 used)
22— Spacer Plate (10 used) 24— Coupling
Park Brake Assemble
KK70125,0000769 -19-25OCT10-12/23
6. Install disk spacer (20) and bottom spring retainer (19).
19— Bottom Spring Retainer 20— Disk Spacer
TX1081917A —UN—16SEP10
Park Brake Assemble
TX1081916A —UN—16SEP10
Park Brake Assemble
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-69 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=149
Hydraulic System
7. Install three disk springs (18) in original orientation in

park brake housing (25).
18— Disk Spring (3 used) 25— Park Brake Housing
TX1081911A —UN—16SEP10
Park Brake Assemble
KK70125,0000769 -19-25OCT10-14/23
8. Lay spring retainer (17) and snap ring (15) on top of

park brake housing.
9. Install DFT1335 Park Brake Spring Compressor (14)
to motor spindle assembly. See DFT1335 Park Brake
Spring Compressor for instructions on making this
tool. (Group 9900.)
TX1082894A —UN—11OCT10
IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to spring retainer seal.
Alternately tighten nuts on DFT1335 to prevent
spring retainer from tilting during installation.
10. Alternately tighten nuts on DFT1335 to compress park

brake springs enough to install snap ring (15).
11. Remove DFT1335 from motor spindle assembly.
Park Brake Assemble
14— DFT1335 Park Brake 17— Spring Retainer

Spring Compressor
15— Snap Ring
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-70 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=150
Hydraulic System
Gearbox Assemble
26 1
12
1
3
9
8
7 6
27
5 4
13
1 28
TX1082027 —UN—20SEP10
2
TX1082027
Gearbox Components
1— Plug (3 used) 6— Input Carrier Assembly 9— Lock Nut 27— O-Ring
2— Snap Ring 7— Thrust Washer 12— Seal Ring (2 used) 28— Thrust Washer
3— Gearbox Housing 8— Output Carrier Assembly 13— O-Ring (2 used)
4— End Cover 26— Motor Spindle Assembly
5— Input Shaft
1. Position motor spindle assembly on work bench with 3. Thoroughly clean O-rings (13) and seal bore surfaces
motor housing (26) facing down (park brake housing in gearbox housing (3) and motor spindle assembly
up). Secure to bench. using volatile, non-petroleum base solvent and lint-free
cloth.
2. Cover input shaft hole inside gearbox to prevent
contamination of hydrostatic motor. 4. Wipe finger prints and foreign material off seal ring
(12) faces using clean oil and lint-free tissues. Using a
IMPORTANT: Metal face seal O-rings and seat foam brush or lint-free cloth, apply a thin film of SAE
surfaces for O-rings must be clean, dry, and oil 80W90 gear oil to each seal ring face.
free so O-rings do not slip when roller is turning.
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-71 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=151
Hydraulic System
5. Install metal face seals in gearbox housing and motor

spindle assembly. Apply equal pressure with fingers
at four equally spaced points on seal ring face. Seal
must pop down into place so O-ring is tight against
seal bore. A volatile, non-petroleum base solvent may
TX1081849A —UN—15SEP10
be used as a lubricant.
6. Visually inspect all seal surfaces to make sure that
metal face seals are seated properly and seal ring
faces are free of finger prints and any foreign material.

Gearbox Assemble
7. Install gearbox housing on motor spindle assembly.
Specification 12— Seal Ring 13— O-Ring
Gearbox
Housing—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 27 kg
60 lb
KK70125,0000769 -19-25OCT10-17/23
8. If necessary, gently tap bearing cone (63) down to

expose threads on park brake housing (25).
9. Install lock nut (9) with ground side toward bearing
cone.
TX1082911A —UN—12OCT10
25— Park Brake Housing 63— Bearing Cone
Gearbox Assemble
KK70125,0000769 -19-25OCT10-18/23
10. Torque lock nut to specification using DFT1333 Lock

Nut Wrench (10). See DFT1333 Lock Nut Wrench for
instructions on making this tool. (Group 9900.)
Specification
Lock Nut—Initial Torque................................................................15 N·m
TX1081832A —UN—14SEP10
132 lb.-in.
10— DFT1333 Lock Nut Wrench
Lock Nut Install
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-72 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=152
Hydraulic System
11. Check and record rolling drag torque of gearbox

housing. Rolling drag torque should be within
specification.
Specification
Gearbox Housing—Initial
Rolling Drag Torque............................................................ 10—13.5 N·m
90—120 lb.-in.
12. Torque lock nut to specification. Rotate gearbox

housing to seat bearings.
Specification
Lock Nut—Torque........................................................................203 N·m
150 lb.-ft.
TX1082922A —UN—12OCT10
13. Re-torque lock nut to specification. If lock nut moves,
rotate gearbox housing again and re-torque to
specification. Repeat step until there is no additional
movement of lock nut.
Specification
Lock Nut—Torque........................................................................203 N·m
150 lb.-ft.
Rolling Drag Torque Check
14. Check and record rolling drag torque of gearbox
housing. Rolling drag torque should be within
specification. Specification
Specification Gearbox
Gearbox Housing—Rolling Drag
Housing—Rolling Drag Torque (maximum)........................................................................26 N·m
Torque........................................................................ 4.5—9 N·m Higher 230 lb.-in.
than Initial Rolling Drag Torque 15. Spray inside of gearbox housing with a rust inhibiting
40—80 lb.-in. Higher than Initial Rolling oil.
Drag Torque
NOTE: Cover was installed earlier in assembly
Rolling drag torque should not exceed maximum procedure to prevent contamination from
specification. If rolling drag torque is more than entering hydrostatic motor.
maximum specification, remove lock nut and check
bearings and metal face seals. 16. Remove cover from input shaft hole.
KK70125,0000769 -19-25OCT10-20/23
17. Install output carrier assembly (8), making sure that

lugs on output carrier assembly fit in slots on lock nut.
18. Coat thrust washer (7) with a light coat of grease and
install on output carrier assembly.
TX1081824A —UN—14SEP10
19. Install input carrier assembly (6).
7— Thrust Washer 8— Output Carrier Assembly
Gearbox Assemble
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-73 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=153
Hydraulic System
20. Rotate gearbox components using DFT1334 Gearbox

Turning Tool (64). See DFT1334 Gearbox Turning
Tool for instructions on making this tool. (Group 9900.)
Rotate gearbox in both directions. Gearbox
components must rotate at a consistent speed without
binding.
64— DFT1334 Gearbox Turning

Tool
TX1082955A —UN—12OCT10
Rotate Gearbox
KK70125,0000769 -19-25OCT10-22/23
21. Lubricate shaft seal (65) in spring retainer in park

brake housing.
IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to seal. Use care when
installing input shaft in gearbox so shaft
splines do not damage seal.
TX1082988A —UN—12OCT10
22. Carefully install input shaft (5) in gearbox, making sure
to not damage shaft seal.
23. Apply grease to thrust washer (28) and install on end
cover (4).
24. Install new O-ring (27) to end cover.
Lubricate Shaft Seal
NOTE: Make sure at least one plug (1) is removed from
gearbox housing to allow end cover to be installed.
Otherwise, trapped air pressure in gearbox housing 65— Shaft Seal
will prevent end cover from being installed.
25. Install end cover in gearbox housing. Install snap ring Specification
(2). Gearbox
Housing—Capacity......................................................................... 0.79 L
26. Pressure test the gearbox housing to test for seal 27.0 oz.
leakage. See Gearbox Leakage Test (S.N. 192142—
). (Group 0360.) 28. Install hydrostatic motor, park brake and gearbox in
machine. See Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake and
27. Fill gearbox housing with correct type and amount Gearbox Remove and Install (S.N. 192142— ). (Group
of oil. See Hydrostatic Planetary Gear Case Oil. 0360.)
KK70125,0000769 -19-25OCT10-23/23
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-74 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=154
Hydraulic System
Gearbox Leakage Test (S.N. 192142— )

SPECIFICATIONS
Gearbox Leakage Test Pressure 70 kPa
0.7 bar
10 psi
TX1081729A —UN—08SEP10
Gearbox Pressure Change 7 kPa
(maximum) 0.07 bar
1 psi

Adapter Fitting
100 kPa (1 bar) (15 psi) Gauge
Shutoff Valve
Gearbox Leakage Test
Air Pressure Regulator
The purpose of this test is to determine if the gearbox is 1— Adapter Fitting 3— Shutoff Valve
2— 100 kPa (1 bar) (15 psi) 4— Air Pressure Regulator
sealed correctly. Gauge
1. Drain oil from gearbox, as needed.
2. Remove one of the oil fill and check plugs from the
gearbox housing. 7. Close shutoff valve. Wait 20 minutes and check
pressure gauge.
3. Install adapter fitting (1) into plug hole in gearbox Specification
housing. Gearbox—Pressure
4. Assemble 100 kPa (1 bar) (15 psi) gauge (2), shutoff Change (maximum)......................................................................... 7 kPa
valve (3), and air pressure regulator (4) as shown and 0.07 bar
install to adapter fitting. 1 psi
5. Make sure shutoff valve is closed before connecting 8. If pressure change is less than 7 kPa (0.07 bar) (1 psi)
air supply. in 20 minutes, gearbox is considered sealed.
6. Connect air supply, slowly open shutoff valve, and If pressure change is more than 7 kPa (0.07 bar) (1
adjust regulator until pressure gauge reads 70 kPa psi) in 20 minutes, determine location of air leakage.
(0.7 bar) (10 psi). This can be done by brushing a soap and water
mixture around the sealing areas or dipping unit in a
Specification solvent tank and checking for air bubbles. If a leak is
Gearbox Leakage detected in a seal, gasket, or O-ring, the part must be
Test—Pressure.............................................................................. 70 kPa replaced and the gearbox retested.
0.7 bar
10 psi
KK70125,0000778 -19-22OCT10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-75 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=155
Hydraulic System
Hydrostatic Pump Remove and Install 3

level surface.
3. Remove footwell. See Footwell Remove and Install. 5
(Group 1910.)
4. Remove steering cross shaft assembly. See Steering 4
TX1070114 —UN—25JAN10
Cross Shaft Assembly Remove and Install. (Group
0315.)
5. Drain hydraulic oil tank.
• For wheeled machines, see Change Hydraulic
Reservoir Oil. (Operator's Manual.) 2
• For tracked machines, see Change Hydraulic 1
Reservoir Oil. (Operator's Manual.) Hydrostatic Pump Mounting Hardware—326D, 328D
NOTE: Mark or tag all hydrostatic pump lines to aid in 5
assembly. For port identification, see Hydrostatic 3
Pump Operation—326D, 328D or Hydrostatic Pump
Operation—332D. (Group 9026-05.)
6. Tag and disconnect lines from hydrostatic pump

assembly. Cap or plug all openings.
7. Remove hydrostatic pump mounting bracket cap
screws (1).
TX1070115 —UN—25JAN10
4
8. Attach appropriate lifting device to hydrostatic pump
(5).
Specification
Hydrostatic Pump
Hydrostatic Pump Mounting Hardware—332D
Assembly—Weight.......................................................................... 54 kg
120 lb
1— Hydrostatic Pump 4— Hydrostatic Pump
9. Remove hydrostatic mounting cap screws (4) and lift Mounting Bracket Cap Mounting Cap Screw (326D,
hydrostatic pump out of machine. Screw (2 used) 328D, 3 used; 332D, 4 used)
2— Hydrostatic Pump 5— Hydrostatic Pump
10. Place hydrostatic pump on a suitable work station for Mounting Bracket
disassembly. 3— Flywheel Adapter Plate
11. Remove hub coupler. See Hub Coupler Remove and

12. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from
necessary. heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.
• See Hydrostatic Pump Disassemble and 14. Attach appropriate lifting device to hydrostatic pump
Assemble—326D, 328D. (Group 0360.) and lift into place on machine.
• See Hydrostatic Pump Disassemble—332D. (Group
Specification
0360.)
Hydrostatic Pump
• See Hydrostatic Pump Inspection—332D. (Group
Assembly—Weight
0360.)
(approximate).................................................................................. 97 kg
• See Hydrostatic Pump Assemble—332D. (Group
214 lb
0360.)
13. Install hub coupler.
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-76 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=156
Hydraulic System
15. Install hydrostatic mounting cap screws and torque 18. Fill hydraulic oil tank.
to specification.
• For wheeled machines, see Change Hydraulic
Specification Reservoir Oil. (Operator's Manual.)
Hydrostatic Pump • For tracked machines, see Change Hydraulic
Mounting Cap Reservoir Oil. (Operator's Manual.)
Screw—Torque............................................................................130 N·m
95 lb-ft
19. Install steering cross shaft assembly. See Steering
Cross Shaft Assembly Remove and Install. (Group
16. Install hydrostatic pump mounting bracket cap screws 0315.)
and torque to specification.
Specification (Group 1910.)
Hydrostatic Pump
Mounting Bracket Cap 21. Lower operator's station. See Raising Operator's
Screw—Torque..............................................................................73 N·m Station. (Group 1810.)
55 lb-ft
17. Connect lines to hydrostatic pump assembly.

TF44157,0000EC6 -19-17FEB10-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-77 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=157
Hydraulic System
Hydrostatic Pump Disassemble and Assemble—326D, 328D
65
1
63
64
61
60
41
10
8 5
4 34
24
9 2
18 22
15 43
23
22
3
4
5
8
28 10
29 26 11 12
30
29 9
28
T200769 —UN—08JUN04
31
32 13 14
33
T200769
Right Hydrostatic Pump
Continued on next page TF44157,0000EC7 -19-07DEC12-1/8
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-78 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=158
Hydraulic System
1— Control Lever Assembly 10— Nut (2 used) 28— Snap Ring (2 used) 60— Gasket
2— Gasket (2 used) 11— Set Screw 29— Thrust Washer (2 used) 61— Orifice (2 used)
3— Cover 12— Sealing Washer 30— Thrust Bearing 63— Cap Screw (6 used)
4— Washer (8 used) 13— Washer 31— Washer 64— Manual Servo Control
5— Cap Screw (8 used) 14— Nut 32— Seal Assembly
6— Servo Control Piston 15— Cover 33— Snap Ring 65— Control Lever
8— Sealing Washer (2 used) 18— Set Screw 34— Rotating Assembly
9— Washer (2 used) 22— Seal Kit (2 used) 41— Valve Plate
23— Swash Plate 43— Pin (2 used)
24— Follower
26— Drive Shaft
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-79 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=159
Hydraulic System
46
45
46
45
45
46
43
44
45
46
43
46
43
45
46
45
TX1127584 —UN—07DEC12
46
45
TX1127584
Hydrostatic Pump Manifold
43— Dowel Pin (4 used) 44— Gasket (2 used) 46— Cap Screw (8 used)
45— Washer (8 used)
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-80 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=160
Hydraulic System
52
51
48
49
50
49 27
48
14 13 10
9
8
5
4
12 3
11
2
59
58
1
7
57
65
22
53 59
58
62 60
25
22
61
4
5
63 2
15 18
23
8
35 9
10
42
TX1127163 —UN—05DEC12
TX1127163
Left Hydrostatic Pump
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-81 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=161
Hydraulic System
1— Control Lever Assembly 10— Nut (2 used) 35— Rotating Assembly 59— Cap Screw (4 used)
2— Gasket (2 used) 11— Set Screw 42— Valve Plate 60— Gasket
3— Cover 12— Sealing Washer 48— Snap Ring (2 used) 61— Orifice (2 used)
4— Washer (8 used) 13— Washer 49— Thrust Washer (2 used) 62— Manual Servo Control
5— Cap Screw (8 used) 14— Nut 50— Thrust Bearing Assembly
7— Servo Control Piston 15— Cover 51— Seal 63— Cap Screw (6 used)
8— Sealing Washer (2 used) 18— Set Screw 52— Snap Ring 65— Control Lever
9— Washer (2 used) 22— Seal Kit (2 used) 53— O-Ring
23— Swash Plate 57— End Plate
25— Follower 58— Washer (4 used)
27— Drive Shaft
SPECIFICATIONS
10. Remove servo control piston.
Servo Control Piston Cover Cap 5 N·m
Screw Torque 45 lb.-in. 11. Remove seals (22).
Servo Control Piston Neutral 17 N·m
Adjustment Nut Torque 150 lb.-in. 12. For left hydrostatic pump, remove snap ring (52) from
Manual Servo Control Assembly 5 N·m shaft. Press shaft assembly from pump housing.
Cap Screw Torque 45 lb.-in. Remove parts (48—51) from shaft.
Hydrostatic Pump Manifold Cap 55 N·m For right hydrostatic pump, remove snap ring (33)
Screw Torque 40 lb.-ft.
from shaft. Press shaft assembly from pump housing.
Charge Pressure Relief Valve (39) 40 N·m Remove parts (28—32) from shaft.
Torque 30 lb.-ft.
Pressure Relief Valve (37) Torque 140 N·m 13. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as
100 lb.-ft. necessary.
OTHER MATERIAL 14. For left hydrostatic pump, install parts (48—51) on
242 LOCTITE® Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength) shaft. Install shaft assembly into pump housing. Install
snap ring (52) on shaft.
NOTE: The left and right hydrostatic pumps are connected
For right hydrostatic pump, install parts (28—32) on
by a manifold. The configuration for each pump
shaft. Install shaft assembly into pump housing. Install
is similar. This procedure applies to an individual
snap ring (33) on shaft.
pump once it has been separated from the manifold.
15. Install seal kits (22).
Install. (Group 0325.) 16. Install servo control piston (6 and 7).
2. Remove charge and hydraulic pumps. See Hydraulic 17. Install gaskets (2).
Pump Remove and Install. (Group 2160.) 18. Screw cover plate (3) on servo control piston. Install
3. For left hydrostatic pump, remove end plate (57) and cover plate (15). Install cap screws and washers (5
O-ring (53). and 4) Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification
4. Remove cap screws (46) and gaskets (44) to separate
Servo Control
left and right hydrostatic pumps from hydrostatic pump
Piston Cover Cap
manifold.
Screw—Torque................................................................................5 N·m
5. Remove cap screws (63). Remove manual servo 45 lb.-in.
control assembly (62 and 64), orifices (61) and gasket
(60). 19. Install nut, washer, and sealing washer (8—10) on
servo control piston. Tighten nut to specification.
IMPORTANT: Valve plates (41 and 42) are not Specification
interchangeable. Note position of valve Servo Control Piston
plates before removing. Neutral Adjustment
Nut—Torque..................................................................................17 N·m
6. Remove valve plate (41 and 42), rotating assembly (34 150 lb.-in.
and 35), swash plate (23) and follower (24 and 25).
20. Install follower (24 and 25) on pin located on swash
7. Remove cap screws and washers (5 and 4) from cover plate (23). Install swash plate in pump housing
plates (3 and 15). Remove cover plate (15). aligning follower with groove in servo control piston.
8. Remove nut, washer, and sealing washer (8—10) from 21. Install rotating assembly (34 and 35).
servo control piston (6 and 7). Unscrew cover plate (3)
from servo control piston. 22. Install orifices (61) and gasket (60).
9. Remove gaskets (2).
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-82 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=162
Hydraulic System
23. Position feedback link perpendicular to manual 26. Install gaskets (44). Connect left and right hydrostatic
servo control assembly. Install manual servo control pumps to hydrostatic pump manifold using cap screws
assembly with feedback link in small groove in servo (46). Apply PM37418 Thread Lock and Sealer
control piston. Install cap screws (63). Tighten cap (medium strength) to threads of cap screws. Install
screws to specification. cap screws and tighten to specification.
Specification Specification
Manual Servo Control Hydrostatic Pump
Assembly Cap Manifold Cap
Screw—Torque................................................................................5 N·m Screw—Torque..............................................................................55 N·m
45 lb.-in. 40 lb.-ft.
24. If disassembly of hydrostatic pump manifold is 27. For left hydrostatic pump, install O-ring (53) and end
required, see Hydrostatic Pump Manifold Disassembly plate (57).
and Assembly at the end of this procedure.
28. Install charge and hydraulic pumps.
25. Apply petroleum jelly to steel side of valve plate. Install
valve plate with steel side toward hydrostatic pump 29. Install hub coupler.
manifold.
LOCTITE is a trademark of Henkel Corporation
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-83 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=163
Hydraulic System
Hydrostatic Pump Manifold Disassemble

and Assemble
37
38 37
38
73
38
38
37
37
39
TX1127585 —UN—07DEC12
TX1127585
Hydrostatic Pump Manifold
37— Pressure Relief Valve (4 38— O-Ring (4 used) 73— Plug
used) 39— Charge Pressure Relief
Valve
1. Remove pressure relief valves (37) and O-rings (38). 4. Install charge pressure relief valve (39). Tighten to
2. Remove charge pressure relief valve (39). specification.
Specification
Charge Pressure Relief
necessary.
Valve (39)—Torque........................................................................40 N·m
30 lb.-ft.
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-84 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=164
Hydraulic System
5. Install O-rings and pressure relief valves. Tighten to Specification

specification. Pressure Relief Valve
(37)—Torque...............................................................................140 N·m
100 lb.-ft.
TF44157,0000EC7 -19-07DEC12-8/8
Hydrostatic Pump Disassemble—329D,

332D, 333D
IMPORTANT: Thoroughly clean hydrostatic and
gear pump cases and before separating and
disassembling pumps to prevent contamination
of hydraulic system.
NOTE: Although tandem pump is encased in a single

housing, it is essentially two separate pumps. All
procedures are the same for both pumps and can
be performed on one or both pumps.

2. Remove charge and hydraulic pumps. See Hydraulic
Pump Remove and Install. (Group 2160.)

T200690A —UN—14JUN04
3. Mount tandem pump on D01006AA Bench Mounted
Holding Fixture (1). Mount on charge and hydraulic
pump end using mounting cap screws (2).
Specification
Tandem Pump
Assembly—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 92 kg Bench-Mounting Fixture
203 lb
1— D01006AA Bench Mounted 2— Mounting Cap Screw (2

Holding Fixture used)
TF44157,0000EC8 -19-26FEB10-1/10
4. Remove spiral retaining ring (4) from input shaft (3)end

of tandem pump. Remove input shaft, seal carrier (5)
and bearing from pump.
3— Input Shaft 5— Seal Carrier

4— Spiral Retaining Ring
T200691A —UN—14JUN04
Input Bearing Retaining Ring
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-85 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=165
Hydraulic System
NOTE: Swash plate covers have notches to be used

as prying locations. Leave two cap screws
installed but loose to prevent cover from falling
while prying from housing.
5. Remove swash plate cover mounting hardware and
T200695A —UN—14JUN04
remove swash plate cover (6). Pry down on swash
plate (8) with a pry bar (7) to relieve spring pressure
from rotating assembly while removing swash plate
cover (6) from housing.
6— Swash Plate Cover 8— Swash Plate

7— Pry Bar
Swash Plate Cover
TF44157,0000EC8 -19-26FEB10-3/10
6. Lift swash plate (8) slightly and remove rotating

assembly (9) from housing.
7. Remove swash plate (8).
8— Swash Plate 9— Rotating Assembly
T200696A —UN—14JUN04
Rotating Group Removal
TF44157,0000EC8 -19-26FEB10-4/10
NOTE: Valve plates are not interchangeable. Note

location of each valve plate and identify using
a permanent marker.
8. Remove valve plate (12).
T200697A —UN—14JUN04
9. Remove valve plate locating pin (11) and cover
alignment pin (10) from housing.
10. Turn pump over and repeat procedure for opposite
end of tandem pump.
11. Remove pump from fixture and place on clean bench.
10— Alignment Pin 12— Valve Plate Valve Plate

11— Locating Pin
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-86 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=166
Hydraulic System
14 14
14 15
13 13
15
T200700 —UN—14JUN04
T200700
Inspection Plug
13— Cover (2 used) 14— Inspection Plug (4 used) 15— Spool Plug
12. Loosen inspection plugs (14) in each cover (13) for 14. Remove cover retaining hardware and remove covers.
ease of removal later.
13. Remove spool plugs (15) and springs from spool bores.
TF44157,0000EC8 -19-26FEB10-6/10
NOTE: Note orientation of components before

disassembling neutral linkage.
15. Rotate summing link (16) and remove from feedback

link (17). Remove adjust link anchor pin (18).
T200701A —UN—14JUN04
16— Summing Link 18— Anchor Pin
17— Feedback Link
Neutral Linkage
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-87 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=167
Hydraulic System
16. Pull neutral adjust link (19) off of neutral adjust screw
(20). Pull feedback link (17) out of servo piston (21).
17. Repeat procedure for other valve linkage.
17— Feedback Link 20— Neutral Adjust Screw
T200702A —UN—14JUN04
19— Neutral Adjust Link 21— Servo Piston
Neutral Adjust Link
TF44157,0000EC8 -19-26FEB10-8/10
18. Remove spools from housing.

19. Remove servo cover mounting hardware on unit
without neutral adjust tie bolt in center of cover.
20. Remove opposite cover with servo piston as an
assembly.
T200703A —UN—14JUN04
21. Repeat procedure for other servo piston.
Spool
TF44157,0000EC8 -19-26FEB10-9/10
22. Remove hydrostatic system pressure relief valves (26)

from each side of tandem pump housing.
22— Relief Valve Location 25— Seat

23— Spool Plug 26— System Pressure Relief
24— Poppet Valve (2 used)
T200721A —UN—14JUN04
27— Spring
Relief Valve Location
TF44157,0000EC8 -19-26FEB10-10/10
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-88 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=168
Hydraulic System
Hydrostatic Pump Inspection—329D, 332D,

333D
1. Inspect large swash plate needle bearings (1) in
pump housing (2) and swash plate cover (3). These
bearings are not available separately. Replace pump
housing or swash plate cover if needles do not remain
in bearing cage, are discolored, broken, pitted, or are
not free to move.
2. Inspect swash plate cam follower needle bearings (4).
Inspect the outside diamete (OD) of cam follower (5)
T200739 —UN—25JUN04
for even wear and no pitting. Replace cam follower if
needles do not remain in bearing cage, are discolored,
broken, pitted, are not free to move, or if OD shows
abnormal wear.
NOTE: Some light discoloration of bearing and running
face surfaces is normal.
Swash Plate Needle Bearing
3. Inspect swash plate bearing surfaces. No wear or
pitting is allowed. 1— Swash Plate Needle 6— Swash Plate (2 used)
Bearing (4 used) 7— Forward Shaft Needle
4. Inspect running face of swash plates. Surface should 2— Pump Housing Bearing
be smooth and free of deep scratches. Running face 3— Swash Plate Cover (2 used) 8— Input Shaft Needle Bearing
flatness should be within specification. 4— Cam Follower Needle 9— Coupling
Bearing (2 used)
Specification 5— Cam Follower (2 used)
Swash Plate—Flatness.......................................................... 0.0254 mm
0.001 in.
so the lettered side of the bearing will be visible after
5. Inspect forward and input shaft needle bearings (7 installation. Install bearings to specification, protruding
and 8) in pump housing. Replace needle bearing above pump housing.
if needles do not remain in the bearing cage, are
discolored, broken, pitted, or are not free to move. Specification
Shaft Needle
NOTE: Install coupling (9) in pump housing before Bearing—Protrusion.........................................................2.35—2.85 mm
installing the shaft needle bearings. 0.092—0.112 in.
6. Install forward and input shaft needle bearings in pump 7. Inspect all components of the four hydrostatic system
housing using an appropriate bearing driver. Install pressure relief valves.
TF44157,0000EC9 -19-26FEB10-1/10
8. Inspect bronze side of valve plate for wear. Run a

fingernail or pencil across the sealing land surfaces
(10). No deep or outstanding grooves are allowed.
Lapping is acceptable to restore the surface condition
as long as the plate remains within specification.
Replace valve plate if lapping will not restore it to
T200740 —UN—14JUN04
usable condition.
Specification
Valve Plate
Minimum—Thickness................................................................. 3.86 mm
0.152 in.
Specification
Valve Plate—Out-of-Flat......................................................... 0.0038 mm Valve Plate
0.00015 in.
10— Sealing Land Surface (2
each)
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-89 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=169
Hydraulic System
NOTE: Rotating assembly is not serviceable. Replace

assembly if any components are damaged
or not within specification.
9. Check piston movement in cylinder block (11) bore. If

any pistons (12) do not move freely, examine piston
T200750A —UN—14JUN04
and bore for scoring or contamination.
10. Lift piston retainer (13) and pistons (12) from cylinder
block. Remove individual pistons from piston retainer.
11. Examine outside diameter of pistons for finish
condition. Pistons should not show wear or scratches.
Piston discoloration indicates excessive operating
temperature and requires replacement. Rotating Group
12. Check the face of the slippers (14) for a flat, smooth 11— Cylinder Block 13— Piston Retainer
surface. Measure slipper end play on ball end of 12— Piston (9 used) 14— Slipper (9 used)
pistons. Measure slipper foot thickness.
Specification
Slipper—End Play.................................................................... 0.152 mm Specification
0.006 in. Slipper Foot—Thick-
ness............................................................................................ 3.68 mm
0.145 in.
TF44157,0000EC9 -19-26FEB10-3/10
13. Remove retainer guide (15) and pins (16).
11— Cylinder Block 16— Pins (3 used)

15— Retainer Guide
T200751A —UN—14JUN04
Retainer Guide
TF44157,0000EC9 -19-26FEB10-4/10
14. Inspect cylinder block-to-valve plate contact surface

(17). Surface should be smooth and free of scratches
or grooves. Measure cylinder block thickness.
Specification
Cylinder Block
T200752A —UN—14JUN04
Minimum—Thickness............................................................... 55.88 mm
2.200 in.
17— Contact Surface
Cylinder Block Valve Plate Surface
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-90 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=170
Hydraulic System
NOTE: New piston rings might catch in the inner

bore of the housing if installed incorrectly. Be
sure to follow the procedure exactly in the
assembly portion of this section.
15. Inspect servo piston (18) for wear or damage. Inspect

piston rings (19) for nicks or distortion. Replace piston
rings during installation, if necessary.
16. Inspect orifices (20) to be sure they are open.
T200753A —UN—14JUN04
18— Servo Piston 20— Orifice (2 used)
19— Piston Ring (2 used)
Servo Piston Rings
TF44157,0000EC9 -19-26FEB10-6/10
17. Measure servo piston spring preload by holding servo

piston (18) while measuring torque required to rotate
neutral adjustment tie bolt (22) after brake-away.
Adjust if measurement is out of specification.
Specification
T200754A —UN—14JUN04
Neutral Adjustment Tie
Bolt Minimum—Torque
Turn............................................................................................0.68 N·m
6 lb-in.
NOTE: The purpose of adjusting the servo piston spring

preload is to remove all lost motion of the neutral
adjustment tie bold. An adjustment that is too loose
will result in movement of the tie bolt within the piston. Servo Piston Tie Bolt Adjustment
Too tight of an adjustment will result in movement
of the spring and washers inside the piston. 18— Servo Piston 23— Lock Nut
21— Washer 24— Adjustment Nut
18. If out of specification, adjust as follows: 22— Neutral Tie Bolt
• Loosen the lock nut (23) and adjustment nut (24)

until the neutral tie bolt (22) spins freely. • Check torque turn described in previous procedure.
• Hold the neutral tie bolt (22) and turn adjustment nut • Repeat adjustment as necessary.
(24) until finger tight against the washer.
• Hold the adjustment nut (24) and tighten the lock
nut (22) to specification.
Specification
Lock Nut—Torque..........................................................................25 N·m
220 lb-in.
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-91 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=171
Hydraulic System
19. Inspect control spools (25) and bores for damage and
wear. Note that discoloration in the center area is
normal as a result of heat treating.
25— Control Spool
T200756A —UN—14JUN04
Control Spool (2 used)
TF44157,0000EC9 -19-26FEB10-8/10
20. Inspect seal surface (26) and needle bearing surface

(27) for wear or damage.
21. Inspect shaft splines (28) for wear or damage.
22. Lubricate roller bearing (29) with a couple of drops of
hydraulic fluid. Rotate bearing to check for smooth
T200757A —UN—14JUN04
operation. Replace the bearing if damage is evident.
26— Seal Surface 28— Shaft Spline (3 areas)

27— Needle Bearing Surface 29— Roller Bearing
Input Shaft
TF44157,0000EC9 -19-26FEB10-9/10
23. Inspect needle bearing surface (31) for wear or

damage.
24. Inspect shaft splines (30) for wear or damage.
25. Lubricate ball bearing (32) with a couple drops of
hydraulic fluid. Rotate bearing to check for smooth
T200758A —UN—14JUN04
operation. Replace the bearing if damage is evident.
NOTE: Press only against inner race of bearing
when installing bearing.
26. Replace input shaft bearing by removing snap ring and

pressing bearing from input shaft. Press new bearing
on shaft with lettered side facing snap ring. Press until Forward Shaft
seated against shoulder and install snap ring.
NOTE: Press only against inner race of bearing 30— Shaft Splines 32— Ball Bearing
31— Needle Bearing Surface
when installing bearing.
27. Replace forward shaft ball bearing by pressing bearing

from forward shaft. Press new bearing on forward
shaft by pressing new bearing on shaft with lettered
side facing away from shoulder until seated.
TF44157,0000EC9 -19-26FEB10-10/10
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-92 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=172
Hydraulic System
Hydrostatic Pump Assemble—329D, 332D,

333D
Input Shaft Seal Install
1. Clean all parts in a suitable solvent and dry using
T200766A —UN—14JUN04
compressed air or a lint-free rag. Do not wipe parts
with a paper towel. Lint in hydraulic system will cause
damage.
NOTE: Due to tight tolerances and surface finish
of pump internal surfaces, it is very important
to maintain absolute cleanliness during the
assembly of the pump.
Input Shaft Seal Carrier
Apply clean hydraulic oil to all internal surfaces
during pump assembly. 1— Input Shaft Seal Carrier 2— Input Shaft Seal
NOTE: The tandem pump is encased in a single

housing, it is two separate pumps. All procedures
are the same for both pumps and can be 3. Coat outside diameter of new input shaft seal with
performed on one or both pumps. PM37397 Pipe Sealant or equivalent.
4. With spring facing up, press input shaft seal until
2. Press input shaft seal (2) from input shaft seal carrier bottomed in bore of input shaft seal carrier.
(1).
TF44157,0000ECA -19-26FEB10-1/19
5. Install pressure relief valves (3). Tighten relief valve

seats (4) to specification.
Specification
Hydrostatic System
Pressure Relief Valve
T200767A —UN—14JUN04
Seat—Torque................................................................................70 N·m
50 lb-ft
3— Pressure Relief Valve (4 4— Relief Valve Seat (4 used)

used)
System Pressure Relief Valve
TF44157,0000ECA -19-26FEB10-2/19
Servo Piston Ring Install

1. Remove lock nut and spin cover off from neutral adjust
tie bolt (3). Remove both piston rings (2) and O-rings
(1) from servo piston.
2. Install new O-ring (1) and piston ring (2) on neutral
T200771A —UN—14JUN04
adjust tie bolt end of servo piston only. Allow a few

minutes for the piston ring to “relax” before installing
servo piston.
1— O-Ring (2 used) 3— Neutral Adjust Tie Bolt

2— Piston Ring (2 used) 4— Servo Piston
Servo Piston Rings
Continued on next page TF44157,0000ECA -19-26FEB10-3/19
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-93 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=173
Hydraulic System
IMPORTANT: Expose piston just far enough to install

piston ring. If piston is moved too far, sharp
edges on interior bore of housing will likely
damage opposite piston ring and require
another new ring to be installed.
T200772A —UN—14JUN04
NOTE: Be sure to install servo pistons from correct
side of housing and that cavities are positioned
correctly. Install servo piston with small orifices
facing up. Lubricate piston and piston bore
with clean hydraulic oil.
3. Install servo piston (4) into housing (5). Push piston

through bore just far enough to expose ring groove Servo Piston Ring Install
(6) on other side.
4. Install O-ring and piston ring. Turn piston so that cam 4— Servo Piston 6— Ring Groove
5— Housing
follower bore is aligned correctly.
NOTE: Piston rings will be stretched slightly during
installation. Allow a few minutes for ring to “relax” 5. Allow a few minutes for the piston ring to “relax”.
before pushing piston into bore.
TF44157,0000ECA -19-26FEB10-4/19
IMPORTANT: If piston is moved too far, piston rings

will come out of machined portion of bore
and sharp edges on interior bore of housing
will damage opposite piston ring and require
another new ring to be installed.
T200775A —UN—14JUN04
NOTE: Use a straight edge to help align piston
with end of bore.
6. Carefully push piston back through housing (5) until it

is even with end of bore (8).
7. Place a new gasket on tie bolt end and spin cover (7)
onto tie bolt until distance between end of bore and Setting Servo Piston
cover is to specification.
Specification 5— Housing 8— End of Bore
Servo Piston 7— Cover
Cover—Distance from
Cover to Housing.......................................................................... 9.9 mm
0.39 in. Specification
8. Align cover and gasket, install mounting hardware. Servo Piston
Install lock nut but do not tighten at this time. Cover Mounting
Hardware—Torque........................................................................15 N·m
9. Install gasket and cover on opposite end and tighten 135 lb-in.
mounting hardware to specification.
10. Repeat procedure to install the other servo piston.
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-94 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=174
Hydraulic System
11. Assemble feedback link (9) to neutral adjust link (10).

Insert feedback link into recess on servo piston (4),
then slide back to engage neutral adjust screw (11).
Install pivot pin and tighten to specification.
Specification
T200777A —UN—14JUN04
Feedback Link Pivot
Pin—Torque...................................................................................10 N·m
90 lb-in.
4— Servo Piston 10— Neutral Adjust Link

9— Feedback Link 11— Neutral Adjust Screw
Feedback Link Assembly
TF44157,0000ECA -19-26FEB10-6/19
12. Install control spool (12), small end first, and push to
bottom of control spool bore (13). Rotate so flats will
align with summing link. Do not install spring and plug
at this time.
13. Install summing link (14) on pin of feedback link (15)
T200783A —UN—14JUN04
and rotate to engage control spool. Check for free
movement of summing link (14) and control spool.
12— Control Spool (2 used) 15— Feedback Link

13— Control Spool Bore 16— Anchor Pin
14— Summing Link
Installing Control Spool
T200782A —UN—14JUN04
Setting Summing Link
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-95 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=175
Hydraulic System
14. Align pin of summing link (14) to approximate center

of feedback link (15).
15. Reach through shaft bores and rotate servo pistons
toward center of pump to correctly seat feedback link
into servo piston.
T200785A —UN—14JUN04
16. Install reverse alarm switch in control cover and
tighten to specification.
Specification
Backup Alarm
Switch—Torque.............................................................................30 N·m
25 lb-ft.
Aligning Summing Link
17. Remove inspection plug from control cover inspection
hole.
12— Control Spool 15— Feedback Link
14— Summing Link
TF44157,0000ECA -19-26FEB10-8/19
NOTE: Be sure to engage embossed holes of

gasket with cover.
18. Install control cover (22) and gasket (17) on pump,

while engaging summing link pin (21) with slots in shift
cam (20). Install mounting hardware but do not tighten
T200795 —UN—14JUN04
at this time.
17— Gasket 20— Cam

18— Embossed Holes of 21— Summing Link Pin
Gasket 22— Control Cover
19— Inspection Hole
Control Cover
TF44157,0000ECA -19-26FEB10-9/19
19. Install spring adapter (23), spring (24) and plug (25) in
control spool (12) bore. Tighten plug to specification.
Specification
Control Spool
Plug—Torque.................................................................................70 N·m
T200801A —UN—14JUN04
50 lb-ft
12— Control Spool 24— Spring

23— Spring Adapter 25— Plug
Control Spool Assembly
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-96 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=176
Hydraulic System
20. Locate approximate location of summing link pin (21)

by creating an imaginary circle (22). Adjust location
of cover while looking through inspection hole until
summing link pin has a point of contact (23) with cam
(20) within imaginary circle. Tighten control cover
mounting hardware to specification.
T200806A —UN—16JUN04
Specification
Control Cover Mounting
135 lb-in.
20— Cam 22— Imaginary Circle

21— Summing Link Pin 23— Point of Contact
Summing Link Pin Alignment Inspection Hole
T200807 —UN—14JUN04
Summing Link Pin Alignment Without Tool
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-97 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=177
Hydraulic System

21. Mount tandem pump on D01006AA Bench Mounted

Holding Fixture (24). Mount on charge and hydraulic
pump end using mounting hardware (25).
Specification
Tandem Pump
Assembly—Weight.......................................................................... 92 kg
203 lb
24— D01006AA Bench 25— Mounting Hardware (2

Mounting Fixture used)
T200809A —UN—16JUN04
Bench Mounting Fixture
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-98 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=178
Hydraulic System
NOTE: Valve plates are not interchangeable. Pump

rotation should always turn into the small metering
slots. Refer also to the rotation identifier slots.
22. Install one valve plate locating pin (27). Install one
valve plate (26) with bronze side facing up, being
T200812A —UN—14JUN04
careful to align notch with pin.
26— Valve Plate (2 used) 28— Cover Alignment Pin (2

27— Valve Plate Locating Pin used)
(2 used)
Valve Plate Orientation
T200817A —UN—14JUN04
Valve Plate Metering Slots
T200818A —UN—16JUN04
Valve Plate Locating Pin
TF44157,0000ECA -19-26FEB10-13/19
23. Install cam follower (29) into servo piston with lettered
side of bearing (30) visible.
29— Cam Follower 30— Lettered Side of Bearing

T200819A —UN—16JUN04
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-99 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=179
Hydraulic System
24. Pull retaining ring (31) about half way up splines.

Install pins (33) into splined area of rotating assembly
using petroleum jelly to retain. Place retainer guide
(32) on pins.
31— Retaining Ring 33— Pin (3 used)
T200820A —UN—16JUN04
32— Retainer Guide
Rotating Group Pins
TF44157,0000ECA -19-26FEB10-15/19
25. Install pistons (34) and piston retainer (35) into

cylinder block (36).
34— Piston (9 used) 36— Cylinder Block

35— Piston Retainer
T200821A —UN—16JUN04
Assemble Rotating Group
TF44157,0000ECA -19-26FEB10-16/19
26. Install swash plate (37) into cam follower bearing.

Hold in place and lift while installing rotating assembly
(38). Install rotating assembly with slippers (39) facing
swash plate (37).
27. Temporarily install shaft to align splines in rotating
T200822A —UN—14JUN04
assembly.
28. Place a new gasket on the swash plate cover.
37— Swash Plate 39— Slipper (9 used)

38— Rotating Assembly
Installing Rotating Assembly
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-100 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=180
Hydraulic System
29. Press down on swash plate (37) while installing

cover (40). Tighten cover mounting hardware to
specification.
Specification
Swash Plate
T200830A —UN—14JUN04
Cover Mounting
30 lb-ft
37— Swash Plate 40— Swash Plate Cover
Installing Swash Plate Cover
TF44157,0000ECA -19-26FEB10-18/19
NOTE: It is easiest to align the mid-pump coupling

while one cavity of tandem pump is empty.
Reach into the empty cavity, through shaft needle
bearing, and hold coupling with a finger while
installing shaft into other side.
30. Install shaft, first aligning splines in rotating assembly

and finally into mid-pump coupling.
31. Once all splines are engaged, push on shaft to seat
bearing into bore.
NOTE: Use either a seal protector or wrap tape around
splines of shaft to keep from damaging seal.
32. If installing input shaft, place a new O-ring on seal

carrier and install.
33. Install spiral retaining ring.
34. Repeat procedure for the other portion of the tandem
pump.
T200832A —UN—14JUN04
35. Remove pump assembly from holding fixture.

Specification
Tandem Pump
Assembly—Weight.......................................................................... 92 kg Install Mid-Pump Coupling
203 lb
36. Install charge and hydraulic pumps. See Hydraulic 37. Install hub coupler. See Hub Coupler Remove and
Pump Remove and Install. (Group 2160.) Install. (Group 0325.)
TF44157,0000ECA -19-26FEB10-19/19
Charge Pump Remove and Install

The charge pump and hydraulic pump are serviced as
one assembly. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install.
(Group 3160.)
TF44157,0000EB7 -19-06JAN10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-101 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=181
Hydraulic System
Hydrostatic Control Valve Remove and Install

6 Y5
level surface. 8
2. Raise operator's station. See Raising Operator's 7
1
(Group 1910.) 7 4
5
NOTE: The removal and installation for 329D, 332D and 2
333D hydrostatic control valve is similar.
TX1070216 —UN—27JAN10
Y6
4. Disconnect solenoids (Y5 and Y6).
5. Tag and disconnect lines (1—6). Cap or plug all
openings. 3
6. Remove cap screws (7) and remove hydrostatic

control valve (8). 326D, 328D Hydrostatic Control Valve—Two Speed Shown
necessary. 1— Charge Pressure Line 6— Park Brake Release Line
2— Return Line 7— Cap Screw (2 used)
8. Install hydrostatic control valve. 3— Accumulator Line 8— Hydrostatic Control Valve
4— Two Speed Line—If Y5— Park Brake Solenoid
9. Connect lines. Equipped (2 used)Park Y6— Two Speed Solenoid—If
Brake Release Line Equipped
10. Connect solenoids. 5— Hydrostatic Pump Charge
Pressure Line
(Group 1910.)
TF44157,0000ECB -19-05FEB10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 03-0360-102 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=182
Section 04
Engine
Contents
Page

PowerTech E 2.4L and 3.0L Diesel
Engines.................................................. 04-0400-1
Engine Remove and Install........................ 04-0400-1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 04-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=1
Contents
TM11431 (15FEB13) 04-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=2
Group 0400
Removal and Installation
PowerTech E 2.4L and 3.0L Diesel Engines
• See PowerTech E 2.4L and 3.0L Diesel Engines.
For more information on John Deere PowerTech engines (CTM101019.)
and components, see the following component technical
manual.
TK40086,0000735 -19-25JAN10-1/1
Engine Remove and Install

level surface.
TX1069111A —UN—21JAN10
3. Raise and lock operator's station. See Raising
Operator's Station. (Group 1810.)
4. Disconnect negative (-) battery cable.
5. Remove condenser. See Condenser Remove and
6. Remove cooling package. See Cooling Package Air Conditioner Compressor
7. Remove air conditioner and heater. See Air 4— Cap Screw and Clamp Y13— Air Conditioner
Compressor Clutch
Conditioner and Heater Remove and Install. (Group Solenoid
1830.)
8. Remove muffler. See Muffler Remove and Install.
(Group 0530.) 11. Remove harness from water-in-fuel sensor and fuel
NOTE: Fuel filter does not need to be disconnected heater temperature switch, if equipped.
from engine. 12. If equipped with high flow hydraulic pump, drain
hydraulic oil reservoir.
9. Remove engine compartment bracket. Secure fuel
filter to engine. • For wheeled machines, see Change Hydraulic
Reservoir Oil. (Operator's Manual.)
10. Remove harness from fuel level sensor and air • For tracked machines, see Change Hydraulic
conditioner compressor clutch solenoid (Y13). Reservoir Oil. (Operator's Manual.)
Remove cap screw and clamp (4).
TK40086,0000743 -19-26FEB10-1/7

connections before applying pressure. TX1069098A —UN—05JAN10
13. Remove hydraulic lines (2 and 3) from high flow

hydraulic pump (1), if equipped. Cap and plug all
openings.
14. Disconnect and plug fuel lines to engine.
1— High Flow Hydraulic 3— High Flow Hydraulic Pump

Pump—If Equipped High Pressure Line High Flow Hydraulic Pump (if equipped)
2— High Flow Hydraulic Pump
Suction Line
Continued on next page TK40086,0000743 -19-26FEB10-2/7
TM11431 (15FEB13) 04-0400-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=185
15. Disconnect harness from manifold air temperature

(MAT) sensor (B25) and main harness-to-engine
harness 8-pin connector (X3). Remove cap screw
and clamp (6).
6— Cap Screw and Clamp X3— Main Harness-to-Engine

B25— Manifold Air Harness 8-Pin Connector
Temperature (MAT)
Sensor
TX1069117A —UN—04JAN10
Top of Engine
TK40086,0000743 -19-26FEB10-3/7
16. Disconnect harness from glow plug electrical

connector (R5) and injector 6-pin connector (X11).
Remove cap screws and clamps (5).
17. Disconnect harness from alternator, starter and engine
oil pressure switch.
TX1069109A —UN—04JAN10
18. Disconnect harness from engine block heater, if
equipped.
19. Attach suitable support device to hydrostatic pump
assembly to support assembly after it is disconnected
from engine.
20. Disconnect hydrostatic pump assembly from engine
Front of Engine (manual controls machine shown)
flywheel housing.
5— Cap Screw and Clamp (5 X11— Injector 6-Pin Connector

used)
R5—Glow Plug Connector
TM11431 (15FEB13) 04-0400-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=186
21. Disconnect remote engine oil drain (7) line from

machine frame.
7— Remote Engine Oil Drain
TX1069118A —UN—04JAN10
Remote Engine Oil Drain
TM11431 (15FEB13) 04-0400-3 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=187
22. Attach DFT1323 engine lifting bracket (8) to front of

engine using M8 x 30 mm cap screws. See DFT1323
Engine Lifting Bracket. (Group 9900.)

Specification
Engine—Weight
(approximate)................................................................................ 322 kg
710 lb.
23. Attach suitable lifting device to engine lifting clamps

(8 and 9).
24. Remove engine mount cap screws.
25. Lift and remove engine.
26. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See PowerTech
E 2.4L and 3.0L Diesel Engines. (CTM101019.)
TX1069119A —UN—04JAN10
27. Lower engine into place and align coupler on engine
to hydrostatic pump.
28. Install hydrostatic pump assembly to engine flywheel
housing.
29. Remove support device from hydrostatic pump
assembly.
DFT1323 Engine Lifting Bracket
30. Install high flow pump suction line and high pressure
line to high flow pump, if equipped.
31. Install and torque engine mount cap screws.
Specification
Engine Mount Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................................320 N·m
235 lb-ft
32. Install engine oil remote drain line to frame.
TX1069430A —UN—14JAN10
33. Connect harness to alternator, starter and engine oil
pressure switch.
34. Connect harness to engine block heater, if equipped.
35. Connect harness to glow plug electrical connector
and injector 6-pin connector. Install cap screws and
clamps.
36. Connect harness to manifold air temperature (MAT) Rear Lifting Bracket
sensor and main harness-to-engine harness 8-pin
connector. Install cap screw and clamps.
8— DFT1323 Engine Lifting 9— Rear Lifting Bracket
37. Connect fuel lines to engine. Bracket
38. Connect harness to water-in-fuel sensor and fuel

heater temperature switch, if equipped. 42. Install cooling package. See Cooling Package
39. Connect harness to fuel level sensor and air Remove and Install. (Group 0510.)
conditioning compressor clutch solenoid. Install cap 43. Install air conditioner and heater. See Air Conditioner
screw and clamp. and Heater Remove and Install. (Group 1830.)
40. Install muffler. See Muffler Remove and Install. (Group 44. Install condenser. See Condenser Remove and
0530.) Install. (Group 1830.)
41. Install engine compartment bracket. Continued on next page TK40086,0000743 -19-26FEB10-6/7
TM11431 (15FEB13) 04-0400-4 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=188
45. Connect negative (-) battery cable. 48. Release boom lock and lower boom to ground.
46. If equipped with high flow hydraulic pump, fill hydraulic 49. Using Service ADVISOR™ update the engine control
oil reservoir. unit (ECU) with the latest software version.
• For wheeled machines, see Change Hydraulic 50. Bleed fuel system by turning key switch to the ON
Reservoir Oil. (Operator's Manual.) position and waiting 60 seconds before starting engine.
• For tracked machines, see Change Hydraulic
51. Operate machine and verify functions.
Reservoir Oil. (Operator's Manual.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company
TK40086,0000743 -19-26FEB10-7/7
TM11431 (15FEB13) 04-0400-5 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=189
TM11431 (15FEB13) 04-0400-6 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=190
Section 05
Engine Auxiliary System
Contents
Page
Group 0510—Cooling Systems

Fan Remove and Install............................. 05-0510-1
Charge Air Cooler Remove and
Install ..................................................... 05-0510-1
Radiator Remove and Install ..................... 05-0510-2
Cooling Package Remove and
Install ..................................................... 05-0510-3
Thermostat and Diffuser/Flow
Divider Remove and Install.................... 05-0510-6
Group 0520—Intake System

Air Cleaner Remove and Install................. 05-0520-1
Group 0530—External Exhaust Systems

Muffler Remove and Install........................ 05-0530-1
Group 0560—External Fuel Supply Systems

Fuel Tank Remove and Install ................... 05-0560-1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 05-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=1
Contents
TM11431 (15FEB13) 05-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=2
Group 0510
Cooling Systems
Fan Remove and Install
level surface.
TX1068877A —UN—17DEC09
3. Raise engine cover and remove side panels. See Side
Panel Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)
4. Remove fan guard.
5. Remove cap screws (1) and remove fan (2).
6. Repair or replace as necessary.
Cooling Fan
7. Install fan and cap screws.
8. Install fan guard and engine side panels. See Side 1— Cap Screw (4 used) 2— Fan
Panel Remove and Install (Group 1910.). Lower
engine cover.
9. Release boom lock and lower boom to ground.
TK40086,0000737 -19-12FEB10-1/1
Charge Air Cooler Remove and Install

level surface.
3. Remove side panels and engine cover. See Side
Panel Remove and Install and see Engine Cover
4. Disconnect charge air pipes (1 and 2) from charge
air cooler (3).
5. Remove cap screws (4) and remove charge air cooler
by sliding up through engine compartment bracket.
7. Install charge air cooler and cap screws.
8. Connect charge air pipes.
TX1068895A —UN—18DEC09
9. Install engine cover and side panels. See Engine
Cover Remove and Install and see Side Panel
1— Turbocharger-to-Charge 3— Charge Air Cooler

Air Cooler Pipe 4— Cap Screw (4 used)
2— Charge Air Cooler-to-Intake Charge Air Cooler
Manifold Pipe
TK40086,0000738 -19-12FEB10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 05-0510-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=193
Cooling Systems
Radiator Remove and Install

level surface. 17
Panel Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) 17
NOTE: Air conditioning system does NOT need to 6
be recovered. Condenser can be moved aside
without disconnecting refrigerant lines.
4. Remove condenser cap screws and pin. See

Condenser Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) Secure
condenser out of the way.
5. Drain engine coolant.
3
• For wheeled machines, see Drain Cooling System.
TX1068903 —UN—21DEC09
• For tracked machines, see Drain Cooling System. 8
6. Remove upper (6) and lower (8) radiator hoses.
Disconnect overflow hose.
3— Radiator 8— Lower Radiator Hose

6— Upper Radiator Hose 17— Cap Screw (2 used)
Radiator
TK40086,0000739 -19-10APR12-1/2
7. Remove carriage bolts (20) from engine compartment

bracket (21).
8. Remove cap screws (17) from radiator mounting
bracket.
TX1069042A —UN—05JAN10
9. Remove radiator (3).
11. Install radiator and mounting bracket cap screws.
12. Install engine compartment bracket carriage bolts.
13. Install upper and lower radiator and overflow hoses.
Engine Compartment Bracket
14. Fill cooling system.
• For wheeled machines, see Fill Cooling System. 20— Carriage Bolt (2 used) 21— Engine Compartment
(Operator's Manual.) Bracket
• For tracked machines, see Fill Cooling System.
15. Install condenser. See Condenser Remove and 17. Release boom lock and lower boom to ground.
16. Install side panels. See Side Panel Remove and
Install. (Group 1910.) Lower engine cover.
TK40086,0000739 -19-10APR12-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 05-0510-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=194
Cooling Systems
Cooling Package Remove and Install

level surface.
3. Remove side panels and engine cover. See Side
Panel Remove and Install and see Engine Cover
• For tracked machines, see Drain Cooling System.
NOTE: Air conditioning system does NOT need to
be recovered. Condenser can be moved aside
without disconnecting refrigerant lines.
TX1068876A —UN—18DEC09
5. Remove condenser cap screws (5) and remove pin
(6) from fuel tank bracket (8). Secure condenser out
of the way.
6. Remove cap screws (7) and remove fuel tank bracket.
1— Compressor-to-Condenser 5— Cap Screw (2 used)

High Pressure Line 6— Pin Air Conditioner Condenser Right Side View
2— Condenser 7— Cap Screw (2 used)
3— Condenser-to-Receiver- 8— Fuel Tank Bracket
Dryer High Pressure Line
4— Cap Screw and Clamp (2
used)
TX1068899A —UN—25FEB10
Fuel Tank Bracket
Continued on next page TK40086,000073A -19-18FEB10-1/6
TM11431 (15FEB13) 05-0510-3 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=195
Cooling Systems
7. Disconnect upper (10) and lower (11) radiator hoses.

Close all openings using caps and plugs.
8. Disconnect hydraulic oil filter mounting bracket and
secure out of the way. 10
9— Radiator 11— Lower Radiator Hose

10— Upper Radiator Hose
TX1068881 —UN—07JAN10
11
Radiator
TK40086,000073A -19-18FEB10-2/6
9. Disconnect charge air pipes (13 and 14) from charge

air cooler (12). Close all openings using caps and
plugs.

NOTE: Install vacuum pump on hydraulic oil tank

to minimize oil loss when removing hydraulic
oil cooler (15) lines.
10. Disconnect hydraulic oil cooler lines (16 and 17).

11. Remove fan. See Fan Remove and Install. (Group
0510.)
TX1069019A —UN—05JAN10
12. Disconnect fan drive motor hydraulic lines. Close all

openings using caps and plugs. See Fan Drive Motor
12— Charge Air Cooler 15— Hydraulic Oil Cooler

13— Charge Air Cooler-to- 16— Pump-to-Oil Cooler
Intake Manifold Pipe Hydraulic Line
14— Turbocharger-to-Charge 17— Oil Cooler-to-Control
Air Cooler Pipe Valve Hydraulic Line Charge Air Cooler and Standard Hydraulic Oil Cooler Shown
TM11431 (15FEB13) 05-0510-4 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=196
Cooling Systems
13. Remove electrical harness clips (18) from lower

hydraulic oil cooler (15) mounting brackets.
18— Electrical Harness Clip (2

used)
TX1069021A —UN—25FEB10
Standard Hydraulic Oil Cooler Lower Mounting Cap Screws Shown
TK40086,000073A -19-18FEB10-4/6
14. Remove carriage bolts (20) from engine compartment

bracket (21).

TX1069042A —UN—05JAN10
15. Attach appropriate lifting device to cooling package.
Specification
Cooling Pack-
age—Weight (approx-
imate).............................................................................................. 73 kg
160 lb.
Engine Compartment Bracket
20— Carriage Bolt (2 used) 21— Engine Compartment
Bracket
TM11431 (15FEB13) 05-0510-5 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=197
Cooling Systems

TX1069025A —UN—04JAN10
17. Remove cooling package.
19. Install cooling package.
20. Install and torque cooling package cap screws.
Specification
Cooling Package Cap Cooling Package
Screw—Torque............................................................................320 N·m
236 lb-ft
21. Install engine compartment bracket cap screws.
22. Install electrical harness clips.
23. Install fan drive motor hydraulic lines. See Fan Drive (Operator's Manual.)
Motor Remove and Install. (Group 2160.) 30. Check hydraulic oil level.
24. Install fan. See Fan Remove and Install. (Group 0510.)
25. Connect hydraulic oil cooler lines. Reservoir Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)
26. Connect charge air pipes. Reservoir Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)
27. Connect radiator upper and lower hoses. 31. Install engine cover and side panels. See Engine
28. Install condenser and fuel tank bracket.
29. Fill cooling system.
• For wheeled machines, see Fill Cooling System.
TK40086,000073A -19-18FEB10-6/6
Thermostat and Diffuser/Flow Divider

Remove and Install
CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from
pressurized cooling system can cause serious
burns. DO NOT drain coolant until it has TS281 —UN—23AUG88
cooled below operating temperature. Always
loosen radiator pressure cap or drain valve
slowly to relieve pressure.
1. Remove radiator pressure cap and partially drain

cooling system. See Drain Cooling System.
High Pressure Fluids
Continued on next page WS68074,0004412 -19-16MAR12-1/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 05-0510-6 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=198
Cooling Systems
2. Remove coolant hose (shown removed) from

thermostat housing (2).
NOTE: The diffuser/flow divider can be reused if there 1 2
is no damage noted on inspection.
3. Remove diffuser/flow divider (1) from thermostat

housing (2).
4. Remove thermostat. See Thermostat — Removal.
(CTM10109.)
5. Inspect parts and replace if needed.
6. Install thermostat. See Thermostat — Installation.
(CTM10109.)
TX1109501 —UN—06MAR12
7. Install diffuser/flow divider in thermostat housing.
8. Install coolant hose to thermostat housing. Tighten
clamp.
9. Fill cooling system and check for leaks. See Fill
Cooling System. (Operator's Manual.)
Remove Diffuser/Flow Divider
1— Diffuser/Flow Divider 2— Thermostat Housing
WS68074,0004412 -19-16MAR12-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 05-0510-7 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=199
Cooling Systems
TM11431 (15FEB13) 05-0510-8 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=200
Group 0520
Intake System
Air Cleaner Remove and Install
level surface.
TX1069433A —UN—20JAN10
4. Disconnect electrical connectors from air filter
restriction switch (B1) and ambient air temperature
sensor (B24).
5. Unscrew and remove air filter restriction switch (B1).
Air Cleaner Electrical Connectors
6. Loosen hose clamp (1).
7. Remove flange nuts from underside of air cleaner. 1— Hose Clamp B24— Ambient Air
B1—Air Filter Restriction Temperature Sensor
8. Remove air cleaner. Switch

10. Install air cleaner. 15. Install side panels. See Side Panel Remove and
11. Install flange nuts.
12. Tighten hose clamp.
13. Install air filter restriction switch.
14. Connect air filter restriction switch electrical connector
and ambient air temperature sensor electrical
connector.
TK40086,0000744 -19-20JAN10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 05-0520-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=201
Intake System
TM11431 (15FEB13) 05-0520-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=202
Group 0530
External Exhaust Systems
Muffler Remove and Install
level surface.
TX1069407A —UN—11JAN10
4. Raise engine cover and remove right side panel. See
Side Panel Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)
NOTE: Muffler does not need to be removed to
remove flex pipe.
Front of Muffler
5. Remove exhaust clamp (1).
1— Exhaust Clamp
TK40086,0000742 -19-03FEB10-1/3
6. Remove exhaust clamp (2) and remove flex pipe (5).

7. Repair or replace flex pipe as necessary.
2— Exhaust Clamp 5— Flex Pipe
TX1069697A —UN—19JAN10
Lower Exhaust Clamp
TM11431 (15FEB13) 05-0530-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=203
External Exhaust Systems
8. Remove cap screws (3) and remove muffler (4).

9. Repair or replace muffler as necessary.
10. Install muffler.
IMPORTANT: Flex pipe failure will result if kinked
TX1069405A —UN—11JAN10
or bent. Flex pipe alignment must be straight
before tightening exhaust clamps.
11. Install flex pipe and exhaust clamps.

12. Install right side panel. See Side Panel Remove and
13. Lower operator's station. See Raising Operator's Muffler Mounting Bracket
3— Cap Screw (4 used) 4— Muffler
TK40086,0000742 -19-03FEB10-3/3
TM11431 (15FEB13) 05-0530-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=204
Group 0560
External Fuel Supply Systems
Fuel Tank Remove and Install 4 2 3
1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat 4
level surface.
3
Operator's Station. (Group 1810.) 1
IMPORTANT: When draining fuel, use clean container

to prevent fuel contamination.
TX1068969 —UN—21DEC09
4. Drain fuel.
• For 326D and 328D fuel tank capacity, see 326D
and 328D Drain and Refill Capacities. (Operator's
Manual.) 4
• For 329D and 333D, see 329D and 333D Drain and 3
Refill Capacities. (Operator's Manual.)
• For 332D, see 332D Drain and Refill Capacities. Fuel Tank and Hydraulic Reservoir
5. Remove engine. See Engine Remove and Install. 1— Fuel Tank 3— Cap Screw (4 used)
2— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir 4— Retaining Bracket (3 used)
(Group 0400.)
6. Remove cap screws (3) and fuel tank and hydraulic oil
reservoir retaining brackets (4).
11. Install engine. See Engine Remove and Install.
7. Remove fuel tank (1). (Group 0400.)
8. Repair or replace as necessary. 12. Fill fuel tank.
9. Install fuel tank. 13. Lower operator's station. See Raising Operator's
10. Install fuel tank and hydraulic oil reservoir retaining
brackets. 14. Release boom lock and lower boom to ground.
TK40086,0000748 -19-03FEB10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 05-0560-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=205
External Fuel Supply Systems
TM11431 (15FEB13) 05-0560-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=206
Section 17
Frame or Supporting Structure
Contents
Page
Group 1740—Frame Installation

Welding On Machine ................................. 17-1740-1
Welding Repair of Major Structure.............. 17-1740-1
Counterweight Remove and
Install ..................................................... 17-1740-2
Raising and Blocking Machine .................. 17-1740-3
TM11431 (15FEB13) 17-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=1
Contents
TM11431 (15FEB13) 17-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=2
Group 1740
Frame Installation
Welding On Machine
IMPORTANT: Disconnect battery ground strap or turn WELD METAL SPECIFICATIONS
battery disconnect switch to OFF (if applicable). Item Specification
Tensile Strength 482.6 mPa (70 000 psi)
Disconnect both negative and positive battery
cables and microprocessor unit (if applicable). Yield Strength 413.7 mPa (60 000 psi)
Elongation 22%
IMPORTANT: Have only a qualified welder do this
job. Connect welder ground clamp close to Use one of the following weld processes:
each weld area so electrical current does • AWS-E-7018 covered electrode with shielded metal arc
not pass through any bearings. welding (SMAW) process.
Remove or protect all parts that can be
• AWS-ER-70S-3f wire electrode with gas metal arc
welding (GMAW) process.
damaged by heat or weld splatter. • AWS-E70T-1 or E71T-1 wire electrode with flux core
arc welding (FCAW) process.
TX,WELD,II -19-11APR95-1/1
Welding Repair of Major Structure
CAUTION: Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.

• AWS-E70T-1 or E71T-1 wire electrode with flux core
arc welding (FCAW) process.
Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is
heated by welding, soldering, or using a torch. Welding Repair of Major Structure—Specification
Do all work outside or in a well ventilated area. Weld Metal—Tensile
Dispose of paint and solvent properly. Strength...................................................................................482.6 mPa
70,000 psi
If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the Yield Strength .........................................................................413.7 mPa
dust. Wear an approved respirator. If you use 60,000 psi
solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with Elongation......................................................................................... 22%
soap and water before welding. Remove solvent
or paint stripper containers and other flammable IMPORTANT: Area to be repaired must be preheated
material from area. Allow fumes to disperse at to allow better weld penetration.
least 15 minutes before welding or heating.
3. To repair weld metal failure, remove failed weld metal
1. Remove paint before welding or heating. using arc or grinding equipment. Thoroughly clean
area to be welded. Preheat structural assemblies to a
IMPORTANT: Electrical current traveling from the minimum of 38°C (100°F). Preheat ground engaging
welder through the machine electrical system tools (cutting edges, skid shoes, and teeth shanks) to
may damage the machine electrical system, 177°C (350°F).
including battery, machine information center,
and pump and valve controller. Disconnect To repair base metal failure remove enough material to
battery ground cable, machine information allow weld to penetrate to the bottom of crack. Preheat
center, and pump and valve controller electrical structural assemblies to a minimum of 38°C (100°F).
connectors before welding on the machine. Preheat ground engaging tools (cutting edges, skid
shoes, and teeth shanks) to 177°C (350°F).
Have only a qualified welder do this job. Connect
welder ground clamp close to each weld area Welding Repair of Major Structure—Specification
so electrical current does not pass through any Structural
bearings. Remove or protect all parts that can Assemblies—Preheat
be damaged by heat or weld splatter. Temperature..................................................................................... 38°C
100°F
2. Use one of the following weld processes: Ground Engaging
Tools—Preheat
• AWS-E-7018 covered electrode with shielded metal Temperature................................................................................... 177°C
arc welding (SMAW) process. 350°F
• AWS-ER-70S-3 wire electrode with gas metal arc
welding (GMAW) process.
TK40086,000071E -19-15DEC09-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 17-1740-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=209
Frame Installation
Counterweight Remove and Install

2
There are three optional sets of counterweights that can
be added to machine. 2
TX1069265 —UN—11JAN10
1
Specification
Counterweight—Weight 1
(each).............................................................................................. 39 kg
86 lb
1
1. Attach suitable lifting device to third counterweight.
One Counterweight (320D shown)
2. Remove flange cap screws (4) and remove third
counterweight.
3. Attach suitable lifting device to second counterweight.
4. Remove flange cap screws (3) and remove second
counterweight.
TX1069270 —UN—11JAN10
5. Attach suitable lifting device to first counterweight.
3
6. Remove flange cap screws (1) and spacers (2).
Remove first counterweight. 3
8. Install first counterweight, spacers (2) and flange cap Two Counterweights (320D shown)
screws (1).
9. Install second counterweight and flange cap screws
(3).
10. Install third counterweight and flange cap screws (4).
TX1069271 —UN—11JAN10
1— Flange Cap Screw (3 used) 3— Flange Cap Screw (2 used) 4
2— Spacer (2 used) 4— Flange Cap Screw (3 used)
4
Three Counterweights (320D shown)
TK40086,0000728 -19-12FEB10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 17-1740-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=210
Frame Installation
Raising and Blocking Machine

1. Park machine.
2. Place safe lifting device under the front center of
machine base and raise machine.
3. Place blocks/stands under the front corners (1) of
machine base.
4. Lower machine onto blocks/stands.
5. Place safe lifting device under the rear center of
machine base and raise machine.
6. Place blocks/stands under the rear corners (2) of
TX1066547A —UN—20OCT09
machine base.
7. Lower machine onto blocks/stands.
1— Front Corner 2— Rear Corner
Boom Raised for Picture Clarity
TX1066548A —UN—20OCT09
OUT4001,00004FD -19-25OCT10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 17-1740-3 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=211
Frame Installation
TM11431 (15FEB13) 17-1740-4 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=212
Section 18
Operator's Station
Contents
Page

Operator's Station Remove and
Install ..................................................... 18-1800-1
Group 1810—Operator Enclosure

Cab Door Remove and Install ................... 18-1810-1
Top Window Remove and Install ............... 18-1810-3
Rear Window Remove and Install.............. 18-1810-4
Side Window Remove and Install.............. 18-1810-6
Raising Operator's Station......................... 18-1810-8
Group 1821—Seat and Seat Belt

Seat Remove and Install ........................... 18-1821-1
Seat Belt Remove and Install .................... 18-1821-2
Interlocking Seat Bar Remove and
Install ..................................................... 18-1821-4
Seat Air Spring Remove and
Install ..................................................... 18-1821-5
Group 1830—Heating and Air Conditioning

Refrigerant Cautions and Proper
Handling ................................................ 18-1830-1
Flush and Purge Air Conditioner
System................................................... 18-1830-2
R134a Refrigerant Oil Information.............. 18-1830-4
R134a Refrigerant Recovery,
Recycling and Charging Station
Installation Procedure............................ 18-1830-5
Recover R134a Refrigerant....................... 18-1830-6
Evacuate R134a System ........................... 18-1830-7
Charge R134a System .............................. 18-1830-8
Air Conditioner Compressor
Remove and Install................................ 18-1830-9
Expansion Valve Remove and
Install ................................................... 18-1830-10
Receiver-Dryer Remove and
Install ................................................... 18-1830-11
Condenser Remove and Install ............... 18-1830-11
Air Conditioner and Heater Remove
and Install ............................................ 18-1830-12
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=1
Contents
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=2
Group 1800
Operator's Station Remove and Install
NOTE: Operator's station remove and install procedure
is similar for either enclosed cab or ROPS.
Procedure for enclosed cab shown.
TX1070437A —UN—01FEB10
level surface.
2. Disconnect cab harness electrical connectors (X1 and
X2) from main harness.
20— Washer Fluid Line X1— Cab Harness-to-Main

W19—Antenna Harness 14-Pin Connector
X2— Cab Harness-to-Main Cab Harness Connectors
Harness 47-Pin Connector
CP94658,0000303 -19-25FEB10-1/4
3. Disconnect antenna (W19) from antenna base (29).

4. Disconnect washer fluid line (20) from washer fluid
tank (27).
5. Disconnect and remove horn.
• For wheeled machines, see Cab Harness (W2)
Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• For tracked machines, see Cab Harness (W2)
TX1070452A —UN—01FEB10
Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
20— Washer Fluid Line 29— Antenna Base

27— Washer Fluid Tank W19—Antenna
Radio Antenna
TX1070445A —UN—29JAN10
Windshield Washer Fluid Tank
Continued on next page CP94658,0000303 -19-25FEB10-2/4
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1800-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=215

Specification
Enclosed Cab—Weight
(approximate)................................................................................ 210 kg
763 lb.
ROPS with Door—Weight
(approximate)................................................................................ 162 kg
358 lb.
TX1071455A —UN—18FEB10
ROPS—Weight
(approximate)................................................................................ 140 kg
309 lb.
6. Attach suitable lifting device to lift points (24).

8. Use lifting device to relieve weight from lift cylinders (7). Operator's Station Lift Points
9. Remove spring lock pins (11) and locking pins (9) to

disconnect rod end of lift cylinder.
10. Lower lift cylinders.
5— Operator's Station 11— Spring Lock Pin (2 used)

7— Lift Cylinder (2 used) 24— Lift Point (3 used)
9— Locking Pin (2 used)
TX1070261A —UN—26JAN10
Lift Cylinder and Lock Pins
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1800-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=216
11. Remove lock nuts (17) and cap screws (13) to remove
operator's station (5) from machine frame (12).
12. Remove isolators (15) and spacers (14 and 16) from
operator's station.
13. Repair and replace operator's station parts as needed.
14. Install isolators (15) and spacers (16) to operator's
station.
15. Install operators station to frame with cap screws,
TX1070139A —UN—22JAN10
spacers (14), and lock nuts.
CAUTION: Prevent crushing injury from

unexpected cab movement. Replace lift cylinder
if cylinder is cracked or damaged or if operator's
station is difficult to lift. NEVER attempt to
repair a damaged lift cylinder.
Frame and Operator's Station
16. Attach lift cylinders to operator's station with locking
pin and spring locking pin.
17. Move lock bar into the locked position to allow lift
cylinders to support operator's station weight.
TX1070142A —UN—22JAN10
19. Remove lifting device from lift points on operator's
station.
20. Connect and install horn to operator's station.
21. Connect washer fluid line to washer fluid tank.
22. Connect antenna to antenna base. Operator's Station Isolator
23. Connect cab harness electrical connectors (X1 and

5— Operator's Station 15— Isolator (2 used)
X2) to main harness. 12— Frame 16— Spacer (2 used)
13— Cap Screw (2 used) 17— Lock Nut (2 used)
14— Spacer (2 used)
CP94658,0000303 -19-25FEB10-4/4
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1800-3 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=217
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1800-4 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=218
Group 1810
Operator Enclosure
Cab Door Remove and Install
IMPORTANT: Handle door safely. When removing
door, be aware that it is breakable.
TX1066868A —UN—12NOV09
To Remove The Door:
1. Park machine.
3. Engage park brake and turn engine OFF.
4. Remove the wire retainer (4) on gas shock rod (5) by
rotating the wire retainer off of the shaft and pulling Gas Shock Rod (view shown from inside the cab)
out. Remove gas shock rod from ball joint. Install wire
retainer into shaft for storage.
5. Disconnect wiper motor harness connector (6).
6. Disconnect washer fluid line (7). Make sure to leave
TX1067684A —UN—12NOV09
the check valve (8) connected to the fluid line inside
the cab.
7. On outside of machine, remove cotter pin (9) and
washer from top hinge pin. Store appropriately.
8. Open door until the stop (10) hits on door frame.
9. Using handles on inside of the door, carefully lift the
door until the stop clears the door frame. Wiper Motor Harness Connector (view shown from inside the cab)
10. Door can then be rotated further until the hinge and
handhold do not contact.
11. Carefully lift door the rest of the way off and store in a
protected area.
To Install The Door:
1. Park machine.
4. Carefully lift door lining up hinges with hinge pins. Use
caution, making sure to stay clear of handhold. Slide
TX1066919A —UN—12NOV09
hinges down onto hinge pins.
5. Install cotter pin and washer.
IMPORTANT: Wiper assembly must be connected
so machine knows that a door is present. If
the wiper assembly is not connected when a
door is present, machine will allow the boom
to function with the door in the open position Cotter Pin (view shown from outside the cab)
which may result in damage to the door.
6. Connect washer fluid line and wiper motor harness 4— Wire Retainer 8— Check Valve
connector. 5— Gas Shock Rod 9— Cotter Pin
6— Wiper Motor Harness 10— Stop
7. Remove wire retainer from gas shock rod. Connector
7— Washer Fluid Line
8. Install gas shock rod and wire retainer.
9. Verify door seals and closes properly. Adjust as
necessary.
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1810-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=219
Operator Enclosure
TX1066863A —UN—12NOV09
Adjustment Nut (top nut removed to show slotted area)
TX1066860A —UN—12NOV09
Adjustment Nuts
To Adjust Door:
NOTE: Top hinge holes are slotted so door can
move slightly to obtain proper fit and seal
when adjusting door.
1. Remove adjustment nuts (11).

2. Edge of door on latch side should be parallel to side
screen. Striker (12) should be centered in latch jaw,
with fore-aft position set so that door is sealed in upper
latch-side corner. Door should close easily without
using excessive force.
3. Tighten adjustment nuts.
TX1066864A —UN—12NOV09
11— Adjustment Nut (2 used) 12— Striker
Striker
TK40086,000072A -19-25FEB10-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1810-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=220
Operator Enclosure
Top Window Remove and Install

Removable Top Window
1. Remove knobs (2) from inside the cab.
TX1089576A —UN—03OCT11
2. Lift off top window (1) and gasket from outside the cab.
4. Apply 6 mm (1/4 in.) bead of silicone adhesive to
gasket mounting surface on machine.
5. Install gasket and top window onto cab.
6. Install knobs and tighten. Removable Top Window (view from inside)
1— Top Window 2— Knob (4 used)
TX1089578A —UN—03OCT11
Removable Top Window (view from outside)
Continued on next page TK40086,000072B -19-16MAR11-1/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1810-3 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=221
Operator Enclosure
Fixed Top Window

1. Remove lock nut (4), cap screw (1), and rubber
washers (2) from center of top window (3).
2. Use knife to remove glue from edges of top window.
3. Remove top window from canopy.
4. Clean any glue or residue from canopy surface and
TX1089581A —UN—03OCT11
top window.
6. Inspect rubber washers and replace as necessary.
7. Apply a 6 mm (1/4 in.) bead of silicone adhesive
around outer edge of top window.
8. Position glass on canopy firmly. Fixed Top Window (view from outside)
9. Secure top window with center cap screw, rubber

washers, and lock nut.
10. Allow adhesive to cure for 24 hours before operating
machine.
TX1089580A —UN—03OCT11
1— Cap Screw 3— Top Window
2— Rubber Washer (2 used) 4— Lock Nut
Fixed Top Window (view from inside)
TK40086,000072B -19-16MAR11-2/2
Rear Window Remove and Install

1. Remove rear window by pushing on bottom corner (1),
near the window instruction label (2) to force window
out of window seal.
2. Repair or replace window and seal parts as necessary.
1 2
1— Bottom Corner 2— Window Instruction Label
TX1069873 —UN—18JAN10
Rear Window
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1810-4 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=222
Operator Enclosure
3. Install groove (5) of seal (6) to rear window frame

opening on operator's station.
4. If replacing with new seal, cut seal to fit opening.
6
5. Spray window groove (3) of seal with soapy water.
4 5
6. Install window into groove of seal with installation tool.
7. Wipe excess water from seal and window.
3
3— Window Groove 6— Seal
4— Seam 7— Window
TX1069889 —UN—20JAN10
5— Grove
6
Rear Window Seal
CP94658,0000308 -19-04FEB10-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1810-5 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=223
Operator Enclosure
Side Window Remove and Install

IMPORTANT: Handle side windows safely. When
removing side windows, be aware windows are
breakable, store in a safe area after removal.
1. Park machine.
3. Remove interlocking seat bar. See Interlocking Seat
Bar Remove and Install. (Group 1821.)
TX1069465A —UN—07JAN10
4. Remove cap screws (5) and lock nuts (6) to remove
right side window retainer (3) and left side window
retainer (4).
5. Store both window sections in a safe area.
1— Cab Right 4— Left Side Window Retainer

2— Cab Left 5— Cap Screw (8 used) Window Retainer and Windows—Right Side
3— Right Side Window Retainer 6— Lock Nut (8 used)
TX1069429A —UN—18JAN10
Window Retainer and Windows—Left Side
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1810-6 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=224
Operator Enclosure
IMPORTANT: Handle side windows safely. When

11 12
removing side windows, be aware windows are
breakable, store in a safe area after removal.
10
NOTE: Right window shown, left window assembly
is the same.
6. Remove screws (7) and glass retainer (8).

9
7. Slide back window section (11) forward to center of
8 16
window frame (12). Lift and pull bottom edge out
TX1069497 —UN—07JAN10
towards operator. Remove back window section and 13 13
place in a safe area.
7 14
8. Slide front window section (10) back to center of
15
window frame. Lift and pull bottom edge out towards
operator. Remove front window section and place in
a safe area.
9. Remove screws (16) and latch (9). Right Side Window
10. Remove bottom glass retainer screws (13) and bottom
glass retainer (15). 7— Screw (2 used) 12— Window Frame
8— Glass Retainer 13— Bottom Glass Retainer
11. Remove bottom window section (14). 9— Latch Screw (2 used)
10— Front Window Section 14— Bottom Window Section
12. Inspect seals and replace parts as needed. 11— Back Window Section 15— Bottom Glass Retainer
16— Screw (2 used)
13. Install bottom window section and bottom glass
retainer to window frame.
14. Install latch to front window section. 17. Install glass retainer.
15. Install front window section first, lining up groove 18. Install window retainer right and windows right side
on bottom of window with the track in frame. Slide with cap screws and nuts.
forward into stationary position.
19. Install window retainer left and windows left side with
16. Install back window section, lining up groove on cap screws and nuts.
bottom of window with the inner track in frame. Slide
rearward into stationary position.
CP94658,0000305 -19-02FEB10-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1810-7 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=225
Operator Enclosure
Raising Operator's Station

1. Park machine on level surface, shut off engine.
2. Remove nuts (1) and washers from mounting studs on
both sides of outer front edge of operator's station.
TX1066452A —UN—17OCT09
CAUTION: Prevent crushing injury from
unexpected cab movement. Replace gas
spring cylinder if:
• Cylinder is cracked or damaged.
• The operator's station is hard to lift.
NOTE: NEVER attempt to repair a damaged gas spring
cylinder. See your authorized dealer.
3. Using hand holds, raise operator's station. If manual

equipped machine, make sure control levers fall
TX1066453A —UN—17OCT09
forward. Continue raising operator's station all the way
up so that gas spring cylinder locks are in place.
4. Pull forward on red cylinder lock (2) to ensure
operator's station is in locked position.
NOTE: If machine is equipped with a pressurized
cab, make sure that seal on back of footwell
is in place prior to lowering cab.
5. To lower operator's station, push red cylinder lock

rearward to unlocked position (3).
6. Pull operator's station down until seated on mounting
studs.
TX1066454A —UN—17OCT09
7. Install and tighten washers and nuts on mounting
studs.
8. Verify that mounting studs are tight.
1— Nut (2 used) 3— Unlocked Position

2— Red Cylinder Lock (locked
position)
OUT4001,0000492 -19-08OCT10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1810-8 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=226
Group 1821
Seat and Seat Belt
Seat Remove and Install
NOTE: Deluxe seat remove and install procedure shown.
Procedure for all seat options is similar.
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove seat to replace

seat switch. Remove spring locking pins
and raise seat cushion.

level surface.
TX1068717A —UN—12DEC09
2. Remove seat belt from seat. See Seat Belt Remove
4. Remove seat mounting nuts (1) from under operator's
station. Seat Mounting Nuts (deluxe seat shown)
Station. (Group 1810.) 1— Seat Mounting Nut (4 used) 2— Seat Belt Lower Anchor Nut
TK40086,000072E -19-02FEB10-1/2
6. Slide seat forward and disconnect seat switch

electrical connector (S4) from harness.

Specification
Deluxe Seat—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 23 kg
50 lb.
TX1068721A —UN—22DEC09
7. Remove seat from machine.
9. Place seat in machine.
10. Raise operator's station slightly and start nut on seat
mounting cap screw.
11. Raise operator's station completely and lock. Install Seat Remove and Install (deluxe seat shown)
remaining nuts.
S4— Seat Switch Connector
12. Lower operator's station.
13. Connect seat switch electrical connector to harness.
14. Install seat belt to seat. See Seat Belt Remove and
TK40086,000072E -19-02FEB10-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1821-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=227
Seat and Seat Belt
Seat Belt Remove and Install

NOTE: Shoulder belt remove and install procedure
shown. Lap belt procedure is similar.

level surface.
TX1068717A —UN—12DEC09
3. Remove shoulder belt lower anchor nut (2).
5. Slide seat forward.
1— Seat Anchor Nut (4 used) 2— Shoulder Belt Lower

Anchor Nut
Lower Shoulder Belt Anchor Nut
TK40086,000072F -19-26FEB10-1/3
6. Remove left seat belt-to-seat anchor nut (3).
2— Shoulder Belt Lower 3— Left Seat Belt-to-Seat

Anchor Nut Anchor Nut
TX1068874A —UN—17DEC09
Seat Belt Anchor
Continued on next page TK40086,000072F -19-26FEB10-2/3
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1821-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=228
Seat and Seat Belt
7. Remove right seat belt latch-to-seat anchor nut (6).

8. Remove shoulder belt upper anchor nut (4).
9. Remove seat belt.
10. Replace parts as necessary.
11. Install right seat belt latch-to-seat anchor nut.
12. Install left seat belt-to-seat anchor nut.
13. Install shoulder belt upper anchor nut.
TX1068875A —UN—17DEC09
14. Raise operator's station.
15. Install shoulder belt lower anchor nut.
4— Shoulder Belt Upper 6— Right Seat Belt

Anchor Nut Latch-to-Seat Anchor Nut
Seat Belt Latch
TX1068718A —UN—12DEC09
Shoulder Belt Upper Anchor
TK40086,000072F -19-26FEB10-3/3
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1821-3 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=229
Seat and Seat Belt
Interlocking Seat Bar Remove and Install

level surface.
2. Remove rear corner post trim clips (1) and rear corner
trim (2) from both sides.
1— Trim Clip (4 used) 2— Rear Corner Trim (2 used)
TX1068724A —UN—12DEC09
Rear Corner Post Trim Clips
TK40086,0000730 -19-05JAN10-1/2
3. Disconnect interlocking seat bar switch (S5) from

harness.
NOTE: To aid in removal, place tape on the outside of the
operator's station over each carriage bolt head.
4. Remove anchor nuts (3) on both sides of interlocking

seat bar mounting bracket.
5. Remove interlocking seat bar from machine.
7. Install interlocking seat bar.
NOTE: To aid in installation, place tape on the outside of
the operator's station over each carriage bolt head.
8. Install and torque anchor nuts on both sides of

interlocking seat bar mounting bracket.
TX1068726A —UN—22DEC09
Specification
Interlocking Seat Bar
Anchor Nut—Torque......................................................................87 N·m
64 lb-ft
9. Connect interlocking seat bar switch to harness.

10. Install rear corner post trim on both sides.
3— Interlocking Seat Bar S5— Interlocking Seat Bar Interlocking Seat Bar (left side shown)
Anchor Nut (4 used) Switch Connector
TK40086,0000730 -19-05JAN10-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1821-4 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=230
Seat and Seat Belt
Seat Air Spring Remove and Install

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from unexpected backrest frame movement. When
unexpected seat movement. Lower seat to lowest backrest cushion has been removed, the backrest
position before performing repair work. frame must be supported before the backrest
adjustment handle is operated.
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from pressure 3. Remove backrest cushion. Support backrest before
in pneumatic system. Vent air from air spring removing seat cushion.
before performing repair work.
4. Remove seat cushion.
1. Lower seat to lowest position to vent air from air spring.
2. Remove seat from machine. See Seat Remove and
4
4
6
9
4
7
8
10 18
TX1111537 —UN—05APR12
10
4
19
6
7
TX1111537 8
Seat Assembly
4— Socket Head Screw (2 used) 7— Torx Head Screw (2 used) 9— Bracket
5— Backrest Frame 8— Swivel Mount (2 used) 10— Strap (2 used)
6— Seat Base Assembly 18— Boot
19— Backrest Adjustment Handle
5. Remove plastic fasteners from top of boot (18).

8. On machines with short straps (10), remove socket
6. Push boot down and secure to lower part of seat head screws (4) and bracket (9).
suspension.
9. Remove TORX® head screws (7).
7. Remove weight indicator linkage rod from lower part
10. Tilt seat base assembly (6) with backrest frame (5)
of suspension.
backwards and lay assembly on floor.
TORX is a trademark of Camcar/Textron
Continued on next page TE14778,0000E96 -19-17APR12-1/4
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1821-5 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=231
Seat and Seat Belt
7
6
14
10
13
10
8 3
3
17 16
1
16
15
8
TX1111539 —UN—05APR12
TX1111539
Air Spring Assembly
1— Air Spring 6— Seat Base Assembly 10— Strap (2 used) 16— Quick Coupler (2 used)
2— Countersunk Head Screw (2 7— Torx Head Screw (2 used) 13— Scissor Frame Assembly 17— Air Hose
used) 8— Swivel Mount (2 used) 14— Mounting Plate
3— Rivet (4 used) 15— Air Hose
Continued on next page TE14778,0000E96 -19-17APR12-2/4
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1821-6 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=232
Seat and Seat Belt
11. Remove countersunk head screw (2) from scissor

frame assembly (13).
TE14778,0000E96 -19-17APR12-3/4
IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to air hose. Fully depress

outer ring of quick coupler (16) on air spring 11
(1) to release air hoses (15 and 17).
NOTE: To aid removal of compressed air hose (17) from air

spring (1), disconnect hose from compressor bracket
TX1111725 —UN—05APR12
(12) and housing (11) (see arrows on illustration).
12. Disconnect air hoses (15 and 17) from air spring (1). 15
12
17
13. Remove rivets (3) from seat base assembly (6).
3 3
14. Remove air spring mounting plate (14) and air spring
16 1
(1).
Air Hose Installation
15. Remove countersunk head screw (2) and mounting
plate from air spring.
1— Air Spring 15— Air Hose
16. Clean and inspect air spring assembly components. 3— Rivet (4 used) 16— Quick Coupler (2 used)
11— Housing 17— Air Hose
Replace if necessary. 12— Compressor Bracket
IMPORTANT: Air hoses (15 and 17) can be removed
and installed no more than two times. It
is permissible to remove damaged end of Specification
hose 5 mm (0.25 in.) with sharp knife. This M8 x 20 Countersunk
procedure can be done only once. Mark Head Screw—Torque......................................................................6 N·m
hose after performing procedure. 53 lb.-in.
17. Inspect air hoses (15 and 17) for damage (scoring) 23. Tilt seat base assembly (6) with backrest frame (5) to
prior to connection. operating position.
18. Clean all bushings, rollers, and pivots. Lubricate with 24. Install TORX® head screws (7).
multi-purpose grease. NOTE: Depressions on bracket must face up with
NOTE: Tab on air spring must snap into hole on mounting straps installed in depressions.
plate (see arrow on illustration).
25. On machines with short straps (10), slide straps onto
19. Install mounting plate (14) onto air spring (1) using bracket (9) and install onto seat base assembly (6)
countersunk screw (2). Tighten to specification. using socket head screws (4). Tighten screws to
specification.
Specification
M8 x 20 Countersunk Specification
Head Screw—Torque......................................................................6 N·m M8 x 20 Countersunk
53 lb.-in. Head Screw—Torque....................................................................25 N·m
221 lb.-in.
20. Install mounting plate and air spring onto seat base
assembly (6) using rivets (3). 26. Install weight indicator linkage rod onto lower part of
suspension.
NOTE: Air hoses are locked automatically upon
connection. 27. Install boot (18) using plastic fasteners.
28. Install backrest cushion and seat cushion.
21. Connect air hoses (15 and 17) onto air spring (1).
29. Install seat in machine. See Seat Remove and Install.
22. Install air spring onto scissor frame assembly (13) (Group 1821.)
using countersunk head screw (2). Tighten to
specification.
TORX is a trademark of Camcar/Textron
TE14778,0000E96 -19-17APR12-4/4
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1821-7 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=233
Seat and Seat Belt
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1821-8 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=234
Group 1830
Heating and Air Conditioning
Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling
CAUTION: DO NOT allow liquid refrigerant to IMPORTANT: To meet government standards relating
contact eyes or skin. Liquid refrigerant will to the use of refrigerants, R134a is used in
freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, the air conditioning system. Because it does
gloves and protective clothing. not contain chlorine, R134a is not detrimental
to the ozone in the atmosphere. However, it
If liquid refrigerant contacts eyes or skin, DO is illegal to discharge any refrigerant into the
NOT rub the area. Splash large amounts of atmosphere. It must be recovered using the
COOL water on affected area. Go to a physician appropriate recovery stations.
or hospital immediately for treatment.
Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling
DO NOT allow refrigerant to contact open and charging stations. Never mix refrigerants,
flames or very hot surfaces such as electric hoses, fittings, components or refrigerant oils.
welding arc, electric heating element and
lighted smoking materials. Use only John Deere approved R134a
refrigerant products. Mixing of products not
DO NOT heat refrigerant over 52°C (125°F) in a compatible will cause system damage and
closed container. Heated refrigerant will develop contaminate recovery, recycling and charging
high pressure which can burst the container. station equipment. Care must be taken to
Keep refrigerant containers away from heat identify and use equipment, refrigerant oil and
sources. Store refrigerant in a cool place. refrigerant designed only for R134a refrigerant
systems. Refrigerant should be tested for
DO NOT handle damp refrigerant container type and purity before recovery, recycling or
with your bare hands. Skin may freeze to charging of system. JT02167A refrigerant test
container. Wear gloves. instrument should be used before any testing
or repair to system is performed.
If skin freezes to container, pour COOL water
over container to free the skin. Go to a physician
or hospital immediately for treatment.
TK40086,000071F -19-08DEC09-1/2
Prism Pro Refrigerant Identification Instrument.. JT02167A To safely identify type and check purity of refrigerant
prior to recovery, recycling and recharging of
air conditioning systems.
TK40086,000071F -19-08DEC09-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1830-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=235
Flush and Purge Air Conditioner System
CAUTION: Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes d. Turn compressor end for end and roll it side to side.
or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves
and protective clothing. e. Remove both plugs from manifold ports and drain
solvent from compressor.
See Refrigerant Cautions and Proper
Handling. (Group 1830.) f. Connect battery power to compressor clutch coil.
Rotate pulley at least five revolutions to move
NOTE: Flushing can be performed on machine. solvent out of cylinders.
g. Invert compressor. Roll end for end and side to
1. Perform Recover R134a Refrigerant. (Group 1830.) side. Drain thoroughly.
Add flushing solvent to system with JT02075 Flusher h. Repeat previous two steps at least three times.
and JT02098 Flusher Fitting Kit.
8. Divide system into two circuits:
2. Remove and discard receiver/dryer. See
Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) • Condenser circuit, including inlet and outlet hoses.
3. Connect flusher outlet hose to inlet end of compressor
• Evaporator circuit, including inlet and outlet hoses.
discharge line using JT02102 Adapter. 9. Condenser:
4. Fill flusher tank with solvent and fasten all connections. IMPORTANT: DO NOT attempt to flush through
Dispose of solvent properly. compressor or receiver/dryer. Flushing through
expansion valve is acceptable if refrigerant oil
Specification
has a normal odor and appearance.
Flusher Tank—Capacity...................................................................... 4 L
1 gal
a. Flush/Purge Condenser:
NOTE: Air pressure must be at least at specification
b. Remove and discard receiver/dryer. See
for flushing and purging.
Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install. (Group 1830.)
Specification
Air Pressure—Minimum c. Connect flusher outlet hose to inlet end of
Pressure............................................... 620 kPa for flushing and purging compressor discharge line using JT02102 Adapter.
90 psi for flushing and purging d. Fill flusher tank with solvent and fasten all
6.2 bar for flushing and purging connections.
5. Connect supply line of moisture-free compressed air Specification
or dry nitrogen to flusher air valve. Flusher Tank—Capacity...................................................................... 4 L
1 gal
6. Open air valve to force flushing solvent into condenser
circuit. Flusher tank is empty when hose pulsing stops. NOTE: Air pressure must be at least to specification
Additional flushing cycles are required if system is for flushing and purging.
heavily contaminated with burned oil or metal particles. Specification
Air Pressure—Minimum
7. Clean compressor as follows:
Pressure.............................................. 620 kPa for flushing and purging.
a. Remove compressor see Air Conditioner 90 psi for flushing and purging.
Compressor Remove and Install (Group 1830.) and 6.2 bar for flushing and purging.
measure oil drained from both manifold ports.
e. Connect supply line of moisture-free compressed
b. Connect flusher outlet hose to inlet end of air or dry nitrogen to flusher air valve.
compressor discharge line using JT02102 Adapter.
f. Open air valve to force flushing solvent into
c. Pour flushing solvent into suction port and discharge condenser circuit. Flusher tank is empty when
port. Plug both ports in compressor manifold, using hose pulsing stops. Additional flushing cycles are
JT02099 and JT03194 Caps. required if system is heavily contaminated with
Specification burned oil or metal particles.
Flushing Solvent in
g. Attach return hose and aerator nozzle to end of
Suction Port—Volume.................................................................. 240 mL
receiver/dryer inlet hose using JT03197 Adapter.
8 fl oz
Put nozzle in container to collect flushing solvent.
Flushing Solvent
in Discharge NOTE: Purging the condenser circuit takes 10—12
Port—Volume............................................................................... 120 mL minutes to thoroughly remove solvent.
4 fl oz
Continued on next page TK40086,0000720 -19-23DEC09-1/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1830-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=236
h. Disconnect hose from aeration nozzle to check Specification

circuit for solvent. Hold hose close to piece of Air Pressure—Minimum
cardboard; continue purging until cardboard is dry. Pressure...............................................620 kpa for flushing and purging.
10. See flush evaporator, if evaporator requires flushing. 90 psi for flushing and purging.
6.2 bar for flushing and purging.
If system is contaminated with burned refrigerant oil
or debris, remove and bench flush evaporator. See c. Connect supply line of moisture-free compressed
following steps to flush evaporator through expansion air or dry nitrogen to flusher air valve.
valve, if oil appears normal.
d. Attach hose and aerator nozzle to compressor inlet
11. Flush evaporator: line using JT02101 adapter. Put nozzle in container
to collect solvent.
a. Remove evaporator and expansion valve. See Air
Conditioner and Heater Remove and Install and see NOTE: Purging evaporator circuit takes 12—15 minutes
Expansion Valve Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) to thoroughly remove solvent.
b. Force flushing solvent through evaporator inlet with
13. Disconnect hose from aeration nozzle to check circuit
compressed air.
for solvent. Hold hose close to piece of cardboard and
c. Purge system until dry. continue purging until cardboard is dry.
d. Install evaporator and then go to step 13. 14. Install new receiver/dryer compatible with R134a
refrigerant. See Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install.
12. Flush evaporator through expansion valve: (Group 1830.)
a. Connect flusher outlet hose to connection of 15. Add required oil. See R134a Refrigerant Oil
receiver/dryer outlet hose using JT03188 adapter. Information. (Group 1830.)
b. Fill flusher tank and fasten all connections. 16. Install compressor and connect refrigerant lines to
Specification manifold. See Air Conditioner Compressor Remove
Flusher Tank—Capacity...................................................................... 4 L and Install. (Group 1830.)
1 gal
17. Connect clutch coil wire and install drive belt.
NOTE: Air pressure must be at least to specification
for flushing and purging.
TK40086,0000720 -19-23DEC09-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1830-3 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=237
R134a Refrigerant Oil Information Oil—Compressor

Precharge Volume........................................................................ 160 mL
CAUTION: All new compressors are charged 5.41 fl oz
with a mixture of nitrogen, R134a refrigerant R134a—Weight............................................................................. 1360 g
and TY22025 (R134a) Refrigerant Oil. Wear 3.00 lb
safety goggles and discharge the compressor If any section of hose is removed and flushed or replaced,
slowly to avoid possible injury. measure length of hose and use formula 3 mL per 30 cm
(0.1 fl oz per ft ) to determine correct amount of oil to be
IMPORTANT: Do not add any more oil than required added.
or maximum cooling will be reduced.
Drain compressor oil into graduated container while
DO NOT leave system or R134a compressor oil rotating compressor shaft and record amount.
containers open. Refrigerant oil easily absorbs
moisture. DO NOT spill R134a compressor If oil drained from compressor removed from operation is
oil on acrylic or ABS plastic. This oil will black or amount of oil is less than 6 mL (0.2 fl oz), perform
deteriorate these materials rapidly. Identify the following and discard oil properly:
R134a oil containers and measures to eliminate
accidental mixing of different oils. 1. Determine if R134a leakage was detected, remove
component and repair or replace component.
New compressor from parts depot contains new oil. Oil • For wheeled machines, see Refrigerant Leak
level visible through suction port normally is below drive Testing. (Group 9031-25.)
shaft. • For tracked machines, see Refrigerant Leak Testing.
Normal operating oil level of compressor removed (Group 9031-25.)
from operation cannot be seen through suction port of 2. Remove and discard receiver-dryer. See
compressor. Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install. (Group 1830.)
Compressors can be divided into three categories when 3. Flush complete system with TY16134 Air Conditioning
determining correct oil charge for system. Flushing Solvent. See Flush and Purge Air Conditioner
System. (Group 1830.)
• New compressor from parts depot
• Used compressor removed from operation 4. Install new receiver-dryer. See Receiver-Dryer
• Compressor internally washed with flushing solvent Remove and Install. (Group 1830.)
Determine amount of system oil charge prior to installation 5. Pour required amount of TY22025 Refrigerant Oil in
of compressor on machine. compressor.
When complete system, lines, and components are 6. Connect all components.
flushed, add correct amount of oil as described.
7. Evacuate and charge the air conditioning system.
Specification
See Evacuate R134a System and see Charge R134a
Oil—Total System
Volume......................................................................................... 217 mL
7.35 fl oz
TK40086,0000722 -19-12FEB10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1830-4 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=238
R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling and D

Charging Station Installation Procedure
A
CAUTION: Do not remove high pressure relief
valve (F). Air conditioning system will discharge
rapidly causing possible injury. C
F
IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery,
recycling and charging stations. DO NOT B H
mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components
or refrigerant oils.
1. Close both high and low pressure valves on refrigerant

recovery, recycling and charging station (E).
2. Connect low pressure blue hose (G) from refrigerant
recovery, recycling and charging station (E) to low
pressure diagnostic port (B) on low pressure line (A). G
3. Connect high pressure red hose (H) to high pressure
TX1068526 —UN—17DEC09
diagnostic port (C) on high pressure line (D).
E
4. Follow the manufacturers' instructions when using the
refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station.
A—Low Pressure Line E—R134a Refrigerant

B—Low Pressure Diagnostic Recovery/Recycling and
Port Charging Station
C—High Pressure Diagnostic F— High Pressure Relief Valve R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling and Charging Station
Port G—Blue Hose
D—High Pressure Line H—Red Hose
TK40086,0000724 -19-11JAN10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1830-5 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=239
Recover R134a Refrigerant D

NOTE: Anytime air conditioning system is discharged,
a new receiver-dryer must be installed. A
CAUTION: Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes C

and protective clothing. F
B H
Handling. (Group 1830.)
Do not remove high pressure relief valve
(F). Air conditioning system will discharge
rapidly causing possible injury.
IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery/re-

cycling and charging stations. DO NOT
mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, compo- G
nents or refrigerant oils.
TX1068526 —UN—17DEC09
NOTE: Run the air conditioning system for 3 minutes to E
help in the recovery process. Turn air conditioning
system off before proceeding with recovery steps.
1. With engine OFF identify refrigerant type using

JT02167A Refrigerant Identification Instrument.
R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling and Charging Station
2. Connect refrigerant recovery system. See R134a
Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling and Charging Station
Installation Procedure. (Group 1830.) A—Low Pressure Line E—R134a Refrigerant
B—Low Pressure Diagnostic Recovery/Recycling and
3. Follow manufacturers’ instructions when using Port Charging Station
refrigerant recovery/recycling and charging station. C—High Pressure Diagnostic F— High Pressure Relief Valve
Port G—Blue Hose
TK40086,0000725 -19-14JAN10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1830-6 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=240
Evacuate R134a System

D
a new receiver-dryer must be installed.
A
CAUTION: Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes
and protective clothing. C
See Refrigerant Cautions and Proper F
Handling. (Group 1830.) B H

recycling and charging stations. DO NOT
mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components
or refrigerant oils. G
Do not run compressor while evacuating.
TX1068526 —UN—17DEC09
1. Connect refrigerant recovery system. See R134a E
Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling and Charging Station
Installation Procedure. (Group 1830.)
2. Open low and high pressure valves on refrigerant
recovery, recycling and charging station.
3. Follow manufacturers’ instructions and evacuate R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling and Charging Station
system.
NOTE: The vacuum specifications listed are for sea level A—Low Pressure Line E—R134a Refrigerant
conditions. Subtract 3.4 kPa (34 mbar) (1 in. Hg) B—Low Pressure Diagnostic Recovery/Recycling and
Port Charging Station
from 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in. Hg) for each 300 C—High Pressure Diagnostic F— High Pressure Relief Valve
m (1000 ft) elevation above sea level. Port G—Blue Hose
4. Evacuate system until low pressure gauge registers
specified vacuum.
If above specification vacuum cannot be obtained in 5. When vacuum reaches specified level, close low and
15 minutes, test the system for leaks. high pressure valves. Turn vacuum pump off.
• For wheeled machines, see Refrigerant Leak 6. If vacuum decreases more than specified amount in 5
Testing. (Group 9031-25.) minutes, there is a leak in system.
• For tracked machines, see Refrigerant Leak Testing. Specification
(Group 9031-25.) Evacuate
Specification System—Vacuum......................................................................... 3.4 kPa
Vacuum—Pressure at 34 mbar
Sea Level...................................................................................... 98 kPa 1 in. Hg
980 kPa
7. Repair leak.
29 in. Hg
Vacuum—Pressure 8. Start to evacuate.
Above Sea Level......................... Subtract 3.4 kPa from 98 kPa for each
300 m elevation above sea level 9. Open low and high pressure valves.
Subtract 34 mbar from 980 mbar for each
10. Evacuate system for 30 minutes after initial specified
300 m elevation above seal level
vacuum is reached.
Subtract 1 in. Hg from 29 in. Hg for each
1000 ft elevation above sea level 11. Close low and high pressure valves. Stop evacuation.
12. See Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.)
TK40086,0000726 -19-12FEB10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1830-7 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=241
Charge R134a System D

a new receiver-dryer must be installed. A
CAUTION: Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes C

and protective clothing. F
B H
Handling. (Group 1830.)

recycling and charging stations. DO NOT
mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components G
or refrigerant oils.
TX1068526 —UN—17DEC09
1. Connect JT02045 R134a refrigerant recovery, E
recycling and charging station. See R134a Refrigerant
Recovery, Recycling and Charging Station Installation
Procedure. (Group 1830.)
2. Evacuate the system. See Evacuate R134a System.
(Group 1830.)
R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling and Charging Station
NOTE: Before beginning to charge air conditioning
system, the following conditions must exist: A—Low Pressure Line E—R134a Refrigerant
Engine STOPPED, the pump must be capable of B—Low Pressure Diagnostic Recovery/Recycling and
pulling at least 28.6 in. Hg vacuum (sea level). Port Charging Station
Subtract 3.4 kPa (34 mbar) (1 in. Hg) from 98 C—High Pressure Diagnostic F— High Pressure Relief Valve
Port G—Blue Hose
kPa (980 mbar) (29 in. Hg) for each 300 m D—High Pressure Line H—Red Hose
(1000 ft) elevation above sea level.
3. Follow the manufacturers' instructions and charge the

system.
4. Add refrigerant until system is charged to specification.
Specification
Refrigerant—Weight....................................................................... 1.4 kg
3.0 lb
TK40086,0000727 -19-12FEB10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1830-8 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=242
Air Conditioner Compressor Remove and

Install
TX1068928A —UN—21DEC09
level surface.
3. Raise engine cover and remove left side panel. See
4. Recover the air conditioning system. See Recover Air Conditioner Compressor
R134a Refrigerant. (Group 1830.)
5. Remove alternator belt. 3— Air Conditioner 5— Hex Screw (2 used)
Compressor-to-Condenser
6. Remove hex screws (5) and remove refrigerant lines High Pressure Line
(3 and 4). Cap and plug all openings. 4— Expansion Valve-to-Air
Conditioner Compressor
Low Pressure Line
TK40086,000073C -19-12FEB10-1/2
7. Disconnect air conditioning compressor clutch

solenoid electrical connector (Y13).
8. Remove cap screws (1) and remove compressor.
10. Install compressor and cap screws.
11. Apply oil to new O-rings, connect and torque
refrigerant lines.
TX1068927A —UN—22DEC09
Specification
Refrigerant Line Hex
Screw—Torque..............................................................................37 N·m
27 lb-ft
12. Connect air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid

electrical connector.
13. Install alternator belt.
14. Install new receiver-dryer. See Receiver-Dryer
1— Cap Screw (3 used) Y13— Air Conditioning
15. Evacuate the air conditioning system and charge. Compressor Clutch
See Evacuate R134a System and see Charge R134a Solenoid
16. Install left side panel. See Side Panel Remove and 17. Release boom lock and lower boom to ground.
TK40086,000073C -19-12FEB10-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1830-9 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=243
Expansion Valve Remove and Install


level surface.
TX1068813A —UN—15DEC09
4. Remove air cleaner. See Air Cleaner Remove and
5. Recover the air conditioning system. See Recover
6. Remove cap screw and bracket (2) and disconnect
and cap refrigerant lines (1 and 3). Expansion Valve
1— Compressor-to-Expansion 3— Expansion Valve-to-

Valve Low Pressure Line Receiver-Dryer High
2— Cap Screw and Bracket Pressure Line
TK40086,0000731 -19-15FEB10-1/2
7. Remove cap screws (4) and remove expansion valve.

9. Install expansion valve and cap screws.
10. Apply refrigerant oil to new O-rings and connect
refrigerant lines.
11. Install cap screw and bracket.
13. Add oil. See R134a Refrigerant Oil Information.
(Group 1830.)
TX1068814A —UN—15DEC09
14. Evacuate and charge the air conditioning system.
See Evacuate R134a System and see Charge R134a
Expansion Valve Removal
TK40086,0000731 -19-15FEB10-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1830-10 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=244
Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install

TX1068816A —UN—15DEC09
level surface.
R134a Refrigerant. (Group 1830.) Receiver-Dryer
5. Remove refrigerant lines (2 and 3) from receiver-dryer
(1). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 1— Receiver-Dryer 3— Air Conditioner Receiver-
2— Air Conditioner Condenser- Dryer-to-Expansion Valve
6. Loosen both mounting clamps (4) and remove to-Receiver-Dryer High High Pressure Line
receiver-dryer. Pressure Line 4— Mounting Clamp (2 used)

8. Install new receiver-dryer and tighten mounting 10. Evacuate the air conditioning system and charge.
clamps. See Evacuate R134a System and see Charge R134a
9. Apply oil to new O-rings and install refrigerant lines to
receiver-dryer. 11. Install side panels. See Side Panel Remove and
TK40086,0000734 -19-15FEB10-1/1
Condenser Remove and Install


level surface.
4. Recover refrigerant. See Recover R134a Refrigerant.
(Group 1830.)
5. Remove cap screws and clamps (4).
6. Remove refrigerant lines (1 and 3) from condenser (2).
TX1068876A —UN—18DEC09
1— Compressor-to-Condenser 4— Cap Screw and Clamp (2

High Pressure Line used)
2— Condenser 5— Cap Screw (2 used)
3— Condenser-to-Receiver-
Dryer High Pressure Line
Condenser View Right Side of Engine
Continued on next page TK40086,0000736 -19-12JAN10-1/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1830-11 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=245
8. Remove pin (6) and remove condenser.

10. Install condenser cap screws and cotter pin.
11. Apply oil to new O-rings and install refrigerant lines.
TX1068899A —UN—25FEB10
12. Install hose clamps and cap screws.
13. Evacuate air conditioning system and charge. See
Evacuate R134a System and see Charge R134a
Install. (Group 1910.) Lower engine cover. Fuel Tank Bracket
6— Pin 8— Fuel Tank Bracket
TK40086,0000736 -19-12JAN10-2/2
Air Conditioner and Heater Remove and

Install

level surface.
4. Remove engine cover and side panels. See Engine
TX1068972A —UN—04JAN10
(Operator's Manual.) Fresh Air Duct
• For tracked machines, see Drain Cooling System.
(Operator's Manual.) 1— Cap Screw (2 used) 2— Fresh Air Duct
7. Remove air cleaner. See Air Cleaner Remove and
8. Remove cap screws (1) and remove fresh air duct (2).
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1830-12 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=246
9. Disconnect air conditioner and heater harness

connector (X8) and air conditioner pressure switch
(B9) from main harness.
B9—Air Conditioner Pressure X8— Main Harness-to-Air

Switch Conditioner and Heater
TX1069066A —UN—11JAN10
Harness Connector
Air Conditioner and Heater
TK40086,000073F -19-18FEB10-2/7
10. Disconnect refrigerant line (4) from compressor and

refrigerant line (6) from receiver-dryer. Close all
openings using caps and plugs.
3— Air Conditioner 5— Cap Screw (2 used)
TX1068928A —UN—21DEC09
Compressor-to-Condenser 6— Air Conditioner Condenser-
High Pressure Line to-Receiver-Dryer High
4— Expansion Valve-to-Air Pressure Line
Conditioner Compressor
Low Pressure Line
TX1068974A —UN—22DEC09
Receiver-Dryer
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1830-13 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=247
11. Disconnect heater hot water lines (7 and 8) and

remove cap screw and clamp (9). Close all openings
using caps and plugs.
7— Heater Hot Water Return 9— Cap Screw and Clamp

Line
8— Heater Hot Water Supply
Line
TX1068975A —UN—22DEC09
Heater Hot Water Lines
TK40086,000073F -19-18FEB10-4/7
12. Remove cap screws (10) from heater valve (11).
10— Cap Screw (2 used) 11— Heater Valve
TX1068977A —UN—25FEB10
Heater Valve
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1830-14 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=248
13. Remove cap screws (12) and remove boom lock plate
(13).

air conditioner and heater. Use proper lifting
TX1068983A —UN—22DEC09
equipment and safety precautions.
Specification
Air Conditioner and
Heater—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 23 kg
50 lb.
14. Support air conditioner and heater assembly. Boom Lock Plate Left Side
12— Cap Screw (8 used) 13— Boom Lock Plate
TX1068982A —UN—22DEC09
Boom Lock Plate Right Side
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1830-15 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=249
15. Remove cap screw (14) and remove air conditioner

and heater assembly.
17. Install air conditioner and heater assembly and install
TX1068992A —UN—22DEC09
cap screw (14).
18. Install boom lock plate.
19. Install heater valve cap screws.
20. Connect heater hot water lines and install cap screw
and clamp.
21. Apply oil to new O-rings and connect refrigerant lines. Left Side Mounting Bracket
22. Connect air conditioner and heater harness and air
conditioner pressure switch to main harness. 14— Cap Screw
23. Install fresh air duct.

24. Install air cleaner. See Air Cleaner Remove and 27. Evacuate the air conditioning system and charge.
Install. (Group 0520.) See Evacuate R134a System and see Charge R134a
25. Fill engine coolant.
28. Install engine cover and side panels. See Engine
• For wheeled machines, see Fill Cooling System. Cover Remove and Install and see Side Panel
(Operator's Manual.) Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)
(Operator's Manual.) 29. Lower operator's station. See Raising Operator's
Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) 30. Release boom lock and lower boom to ground.
TK40086,000073F -19-18FEB10-7/7
TM11431 (15FEB13) 18-1830-16 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=250
Section 19
Sheet Metal and Styling
Contents
Page
Group 1910—Hood or Engine Enclosure

Footwell Remove and Install ..................... 19-1910-1
Side Panel Remove and Install ................. 19-1910-1
Engine Cover Remove and Install.............. 19-1910-3
TM11431 (15FEB13) 19-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=1
Contents
TM11431 (15FEB13) 19-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=2
Group 1910
Hood or Engine Enclosure
Footwell Remove and Install
level surface.
TX1066492A —UN—09APR10
4. Remove cap screws (1) from footwell (2).
NOTE: For manual machines, ensure control lever boot
is disengaged from footwell before removing.
5. Lift out footwell. Right Side of Manual Machine Shown

NOTE: For manual machines, ensure the base of control
lever boot snaps in groove of footwell.
TX1066493A —UN—09APR10
7. Install footwell.
8. Install cap screws.
Footwell
1— Cap Screw (6 used, 3 per 2— Footwell
side)
TK40086,000072C -19-02FEB10-1/1
Side Panel Remove and Install

NOTE: Boom does not have to be raised to remove
engine side panels.

level surface.
2. Raise engine cover and insert prop rod in retainer to
hold in open position.
3. Tilt engine side panels (1) rearward and lift off.
TX1064360A —UN—11SEP09
4. Make repairs as necessary.
1— Engine Side Panel (2 used,

1 per side)
Boom Raised and Locked for Picture Clarity
Continued on next page TK40086,000072D -19-05JAN10-1/3
TM11431 (15FEB13) 19-1910-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=253
5. Line up bottom rear corner of engine side panel so

the slot (2) on engine side panel fits into the tab on
machine.
6. Line up metal tab (3) on inside of engine side panel
with the slot on rubber guide (4) mounted to the back
TX1064363A —UN—11SEP09
of machine.
2— Slot 4— Guide
3— Tab
Side Panel Slot
TX1064364A —UN—11SEP09
Tab on Inside of Panel
TX1064365A —UN—11SEP09
Guide on Back of Machine
Continued on next page TK40086,000072D -19-05JAN10-2/3
TM11431 (15FEB13) 19-1910-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=254
7. Tilt engine side panel forward ensuring that the outer

tabs (5) on front side of engine side panel stay to the
outer edge of machine frame and the long inside tabs
(6) stay to the inner edge of machine frame.
8. Close engine cover.
5— Outer Tab (3 used) 6— Inside Tab (2 used)
TX1064367A —UN—10NOV09
Front Edge of Side Panel
TK40086,000072D -19-05JAN10-3/3
Engine Cover Remove and Install

level surface.
TX1068820A —UN—07JAN10
3. Raise engine cover and disconnect main
harness-to-rear light harness 6-pin connector (X48)
from main harness.
4. Remove side panels. See Side Panel Remove and
X48— Main Harness-to-Rear Electrical Connector Removed From Mounting Tab For Picture Clarity
Light Harness 6-Pin
Connector
TK40086,0000733 -19-05JAN10-1/3
5. Close engine cover and remove engine cover

mounting pin (2).
2— Engine Cover Mounting Pin

TX1068819A —UN—15DEC09
Left Side of Engine Cover Shown
TM11431 (15FEB13) 19-1910-3 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=255
6. Release engine cover latch and slide engine cover

forward to align end of prop rod (3) and prop rod guide
release hole (4).
7. Remove engine cover.
TX1068821A —UN—15DEC09
9. Install engine cover and align end of prop rod into prop
rod guide release hole.
10. Close engine cover and install mounting pin.
11. Raise engine cover and connect main harness-to-rear
light harness 6-pin electrical connector.
Left Side Underneath Engine Cover Shown
3— Prop Rod 4— Prop Rod Guide Release
13. Release boom lock and lower boom to ground. Hole
TK40086,0000733 -19-05JAN10-3/3
TM11431 (15FEB13) 19-1910-4 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=256
Section 20
Safety and Convenience
Contents
Page
Group 2001—Radio
Radio Antenna Remove and
Install ..................................................... 20-2001-1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 20-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=1
Contents
TM11431 (15FEB13) 20-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=2
Group 2001
Radio
Radio Antenna Remove and Install
When installing radio antenna, tighten cap screw (1) to
specification.
Specification
TX1081029A —UN—17AUG10
Radio Antenna Cap
Screw—Torque................................................................................2 N·m
17 lb.-in.
1— Cap Screw
Radio Antenna
KK70125,000075F -19-17AUG10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 20-2001-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=259
Radio
TM11431 (15FEB13) 20-2001-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=260
Section 21
Main Hydraulic System
Contents
Page

General Oil Cleanup Procedure ................ 21-2160-1
Hydraulic/Hydrostatic Component
Failure Cleanup Procedure.................... 21-2160-4
Fan Drive Motor Remove and
Install ..................................................... 21-2160-7
Fan Bypass Valve Remove and
Install ..................................................... 21-2160-8
Hydraulic Oil Cooler Remove and
Install ..................................................... 21-2160-9
Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Remove
and Install ............................................ 21-2160-10
Hydraulic Pump Remove and
Install ................................................... 21-2160-12
Hydraulic Pump Disassemble and
Assemble............................................. 21-2160-13
High Flow Hydraulic Pump Remove
and Install ............................................ 21-2160-19
High Flow Valve Remove and
Install ................................................... 21-2160-21
High Flow Valve Disassemble and
Assemble............................................. 21-2160-23
TM11431 (15FEB13) 21-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=1
Contents
TM11431 (15FEB13) 21-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=2
Group 2160
Hydraulic System
General Oil Cleanup Procedure
JDG10712 Super Caddy
One Suction Hose 4.6 m (15 ft) x 25 mm (1.0 in.) ID 100R1 Hose
with 1.0 in. M NPT Ends
One Discharge Hose 4.6 m (15 ft) x 19 mm (0.75 in.) ID 100R1 Hose
915 mm (3 ft.) Suction Wand with 25 mm (1.00 in.) OD (with angle
cut tip)
915 mm (3 ft.) Discharge Wand with 19 mm (0.75 in.) OD

Adapter (1 in. F NPT x -12 M ORFS)
TX1083279A —UN—18OCT10
Hose Nipple (0.75 in. ID Hose x 1.0 in. M NPT)
Hose (0.75 in. ID) 610 mm (2 ft.)
Coupler (1 in. F NPT)
Adapter (-12 M ORFS x -12 F ORFS)
Swivel Run Tee (-12 ORFS)
Hose Clamp
This procedure is to be used on machines that have Hydraulic Oil Reservoir

had hydraulic system repair without a catastrophic
component failure. Filter procedure must be done 1— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir 2— JDG10712 Super Caddy
prior to starting machine after a component has Suction Hose
been repaired or replaced. The use of attachments
increase the need to monitor and filter oil to a safe
contamination value.
3. Raise engine cover.
IMPORTANT: Intermixing of oils can cause premature
4. Remove side panels. See Engine Cover Remove and
hydraulic component damage and oil
contamination. Oil types and filters must not
be intermixed. Use filter element in same type 5. Clean hydraulic reservoir fill cap and area surrounding
of oil to avoid intermixing of oils. it to prevent contamination.
Avoid oil contamination. Oil contamination NOTE: When removing hydraulic reservoir fill cap and
could result if Super Caddy is used in dusty pressure is observed, Replacement of hydraulic
or wet conditions. Instrument cleanliness and reservoir vent filter is necessary.
clean work practices are critical when filtering
or taking oil samples. Dust, wind, and moisture, 6. Slowly remove hydraulic reservoir fill cap to release
as well as contaminated sample pumps, bottles possible pressure in hydraulic oil reservoir.
and tubing can affect results.
7. Clean fill cap and strainer. Store fill cap and strainer in
Filter caddy requires a 20 amp electric sealed plastic bag.
circuit. Use of electrical extension cord
is not recommended. 8. Cover reservoir oil fill tube with plastic bag or all
purpose tape.
1. Filter oil at 27°C (80°F) or above for best filter caddy 9. Position filter caddy suction hose from JDG10712
performance. Reduce flow rate to filter oil below 27°C Super Caddy in oil reservoir through cover on fill tube.
(80°F).
2. Park machine on a flat level surface. Raise and block
machine so wheels or tracks are off ground. See
Raising and Blocking Machine. (Group 1810.)
Continued on next page RM58335,0000700 -19-27JAN11-1/3
TM11431 (15FEB13) 21-2160-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=263
Hydraulic System
10. Use fittings (5—7) to connect JDG10712 Super Caddy

discharge hose (3) to the cooler return line (4).
11. Use JDG10712 Super Caddy to remove oil
contaminants. Refer to operator's manual included
with Super Caddy or see Super Caddy in Service
ADVISOR™ for operating procedure.
IMPORTANT: Position oil filter caddy suction line to
prevent damage to line when lowering boom.
TX1083280A —UN—18OCT10
CAUTION: Avoid entanglement and possible
electrocution from filter caddy power cord.
Do not operate Super Caddy while machine
functions are operated.
12. Make sure area is clear and large enough to operate

all functions of machine.
JDG10712 Super Caddy Discharge Hose Fittings
IMPORTANT: Do not force the hydraulic system
over system relief or over the machine
return filter bypass.
13. Run machine at slow idle. Operate each circuit a

minimum of two minutes in each direction to flush any
remaining contaminants through machine hydraulic
oil filter.
14. Repeat filter process until oil has been cycled through
all functions 3—5 times and oil contaminant value is
at specifications per Super Caddy operator's manual.
Refer to operator's manual included with Super Caddy
or see Super Caddy in Service ADVISOR for operating
procedure.
15. Filter reservoir oil an additional 3—5 minutes
on MANUAL setting to be sure oil cleanliness
is maintained at specifications per Super Caddy
operator's manual.
16. When oil reaches acceptable value of cleanliness,
TX1083282A —UN—18OCT10
remove suction wand from hydraulic oil tank.
Disconnect discharge hose and fittings from hydraulic
oil cooler line.
17. Install new hydraulic oil filter.
• For wheeled machines, see Replace Hydraulic Oil
• For tracked machines, see Replace Hydraulic Oil JDG10712 Super Caddy Discharge Hose-to-Return Circuit
NOTE: Instrument cleanliness and clean work practices 3— JDG10712 Super Caddy 6— Adapter (-12 M ORFS x -12
Discharge Hose F ORFS)
are critical when filtering oil or taking oil samples. 4— Hydraulic Oil Cooler-to- 7— Adapter (1 in. F NPT x -12
Dust, wind, and moisture, as well as contaminated Cooler Return Line M ORFS)
sample pumps, bottles and tubing can affect results. 5— Swivel Run Tee (-12 ORFS)
18. Obtain oil sample for fluid analysis. Oil sample must
be taken from system before oil passes through the • For tracked machines, see Check Hydraulic
return filter and when oil is warm. Reservoir Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)
19. Fill reservoir to proper operating level. 20. Return machine to service.

TM11431 (15FEB13) 21-2160-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=264
Hydraulic System
attachment changes also increase the chances for

NOTE: Additional filtration equipment is recommended contaminants to enter the hydraulic system. Use care
for machines in extreme environments. Some when connecting and removing components to not
hydraulic systems may not be able to maintain introduce contamination. Quick couplers must not be
correct specifications without additional filtration connected until they have been cleaned and must
equipment. Bypass filtration systems are available. be capped when not in use. Fluid sampling and filter
changes should increase if the application requires
21. Check and record oil particle counts. After a 100 hours frequent attachment changes.
of operation check oil particle count to confirm system
is within ISO particle count specification.
Auxiliary hydraulic attachments or components can
be a point of entry for contamination. Frequent
RM58335,0000700 -19-27JAN11-3/3
TM11431 (15FEB13) 21-2160-3 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=265
Hydraulic System
Hydraulic/Hydrostatic Component Failure

Cleanup Procedure
JDG10712 Super Caddy
One Suction Hose 4.6 m (15 ft.) x 25 mm (1.0 in.) ID 100R1 Hose
One Discharge Hose 4.6 m (15 ft.) x 19 mm (0.75 in.) ID 100R1 Hose
915 mm (3 ft.) Suction Wand with 25 mm (1.00 in.) OD (with angle
cut tip)
915 mm (3 ft.) Discharge Wand with 19 mm (0.75 in.) OD
JDG1770 Ultra Clean Hose Kit
TX1083279A —UN—18OCT10
Adapter (1 in. F NPT x -12 M ORFS)
Hose Nipple (0.75 in. ID Hose x 1.0 in. M NPT)
Hose (0.75 in. ID) 610 mm (2 ft.)
Coupler (1 in. F NPT)
Adapter (-12 M ORFS x -12 F ORFS)
Swivel Run Tee (-12 ORFS)
Hydraulic Reservoir
Hose Clamp
Service Equipment and Tools
1— Hydraulic Reservoir 2— JDG10712 Super Caddy
This procedure is to be used on machines that Suction Hose
have had a system catastrophic component failure.
Cleanup procedure must be done prior to starting
machine after a component has been repaired or 3. Raise engine cover.
replaced. The use of attachments increase the need
to monitor and filter oil to a safe contamination value. 4. Remove side panels. See Engine Cover Remove and
IMPORTANT: Intermixing of oils can cause premature
hydraulic component damage and oil 5. Clean hydraulic reservoir fill cap and area surrounding
contamination. Oil types and filters must not it to prevent contamination.
be intermixed. Use filter element in same type
of oil to avoid intermixing of oils. NOTE: When removing hydraulic oil reservoir fill cap and
pressure is observed, replacement of hydraulic
Avoid oil contamination. Oil contamination oil reservoir vent filter is necessary.
could result if Super Caddy is used in dusty
or wet conditions. Instrument cleanliness and 6. Slowly remove reservoir fill cap to release possible
clean work practices are critical when filtering pressure in hydraulic oil reservoir.
or taking oil samples. Dust, wind, and moisture,
as well as contaminated sample pumps, bottles 7. Clean reservoir fill cap and strainer. Store reservoir fill
and tubing can affect results. cap and strainer in sealed plastic bag.
Filter caddy requires a 20 amp electric 8. Cover reservoir oil fill tube with plastic bag or all
circuit. Use of electrical extension cord purpose tape.
is not recommended. 9. Position filter caddy suction hose from JDG10712
Super Caddy in oil reservoir through cover on fill tube.
1. Filter oil at 27°C (80°F) or above for best filter caddy
performance. Reduce flow rate to filter oil below 27°C
(80°F).
2. Park machine on a flat level surface. Raise and block
machine so wheels or tracks are off ground. See
Raising and Blocking Machine. (Group 1810.)
TM11431 (15FEB13) 21-2160-4 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=266
Hydraulic System
10. Use the fittings (5—7) to attach JDG10712 Super

Caddy discharge hose (3) to return line (4).
IMPORTANT: Lodged metal particles can later be
dislodged and cause hydraulic component
damage. Inspection of all case drain filters can
aid locating contaminated circuits and extent
of damage before repairs are made.
11. Remove filter screen from hydraulic return manifold

and inspect for debris and contamination.
TX1083280A —UN—18OCT10
12. Remove hydraulic components from machine. Clean
components, hoses and lines working with one circuit
at a time.
• Hydraulic Oil Reservoir
• Hydraulic Cooler
• Hydraulic Pump
• Hydrostatic Pumps JDG10712 Super Caddy Discharge Hose Fittings
• Hydrostatic Motors
• Hydraulic Control Valve
• Hydraulic Cylinders
• Auxiliary Hydraulics
13. Disassemble, clean, and inspect each component.
Repair or replace damaged components.
IMPORTANT: Cleaning sponge will become trapped
in hoses and lines as it passes through a
tee fitting. Disconnect hoses and lines from
all tee fittings before cleaning.
14. Locate and disconnect all tee fittings. See machine

component location to aid in cleaning procedure.
15. Disconnect lines and hoses from components. Some
lines and hoses may require removal to clean.
IMPORTANT: Airborne foreign debris can cause
premature hydraulic/hydrostatic component
failure. Close all openings of lines and
TX1083282A —UN—18OCT10
components with caps and plugs to minimize
additional contamination.
16. Clean all hydraulic/hydrostatic lines and hoses using

JDG1770 Ultra Clean Hose Kit.
IMPORTANT: Debris trapped then later dislodged
from oil coolers can cause premature
JDG10712 Super Caddy Discharge Hose-to-Return Circuit
hydraulic/hydrostatic component failure. If
system contains a large amount of debris
oil cooler can not be completely cleaned of 3— JDG10712 Super Caddy 6— Adapter (-12 M ORFS x -12
contamination and it must be replaced. Discharge Hose F ORFS)
4— Hydraulic Oil Cooler-to- 7— Adapter (1 in. F NPT x -12
Reservoir Return Line M ORFS)
17. Replace oil cooler when required. 5— Swivel Run Tee (-12 ORFS)
18. Install new machine hydraulic system filter for cleanup
procedure.
19. Install all serviced hydraulic components on machine.
Filter. (Operator's Manual.) 20. Connect or install lines and hoses.
• For tracked machines, see Replace Hydraulic Oil
TM11431 (15FEB13) 21-2160-5 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=267
Hydraulic System
21. With all components installed fill oil reservoir to proper

• For tracked machines, see Replace Hydraulic Oil
operating level with clean oil, use filter caddy if oil is
reused. 31. Remove filter caddy. Install reservoir strainer and cap.
22. Remove JDG10712 Super Caddy suction hose NOTE: Instrument cleanliness and clean work practices
and install strainer and cap on reservoir. Perform are critical when filtering oil or taking oil samples.
Hydrostatic and Hydraulic Start-Up Procedure. (Group Dust, wind, and moisture, as well as contaminated
0360.) sample pumps, bottles and tubing can affect results.
23. Make sure area is clear and large enough to operate 32. Obtain oil sample for fluid analysis. Oil sample must
all functions of machine. be taken from system before oil passes through the
IMPORTANT: Contamination can cause premature return filter when oil is warm.
relief valve failure. Do not force the hydraulic 33. Fill reservoir to proper operating level.
system over system relief or over the return
filter bypass during this flushing process. • For wheeled machines, see Check Hydraulic
24. Run machine at slow idle. Slowly operate each • For tracked machines, see Check Hydraulic
hydraulic and hydrostatic circuit a minimum of three Reservoir Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)
full cycles in each direction to flush any remaining
contaminated oil back to reservoir. 34. Return machine to service.
25. Increase engine to fast idle. Operate each hydrostatic NOTE: Additional filtration equipment is recommended
function 2 minutes in each direction to flush closed for machines in extreme environments. Bypass
loop circuit oil back to reservoir. filtration systems are available.
26. Stop machine and reinstall filter caddy suction hose. 35. Check and record oil particle counts. After a 100
hours of operation check oil particle count to confirm
27. Continue filtering hydraulic reservoir oil until oil system is within ISO particle count specification. See
contaminant value is at specifications per Super Follow-Up Oil Cleanup Procedure in Super Caddy
Caddy operator's manual. Refer to operator's manual manual. Some hydraulic systems may not be able
included with Super Caddy or see Super Caddy in to maintain correct specifications without additional
Service ADVISOR for operating procedure. filtration equipment.
28. Remove suction hose and install strainer/cap. Auxiliary hydraulic attachments or components can
29. Run and operate machine at low and high idle again be a point of entry for contamination. Frequent
to flush system and filter reservoir oil. Perform attachment changes also increase the chances for
this procedure three to five times until reservoir oil contaminants to enter the hydraulic system. Use care
contaminant value remains at specification. when connecting and removing components to not
introduce contamination. Quick couplers must not be
30. When oil reaches acceptable value of cleanliness, connected until they have been cleaned and must
remove filter caddy and install new machine hydraulic be capped when not in use. Fluid sampling and filter
oil filter. changes should increase if the application requires
frequent attachment changes.
RM58335,0000701 -19-27JAN11-3/3
TM11431 (15FEB13) 21-2160-6 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=268
Hydraulic System
Fan Drive Motor Remove and Install

2. Remove fan. See Fan Remove and Install. (Group
0510.)
3. Pull vacuum on or drain hydraulic reservoir.
• For 326D and 328D, see 326D and 328D Drain and
TX1069030A —UN—22DEC09
• For 332D, see 332D Drain and Refill Capacities.
4. Mark all hydraulic hoses and lines to aid in assembly.
IMPORTANT: Prevent hydraulic system
contamination. Cap and plug port
openings and hose ends. Fan Drive Motor Hub
5. Disconnect hydraulic hoses (4—6) from fittings in

bulkhead plate.
6. Remove nut (1) and fan drive motor hub (2).
7. Remove nuts (3) and fan drive motor from machine
frame.
9. Install fan drive motor to machine frame.
TX1069033A —UN—22DEC09
10. Install fan drive motor hub to fan drive motor.
11. Connect hydraulic hoses to fittings in bulkhead plate.
12. Tighten hydraulic hoses to specification.
Specification
Fan Drive Motor Inlet
and Outlet Hydraulic Fan Drive Motor Plumbing
Hoses—Torque..............................................................................63 N·m
46.5 lb.-ft.
1— Nut 4— Fan Drive Motor Outlet
Fan Drive Motor
2— Fan Drive Motor Hub Hydraulic Hose
Case Drain Hydraulic 3— Nut (2 used) 5— Fan Drive Motor Inlet
Hose—Torque...............................................................................37 N·m Hydraulic Hose
27 lb.-ft. 6— Fan Drive Motor Case Drain
Hydraulic Hose
13. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic reservoir.
• For 326D and 328D, see 326D and 328D Drain and • For 332D, see 332D Drain and Refill Capacities.
Refill Capacities. (Operator's Manual.) 14. Install fan. See Fan Remove and Install. (Group 0510.)
RM58335,0000738 -19-16FEB10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 21-2160-7 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=269
Hydraulic System
Fan Bypass Valve Remove and Install


level surface.
TX1075975A —UN—08APR10
4. Raise operator’s station. See Raising Operator's
5. On manual control machines, remove footwell. See Fan Bypass Valve
Footwell Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)
6. Disconnect hydraulic hoses (1 and 2) from fan bypass 1— Hydraulic Hose to 51— Fan Bypass Valve
valve (51). Hydrostatic Pumps Y33— Fan Bypass Solenoid
2— Hydraulic Hose from
NOTE: On manual control machines, it may be easier to Charge Pump
disconnect electrical connector from solenoid once
cap screws have been removed. Fan bypass valve
can then be moved for better access to connector.
15. Start engine.
7. Disconnect electrical connector from fan bypass
solenoid (Y33). 16. Connect DFT1325 Solenoid Power Harness to fan
bypass solenoid and energize solenoid for 20 seconds.
8. Remove two cap screws (3) and remove fan bypass
valve from machine. 17. Disconnect DFT1325 Solenoid Power Harness from
solenoid. Keep solenoid de-energized for 20 seconds.
18. Repeat steps until solenoid power has been cycled
10. Install fan bypass valve and secure with cap screws. five times.
11. Connect hydraulic hoses to fan bypass valve. 19. Shut off engine.
NOTE: A new fan bypass valve must be cycled several 20. Remove remote start box and DFT1325 Solenoid
times after installation to remove air from the Power Harness.
solenoid valve to insure correct valve operation.
21. Install left engine side panel. See Side Panel Remove
12. Install remote start box. For wheeled machines, see and Install. (Group 1910.)
Remote Start Box Installation. (Group 9025-25.) For 22. Connect machine electrical harness to fan bypass
tracked machines, see Remote Start Box Installation. solenoid.
(Group 9025-25.)
23. On manual control machines, install footwell. See
13. Remove left engine side panel to access battery. See Footwell Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)
14. Install DFT1325 Solenoid Power Harness from battery Station. (Group 1810.)
to fan bypass solenoid, but do not connect harness to
solenoid at this time. 25. Release boom lock and lower boom.
For instructions on creating harness, see DFT1325 26. Remove blocking and lower machine to ground. See
Solenoid Power Harness. (Group 9900.) Raising and Blocking Machine. (Group 1740.)
KK70125,00005B7 -19-26OCT10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 21-2160-8 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=270
Hydraulic System
Hydraulic Oil Cooler Remove and Install

level surface.
4. Remove cap screws (1) and move hydraulic oil filter
assembly (3) out of way.
TX1069039A —UN—22DEC09
5. Pull vacuum on or drain hydraulic reservoir.
(Operator's Manual.) Hydraulic Oil Cooler
1— Cap Screw (2 used) 3— Hydraulic Oil Filter

2— Bracket Assembly
RM58335,000073A -19-17FEB10-1/2

contamination. Cap and plug port
openings and hose ends.
6. Disconnect hydraulic hoses (5) from top and bottom

of hydraulic oil cooler. Cap and plug all hoses and
openings.
7. Remove cap screws (4) and hydraulic oil cooler from
machine frame.
9. Install hydraulic oil cooler to machine frame.
10. Connect hydraulic hoses to hydraulic oil cooler.
11. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic reservoir.
Refill Capacities. (Operator's Manual.) TX1069049A —UN—22DEC09
12. Install hydraulic oil filter assembly to machine frame.
13. Lower engine cover and install right side panel. See
14. Lower boom.
Hydraulic Oil Cooler
15. Check hydraulic oil level. For wheeled machines, see
Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level or for tracked
4— Cap Screw (4 used) 5— Hydraulic Hose (2 used)
machines, see Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level.
RM58335,000073A -19-17FEB10-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 21-2160-9 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=271
Hydraulic System
Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Remove and Install

level surface.
4. Remove engine. See Engine Remove and Install.
(Group 0400.)
IMPORTANT: When draining hydraulic oil reservoir,
use clean container to prevent hydraulic
oil contamination.
5. Drain hydraulic oil reservoir, if not done during

engine removal. For wheeled machines, see Change
Hydraulic Reservoir Oil or for tracked machines, see
Change Hydraulic Reservoir Oil. (Operator's Manual.)
TX1069448A —UN—11JAN10
6. Remove cap screws (11) and hydraulic reservoir oil
level sight glass (10) from machine frame.
10— Hydraulic Reservoir Oil 11— Cap Screw (4 used)

Level Sight Glass
Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level Sight Glass
TM11431 (15FEB13) 21-2160-10 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=272
Hydraulic System
NOTE: For machines with manual controls, secure

left control lever in service position to aid in
hydraulic line removal. 9
IMPORTANT: Cap and plug openings and hose ends 8

to prevent contamination of hydraulic system.
7
8
7. Disconnect high flow hydraulic pump suction line (2)
and high flow oil return line (3), if equipped. 7
8. Disconnect charge pump suction line (6).
2
9. Disconnect electrical harness connector from hydraulic
oil temperature sensor (B2). 8
1
10. Disconnect hydraulic pump suction line (4) and
TX1069221 —UN—11JAN10
7
hydraulic oil return line (5).
6 B2
11. Remove cap screws (8) and retaining brackets (7).
12. Remove hydraulic oil reservoir (1) from machine. 3 4
13. Repair or replace as necessary. 5
14. Install hydraulic oil reservoir. High Flow Option Shown. Hydraulic Pump Removed For Picture Clarity.
15. Install cap screws and retaining brackets.
1— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir 6— Charge Pump Suction Line
16. Connect hydraulic pump suction line and hydraulic oil 2— High Flow Hydraulic Pump 7— Retaining Bracket (3 used)
return line. Suction Line (if equipped) 8— Cap Screw (3 used)
3— High Flow Oil Return Line 9— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir
17. Connect electrical harness to hydraulic oil temperature (if equipped) Breather Hose
sensor. 4— Hydraulic Pump Suction B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Line Sensor
18. Connect charge pump suction line. 5— Hydraulic Oil Return Line
19. Connect high flow hydraulic pump suction line and

high flow oil return line, if equipped.
20. Install hydraulic oil level sight glass to machine frame.
24. Check hydraulic oil level. For wheeled machines, see
21. Install engine. See Engine Remove and Install. Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level or for tracked
(Group 0400.) machines, see Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level.
22. Fill hydraulic oil reservoir. For wheeled machines,
see Change Hydraulic Reservoir Oil or for tracked
machines, see Change Hydraulic Reservoir Oil.
RM58335,0000704 -19-12FEB10-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 21-2160-11 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=273
Hydraulic System
Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install 11


pressure in the system before disconnecting or 6
2. Relieve hydraulic system pressure. 1

10 9
• For wheeled machines, see Hydraulic System 8 8 6
Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.)
• For tracked machines, see Hydraulic System 2 5
TX1069314 —UN—14JAN10
Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.)
3
(Group 1910.) 4
7
5. Drain hydraulic reservoir.
Hydraulic Pump
• For 329D and 333D, see 329D and 333D Drain and 1— Hydraulic Hose 7— Hydraulic Pump
Refill Capacities. (Operator's Manual.) 2— Hydraulic Hose 8— Cap Screw (2 used)
3— Hydraulic Hose 9— Bracket
4— Hydraulic Suction Hose 10— Bulkhead Nut
(Operator's Manual.) 5— Hydraulic Suction Hose 11— Hydraulic Suction Hose
6— Hose Clamp (3 used)
6. Disconnect hydraulic hose (1) from side port of beaded
branch tee fitting.
7. Disconnect hydraulic hoses (2 and 3) from fittings on 10. Remove cap screws (8) and bracket (9) from hydraulic
hydraulic pump (7). pump.
8. Loosen hose clamp (6) and disconnect hydraulic 11. Remove hydraulic pump from hydrostatic pump.
suction hose (11) from end port of beaded branch tee
fitting. 12. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as
necessary. See Hydraulic Pump Disassemble and
9. Loosen hose clamps and disconnect hydraulic suction Assemble. (Group 3160.)
hoses (4 and 5) from hydraulic pump.
Continued on next page RM58335,000073B -19-17FEB10-1/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 21-2160-12 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=274
Hydraulic System
13. Install new O-ring (13) to hydrostatic pump (12).

14. Install hydraulic pump with bracket to hydrostatic
pump. Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification
Hydraulic Pump Cap
TX1069324 —UN—12JAN10
Screws—Torque..........................................................................101 N·m
75 lb.-ft.
15. Connect hydraulic suction hoses to hydraulic pump. 13 12

16. Connect hydraulic hose to side port of beaded tee
fitting.
17. Connect hydraulic hoses to fittings on hydraulic pump. Hydrostatic Pump
18. Perform hydrostatic and hydraulic start-up procedure.

See Hydrostatic and Hydraulic Start-Up Procedure. 12— Hydrostatic Pump 13— O-Ring
(Group 0360.)
19. Install footwell. See Footwell Remove and Install. • For 329D and 333D, see 329D and 333D Drain and
(Group 1910.) Refill Capacities. (Operator's Manual.)
20. Fill hydraulic reservoir.
• For 326D and 328D, see 326D and 328D Drain and 21. Lower operator's station.
RM58335,000073B -19-17FEB10-2/2
Hydraulic Pump Disassemble and Assemble

NOTE: Charge pump disassemble and assemble is
included in this procedure.

2. Remove hydraulic pump (1). See Hydraulic Pump
3. Scribe lines across hydraulic pump to aid in assembly.
4. Remove cap screws (2) from hydraulic pump.
1— Hydraulic Pump 2— Cap Screw (8 used)
TX1069504A —UN—14JAN10
Hydraulic Pump
TM11431 (15FEB13) 21-2160-13 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=275
Hydraulic System
5. Remove end cap (3) from charge pump section of

hydraulic pump assembly.
6. Remove idler and drive gears (5 and 6) from end cap.
7. Remove O-ring (4) and wear plate (7) from end cap.
8. Discard O-ring.
9. Remove charge pump section (8) with guide pins (9).
10. Remove guide pins from charge pump section.
TX1069540A —UN—14JAN10
3— End Cap 7— Wear Plate
4— O-Ring 8— Charge Pump Section
5— Idler Gear 9— Guide Pin (2 used)
6— Drive Gear
End Cap and Charge Pump Section
RM58335,0000706 -19-12FEB10-2/10
11. Remove wear plate (12) and O-ring (11) from charge
pump side of center section (10).
12. Discard O-ring.
10— Center Section 12— Wear Plate

11— O-Ring
TX1069777A —UN—14JAN10
Center Section of Hydraulic Pump (charge pump side shown)
TM11431 (15FEB13) 21-2160-14 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=276
Hydraulic System
13. Remove wear plate (14), seal (15) and O-ring (13)
from hydraulic pump side of center section (10).
14. Discard O-ring and seal.

13— O-Ring 15— Seal
TX1069536A —UN—14JAN10
Center Section of Hydraulic Pump (hydraulic pump side shown)
RM58335,0000706 -19-12FEB10-4/10
15. Remove hydraulic pump section (16) with guide pins

(17) from mounting plate (23).
16. Remove guide pins from hydraulic pump section.
17. Remove idler and drive gears (18 and 19) from
mounting plate.
18. Remove wear plate (20), seal (21) and O-ring (22)
from mounting plate.
19. Discard O-ring and seal.
TX1069511A —UN—14JAN10
20. Clean and inspect parts. Replace parts as necessary.
16— Hydraulic Pump Section 20— Wear Plate

17— Guide Pin (2 used) 21— Seal
18— Idler Gear 22— O-Ring
19— Drive Gear 23— Mounting Plate
Mounting Plate with Hydraulic Pump Section of Hydraulic Pump
TM11431 (15FEB13) 21-2160-15 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=277
Hydraulic System
21. Apply petroleum jelly to new O-ring (22).

22. Install O-ring and seal (21) to mounting plate (23).
23. Install wear plate (20) to mounting plate.
24. Install idler and drive gears (18 and 19) to mounting
plate.
25. Install guide pins (17) to hydraulic pump section (16).
26. Install hydraulic pump section with guide pins to
TX1069511A —UN—14JAN10
mounting plate.
16— Hydraulic Pump Section 20— Wear Plate

17— Guide Pin (2 used) 21— Seal
18— Idler Gear 22— O-Ring
19— Drive Gear 23— Mounting Plate
Mounting Plate with Hydraulic Pump Section of Hydraulic Pump
RM58335,0000706 -19-12FEB10-6/10

28. Install new O-ring and seal (15) to hydraulic pump side
of center section (10).
29. Install wear plate (14) to hydraulic pump side of center
section.

13— O-Ring 15— Seal
TX1069536A —UN—14JAN10
Center Section of Hydraulic Pump (hydraulic pump side shown)
TM11431 (15FEB13) 21-2160-16 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=278
Hydraulic System

31. Install O-ring to charge pump side of center section
(10).
32. Install wear plate (12) to charge pump side of center
section.
NOTE: When installing center section to hydraulic
pump ensure that hydraulic pump side is
oriented toward mounting plate.
TX1069777A —UN—14JAN10
33. Install center section to hydraulic pump.

11— O-Ring
Center Section of Hydraulic Pump (charge pump side shown)
RM58335,0000706 -19-12FEB10-8/10
34. Install guide pins (9) to charge pump section (8).

35. Install charge pump section with guide pins to center
section.
37. Install O-ring to end cap (3).
38. Install wear plate (7) to end cap.
39. Install idler and drive gears (5 and 6) to end cap.
TX1069540A —UN—14JAN10
40. Install end cap.
3— End Cap 7— Wear Plate

4— O-Ring 8— Charge Pump Section
5— Idler Gear 9— Guide Pin (2 used)
6— Drive Gear
End Cap and Charge Pump Section
TM11431 (15FEB13) 21-2160-17 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=279
Hydraulic System
41. Install cap screws (2). Tighten cap screws to

specification.
Specification
Hydraulic Pump Housing
Cap Screws—Torque...............................................................50.25 N·m
38 lb.-ft.
1— Hydraulic Pump 2— Cap Screw (8 used)
TX1069504A —UN—14JAN10
Hydraulic Pump
RM58335,0000706 -19-12FEB10-10/10
TM11431 (15FEB13) 21-2160-18 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=280
Hydraulic System
High Flow Hydraulic Pump Remove and

Install

TX1069400A —UN—21JAN10
3. Relieve hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic

System Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.)
4. Raise engine cover and remove left side panel. See
NOTE: Air conditioning compressor lines do not need to High Flow Hydraulic Pump (332D shown)
be disconnected to remove high flow hydraulic pump.
5. Remove air conditioning compressor from mounting

bracket, and move out of way.
6. Drain hydraulic reservoir below high flow suction hose
(4).
TX1069965A —UN—21JAN10
7. Clamp fuel hoses (9 and 10) to prevent fuel leakage
during removal.
8. Loosen hose clamps (7 and 8) and disconnect fuel
hoses from 90° elbow fittings on fuel tank.
Fuel Tank (332D shown)
9. Disconnect wiring harness from fuel level sensor (B4).
10. Disconnect high flow suction hose from straight fitting 1— Cap Screw (2 used) 7— Hose Clamp
2— High Flow Hydraulic Pump 8— Hose Clamp
(12) in high flow hydraulic pump (2). 3— Hose Clamp 9— Fuel Hose
4— High Flow Suction Hose 10— Fuel Hose
11. Remove straight fitting from high flow hydraulic pump. 5— High Flow Pressure Hose 12— Straight Fitting
6— Air Conditioning B4—Fuel Level Sensor
12. Disconnect high flow pressure hose (5) from straight Compressor
fitting in high flow hydraulic pump. Cap and plug all
hoses and openings.
13. Remove cap screws (1), high flow hydraulic pump,
gaskets and gasket plate from engine auxiliary drive.
Continued on next page RM58335,000073D -19-17FEB10-1/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 21-2160-19 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=281
Hydraulic System
NOTE: Gear (14) is keyed onto tapered shaft.
14. Loosen nut (13) until flush with end of shaft.

15. Using a gear puller (15), put tension on gear. Tap end
of gear puller to loosen taper.
16. Remove nut and gear.
NOTE: High flow hydraulic pump has no serviceable
components and must be replaced as an assembly.
17. Clean and inspect gear and shaft for wear. Repair or
replace parts as necessary.
18. Install gear and nut to high flow hydraulic pump shaft.
TX1069626A —UN—21JAN10
Tighten nut to specification.
Specification
High Flow Hydraulic
Pump Nut—Torque........................................................................40 N·m
30 lb.-ft.
19. Install new gaskets with existing gasket plate to high

flow hydraulic pump. High Flow Hydraulic Pump
20. Install high flow hydraulic pump to engine auxiliary

drive. Tighten cap screws to specification. 13— Nut 15— Gear Puller
14— Gear
Specification
High Flow Hydraulic
Pump Cap
27. Fill hydraulic reservoir.
Screw—Torque............................................................................130 N·m
96 lb.-ft. • For 326D and 328D, see 326D and 328D Drain and
21. Connect high flow pressure hose to straight fitting in
pressure port of high flow hydraulic pump.
22. Install straight fitting to suction port in high flow • For 332D, see 332D Drain and Refill Capacities.
hydraulic pump. (Operator's Manual.)
23. Connect fuel hoses to fittings on fuel tank. 28. Install left side panel and lower engine cover. See
24. Connect wiring harness to fuel level sensor.
25. Connect fuel hoses and fuel level sensor to fuel tank
and fuel sender. 30. Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic
26. Install air conditioning compressor.
RM58335,000073D -19-17FEB10-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 21-2160-20 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=282
Hydraulic System
High Flow Valve Remove and Install



TX1069731A —UN—22JAN10
(Group 1910.)
5. Remove left pedal assembly if equipped with hand
and foot controls. See Pedal Assembly Remove and
6. Remove tie band and disconnect wiring harness from
high flow solenoid valve (Y7). High Flow Valve
7. Clamp high flow suction hose (3) to prevent hydraulic

oil leakage during removal. 1— Nut (2 used) 5— Run Tee Fitting
2— Hose Clamp 6— Loader Control Valve
IMPORTANT: Prevent system contamination. Cap 3— High Flow Suction Hose Pressure Hose
and plug all hoses and openings. 4— High Flow Pressure Hose 7— High Flow Valve
Y7— High Flow Solenoid Valve
8. Loosen hose clamp (2) and disconnect high flow
suction hose.
11. Loosen nuts (1) and remove high flow valve from
9. Disconnect high flow pressure hose (4) and loader
machine.
control valve pressure hose (6) from run tee fitting (5).
10. Cap and plug all hoses and openings.
TM11431 (15FEB13) 21-2160-21 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=283
Hydraulic System
12. Remove nuts (1), cap screws (8) and mounting

bracket (9) from high flow valve.
necessary. See High Flow Valve Disassemble and
TX1069755A —UN—13JAN10
14. Loosely install mounting bracket, cap screws and
nuts to high flow valve.
15. Slide cap screws into slots in machine floor. Tighten
nuts.
16. Connect high flow pressure hose and loader control
valve pressure hose to run tee fitting. High Flow Valve Mounting Components
17. Connect high flow suction hose to straight fitting.
1— Nut (2 used) 9— Mounting Bracket
18. Remove clamp from high flow suction hose. 8— Cap Screw (2 used)
19. Connect wiring harness to high flow valve.
20. Install left pedal assembly if equipped with hand and 22. Lower operator's station.
foot controls. See Pedal Assembly Remove and
(Group 1910.)
RM58335,0000708 -19-15FEB10-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 21-2160-22 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=284
Hydraulic System
High Flow Valve Disassemble and Assemble

2. Remove high flow valve (1). See High Flow Valve
3. Remove straight fitting (2) and run tee fitting (3) from
high flow valve.
4. Remove pressure relief valve (4) from high flow valve.
TX1069790A —UN—14JAN10
5. Remove nut (6) and solenoid valve coil (5) from
solenoid valve (7).
6. Remove solenoid valve from high flow valve.
necessary.
8. Install solenoid valve to high flow valve. Tighten
solenoid valve to specification. High Flow Valve
Specification
Solenoid Valve—Torque.............................................................35.5 N·m
26 lb.-ft.
9. Install solenoid valve coil and nut to high flow valve.

Specification
Solenoid Valve Coil
Nut—Torque....................................................................................7 N·m
62 lb.-in.
TX1069854A —UN—14JAN10
10. Install pressure relief valve to high flow valve. Tighten
pressure relief valve to specification.
Specification
Pressure Relief
Valve—Torque............................................................................35.5 N·m
26 lb.-ft.
11. Install run tee fitting to high flow valve. Tighten run Solenoid Valve and Pressure Relief Valve
tee fitting to specification.
Specification 1— High Flow Valve 6— Nut
2— Straight Fitting 7— Solenoid Valve
Run Tee Fitting—Torque................................................................50 N·m 3— Run Tee Fitting 8— O-Ring (2 used)
37 lb.-ft. 4— Pressure Relief Valve 9— O-Ring (4 used)
5— Solenoid Valve Coil
12. Install straight fitting to high flow valve. Tighten straight
fitting to specification.
Specification
13. Install high flow valve. See High Flow Valve Remove
Straight Fitting—Torque.................................................................50 N·m
37 lb.-ft.
RM58335,0000709 -19-12FEB10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 21-2160-23 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=285
Hydraulic System
TM11431 (15FEB13) 21-2160-24 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=286
Section 31
Loader
Contents
Page
Group 3104—Attachment Coupler

Quik-Tatch™ Coupler Remove and
Install ..................................................... 31-3104-1
Quik-Tatch™ Actuator Remove
and Install .............................................. 31-3104-3
Group 3115—Control Linkage

Pedal Assembly Remove and
Install ..................................................... 31-3115-1
Pedal Assembly Disassemble and
Assemble............................................... 31-3115-2
Hand Control Linkage Remove and
Install ..................................................... 31-3115-4
Group 3140—Frame
Upper Boom Link Remove and
Install ..................................................... 31-3140-1
Lower Boom Link Remove and
Install ..................................................... 31-3140-4
Boom Remove and Install ......................... 31-3140-7
Boom Lock Remove and Install............... 31-3140-13
Boom Lock Disassemble and
Assemble............................................. 31-3140-14

Control Valve Remove and Install.............. 31-3160-1
Control Valve Disassemble and
Assemble............................................... 31-3160-6
Self Leveling Valve Remove and
Install ................................................... 31-3160-21
Boom Cylinder Remove and
Install ................................................... 31-3160-23
Bucket Cylinder Remove and
Install ................................................... 31-3160-26
Hydraulic Cylinder Disassemble
and Assemble...................................... 31-3160-27
Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold
Remove and Install.............................. 31-3160-28
Hydraulic Cylinder Bleed
Procedure ............................................ 31-3160-28
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=1
Contents
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=2
Group 3104
Attachment Coupler
Quik-Tatch™ Coupler Remove and Install
1. Remove front attachment from Quik-Tatch™ coupler
(2) and park machine on flat level surface.
2. Place blocking (1) in front of machine as shown.
TX1068799A —UN—14DEC09
3. Roll coupler full forward and lower boom onto blocking.
4. Engage park brake and turn engine off.
5. Cut tie band and remove cover (4) from coupler.
1— Blocking 3— Cap Screw (2 used)

2— Quik-Tatch™ Coupler 4— Cover
Quik-Tatch™ Coupler Removal
Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company

RM58335,00006F8 -19-28FEB11-1/4
6. Remove plugs (5) from both sides of coupler.
5— Plug (2 used)
TX1068801A —UN—14DEC09
Quik-Tatch™ Coupler (right side shown)
Continued on next page RM58335,00006F8 -19-28FEB11-2/4
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3104-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=289
Attachment Coupler
9
12 10 12
11
10
TX1068882 —UN—18DEC09
13
TX1068882
Boom-to-Coupler Pivot Point
9— Nut (2 used) 11— Lubrication Fitting 13— Boom-to-Coupler Pin (2
10— Cap Screw (2 used) 12— Washer (4 used) used)
7. Remove cap screws (10), nuts (9) and washers (12) at 8. Remove boom-to-coupler pins (13).
boom-to-coupler pivot points.
Specification
Electric Quik-Tatch™
CAUTION: Avoid possible crushing injury from Coupler—Weight............................................................................. 79 kg
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 174 lb.
Continued on next page RM58335,00006F8 -19-28FEB11-3/4
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3104-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=290
Attachment Coupler
9. Disconnect wiring harness connector from

Quik-Tatch™ motor (M10).
10. Remove cap screws (6) and nuts (8) from pins on
bucket cylinders (7).
TX1068804A —UN—22DEC09
11. Remove pins from bucket cylinders.
necessary.
13. Place coupler on blocking.
14. Install boom-to-coupler pins with cap screws and nuts.
Quik-Tatch™ Coupler
Specification
Boom-To-Coupler Pin
6— Cap Screw (2 used) 8— Nut (2 used)
Cap Screw—Torque
7— Bucket Cylinder (2 used) M10— Quik-Tatch™ Motor
(318D, 319D, 320D, and
323D)...........................................................................................320 N·m
236 lb-ft
Boom-To-Coupler Pin Specification
Cap Screw—Torque Bucket Cylinder Pin Cap
(326D, 328D, 329D, Screw—Torque..............................................................................73 N·m
332D, and 333D).........................................................................620 N·m 54 lb.-ft.
457 lb.-ft.
17. Install cover to coupler.
15. Install plugs to both sides of coupler. 18. Lubricate all pivot points. Actuate bucket cylinders to
16. Position bucket cylinders and install pins with cap verify operation.
screws and nuts. Tighten cap screws to specification.
RM58335,00006F8 -19-28FEB11-4/4
Quik-Tatch™ Actuator Remove and Install

1. Remove front attachment from Quik-Tatch™ coupler
(2) and park machine on flat level surface.
2. Place blocking (1) in front of machine as shown.
TX1068799A —UN—14DEC09
3. Roll coupler full forward and lower boom onto blocking.
4. Engage park brake and turn engine off.
5. Cut tie band and remove cover (4) from coupler.
1— Blocking 3— Cap Screw (2 used)

2— Quik-Tatch™ Coupler 4— Cover
Quik-Tatch™ Coupler Removal

Continued on next page RM58335,00006FA -19-12FEB10-1/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3104-3 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=291
Attachment Coupler
6. Retract Quik-Tatch™ actuator.

7. Disconnect wiring harness connector from
Quik-Tatch™ motor (M10).
8. Remove cotter pins (5).
TX1068840A —UN—16DEC09
9. Remove pins (6) from actuator and links.
10. Remove actuator from links.
necessary.
12. Install actuator to links with pins and cotter pins.
Quik-Tatch™ Actuator
13. Connect wiring harness connector to Quik-Tatch™
motor.
5— Cotter Pin (2 used) M10— Quik-Tatch™ Motor
14. Install cover to coupler. 6— Pin (2 used)
RM58335,00006FA -19-12FEB10-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3104-4 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=292
Group 3115
Control Linkage
Pedal Assembly Remove and Install
4 4 4 4
1. Park machine on level surface.
4. Remove footwell. See Footwell Remove and Install. 3
(Group 1910.)
5. Remove cap screws (4) from pedals (5).
TX1068863 —UN—18DEC09
2— Nut (2 used) 5— Pedal (2 used)
3— Linkage Rod
4 5 1 2 2 1 5 4
Pedal Assembly
RM58335,000072E -19-15FEB10-1/2
6. Remove cap screw (6) from valve mount bracket, and 8 7 8

cotter pins (8) and pins (7) from control valve spools.
7. Remove pedal assembly from machine. 6

necessary. See Pedal Assembly Disassemble and
TX1068958 —UN—21DEC09
9. Install pedal assembly to control valve and mounting
bracket.
10. Install pedal assembly to machine.
(Group 1910.) Control Valve

6— Cap Screw 8— Cotter Pin (2 used)
13. Release boom lock and lower boom to ground. 7— Pin (2 used)
RM58335,000072E -19-15FEB10-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3115-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=293
Control Linkage
Pedal Assembly Disassemble and Assemble

1. Remove pedal assembly. See Pedal Assembly 5
6
2. Remove cotter pin (4), shaft (6) and bushings (3) from
pedal (5). 3 4
3. Inspect shaft and bushings for wear. Replace parts as
necessary. 2 1 3
4. Remove nut (1) and pedal from linkage rod (2). 7 8
TX1068883 —UN—21DEC09
5. Remove boot (7) from pedal base.
1— Nut 5— Pedal
2— Linkage Rod 6— Shaft 8 8
3— Bushing (2 used) 7— Boot
4— Cotter Pin 8— Cap Screw (3 used)
Pedal Disassemble (left pedal shown)
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3115-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=294
Control Linkage
18 18 20
17
20 17
14 15 16 15 16 15 14
19
13
13 12 12
21 21
11 11
TX1068966 —UN—21DEC09
10 10
TX1068966 9 9
Linkage Rod Assembly
9— Cap Screw (2 used) 13— Cap Screw (2 used) 17— Cap Screw (2 used) 21— Pedal Base
10— Nut (2 used) 14— C-Clip (2 used) 18— Control Link (2 used)
11— Linkage Rod (2 used) 15— Washer (3 used) 19— Shaft
12— Nut (2 used) 16— Bellcrank (2 used) 20— Nut (2 used)
6. Remove cap screws (9) and nuts (10) from linkage 9. Remove C-clips (14), washers (15) and shaft (19) from
rods (11) and pedal base (21). bellcranks.
7. Remove cap screws (13), nuts (12) and linkage rods 10. Inspect parts for wear. Replace parts as necessary.
from bellcranks (16).
8. Remove cap screws (17), nuts (20) and control links
(18) from bellcranks.
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3115-3 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=295
Control Linkage
11. Remove nut (27) from linkage rod (2). 26

12. Remove cap screw (22), C-clips (23), washers (24) 21
and shaft (25) from bellcrank (26).
13. Remove bellcrank and linkage rod from pedal base 24 23
(21). 27
14. Inspect shaft, bellcrank and linkage rod for wear.
Replace parts as necessary.
15. Insert linkage rod through hole in pedal base.
TX1068892 —UN—21DEC09
16. Install bellcrank to linkage rod.
17. Install shaft and bellcrank to pedal base with cap
screw, C-clips, and washers. 25 2
22 23 24
18. Install boot to pedal base.
19. Install pedal to pedal base with shaft, bushings and
cotter pin. Pedal Shaft
20. Lubricate bushings.

2— Linkage Rod 24— Washer (2 used)
21. Install pedal to linkage rod. 21— Pedal Base 25— Shaft
22— Cap Screw 26— Bellcrank
22. Repeat steps for opposite side. 23— C-Clip (2 used) 27— Nut
23. Install pedal assembly to machine frame.

RM58335,0000732 -19-15FEB10-3/3
Hand Control Linkage Remove and Install 3 3

1 1
(Group 1910.)
2 2
4. Loosen cable adjusting nuts (2) on cable bracket at
control valve.
4 4
TX1068893 —UN—18DEC09
5. Remove lock nuts (1) from end of hydraulic control
cables (4) at bellcranks (3).
6. Inspect spool links and cranks at control valve for
wear. Replace parts as necessary.
1— Lock Nut (2 used) 3— Bellcrank (2 used)

2— Cable Adjusting Nut (4 4— Hydraulic Control Cable (2
used) used)
Hand Control Cables at Control Valve
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3115-4 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=296
Control Linkage
7. Slide control lever boots down.

8. Remove hydraulic control cable bracket (9).
9. Remove spring pin (6) to release hydraulic control
cable eyelet (7) from hydraulic control handle (5).
5
10. Inspect hydraulic control cable for damage. Replace
parts as necessary.
11. Install hydraulic control cable eyelet to hydraulic
control handle with spring pin.
6
12. Install hydraulic control cable bracket to hydraulic
control handle. 7
13. Slide steering lever boots up.

14. Install hydraulic control cable to bellcrank. Tighten
lock nuts.
15. Install hydraulic control cable to cable bracket at
control valve. Tighten cable adjusting nuts. 8
TX1068917 —UN—18DEC09
16. Repeat steps for opposite side. 8
4 9
17. Adjust hydraulic control cables. See Steering Lever
Adjustment—Centering. (Group 9026-25.)
(Group 1910.)
Hydraulic Control Handle
4— Hydraulic Control Cable 7— Hydraulic Control Cable

5— Hydraulic Control Handle Eyelet
6— Spring Pin 8— Cap Screw (2 used)
9— Hydraulic Control Cable
Bracket
RM58335,0000730 -19-15FEB10-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3115-5 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=297
Control Linkage
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3115-6 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=298
Group 3140
Frame
Upper Boom Link Remove and Install
1. Remove front attachment and park machine on level
surface.

under pressure, stop engine and relieve system
pressure before disconnecting or connecting
hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections
before applying pressure.
TX1070592A —UN—10FEB10
2. Operate hydraulic controls to relieve system pressure.
See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group
9025-25.)
3. Support rear of boom with shop stands (3).

heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Rear Boom Support
4. Attach lifting device to upper boom link crossmember.

3— Shop Stand (2 used)
Specification
Upper Boom
Link—Weight................................................................................... 57 kg
125 lb.
Continued on next page RM58335,00006FB -19-18JAN11-1/3
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3140-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=299
Frame
TX1068939 —UN—21DEC09
Upper Boom Link
1— Cap Screw (2 used) 4— Bushing (4 used) 7— Washer (2 used) 10— Nut (2 used)
2— Washer (2 used) 5— Upper Boom Link 8— Pin (2 used)
3— Pin (2 used) 6— Cap Screw (2 used) 9— Washer (2 used)
NOTE: An M20 X 220 cap screw with head cut off 6. Remove pins and bushings (4) from upper boom link
may be used to remove pins (8) from upper pivot boss.
boom link pivot boss.
7. Remove upper pin cap screws (1) and washers (2).
5. Remove lower pin cap screws (6), nuts (10) and
washers (9). 8. Raise lifting device to support upper boom link (5).
Continued on next page RM58335,00006FB -19-18JAN11-2/3
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3140-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=300
Frame
NOTE: Upper pin has a threaded bore that is used for

removal. Use cap screw (11), washer (12) and
spacer (13) to remove upper pin.
9. Install cap screw, washer and spacer to upper pin as
TX1068950A —UN—18DEC09
shown.
10. Turn cap screw to remove upper pin.
11. Repeat steps for opposite side.
12. Remove upper boom link from machine.
13. Clean and inspect parts for wear. Repair or replace
parts as necessary. Upper Pin Removal
14. Lower upper boom link into position.
11— Cap Screw (M20) 13— Spacer
15. Apply PT569 Anti-Seize Lubricant to upper and lower 12— Washer
pins on upper boom link.
16. Install upper boom link to machine with pins, bushings, Upper Link to Frame
cap screws, washers and nuts. Tighten cap screws Pin Cap Screw—Torque
to specification. (lubricated)..................................................................................540 N·m
Specification 398 lb.-ft.
Upper Link to Boom Pin
Cap Screw—Torque....................................................................320 N·m
17. Lubricate all pivot points.
236 lb.-ft.
RM58335,00006FB -19-18JAN11-3/3
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3140-3 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=301
Frame
Lower Boom Link Remove and Install

SPECIFICATIONS
Lower Boom Link Weight 34 kg
(approximate) 75 lb.
Front Pin Cap Screw Torque 73 N·m
54 lb.-ft.
Rear Pin Cap Screw Torque 540 N·m
398 lb.-ft.
ESSENTIAL TOOLS
TX1070664A —UN—05FEB10
JDG1929 Threaded Driver
OTHER MATERIAL
TY24811 NEVER-SEEZ® Anti-Seize Lubricant
PM37418 LOCTITE® Thread Lock and Sealer
1. Remove front attachment and park machine on level

surface. Rear Boom Support
2. Remove engine side panels. See Side Panel Remove
NOTE: Boom must be raised high enough to allow
rear lower boom link cap screw to clear
engine compartment.
3. Raise boom and support front and rear of boom with

shop stands and wood plank as shown. Wood plank is
used to support lower boom links after pin is removed.
TX1070621A —UN—10FEB10
under pressure, stop engine and relieve system
pressure before disconnecting or connecting
hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections
before applying pressure.
4. Operate hydraulic controls to relieve system pressure.

See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group Front Boom Support
9025-25.)
NEVER-SEEZ is a trademark of Emhart Chemical Group
LOCTITE is a trademark of Henkel Corporation
Continued on next page NM95233,0000051 -19-11FEB13-1/4
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3140-4 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=302
Frame
5. Clean area around hydraulic lines at rear of boom.

6. Cut tie bands and disconnect Quik-Tatch™ 1-pin
connectors (X32 and X33) (if equipped) from rear of
boom.
IMPORTANT: Prevent machine damage. Cap
and plug all lines and openings to prevent
hydraulic system contamination.
7. Mark and disconnect boom hydraulic lines (1) from
TX1070679A —UN—05FEB10
both sides of boom. Cap and plug lines.
8. Pull boom hydraulic lines forward through hose
retainers on lower boom links.
9. Remove rear lower boom link cap screw from both
sides of machine.
1— Boom Hydraulic Line (5 X33— Quik-Tatch™ 1-Pin

Rear Boom (right side of machine shown)
used) Connector
X32— Quik-Tatch™ 1-Pin
Connector
TX1070681A —UN—05FEB10
Rear Boom (left side of machine shown)

Continued on next page NM95233,0000051 -19-11FEB13-2/4
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3140-5 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=303
Frame
10. Install JDG1929 Threaded Driver to rear lower boom

link pivot point.
11. Remove pin from rear lower boom link pivot points
on both sides of machine.
TX1070714A —UN—10FEB10

13. Attach appropriate lifting device to lower boom link.

Specification JDG1929 Threaded Driver Installation
Lower Boom
Link—Weight 4— JDG1929 Threaded Driver
(approximate).................................................................................. 34 kg
75 lb.
NM95233,0000051 -19-11FEB13-3/4
14. Remove front lower boom link cap screw (2) and pin
(3).
15. Remove lower boom link.
necessary.
17. Place lower boom link into position.
18. Apply TY24811 Anti-Seize Lubricant to front and rear
pins. Install pins.
19. Install front pin cap screw. Tighten cap screw to
specification.
TX1070682A —UN—05FEB10
Specification
Front Pin Cap
Screw—Torque..............................................................................73 N·m
54 lb.-ft.
20. Apply PM37418 Thread Lock and Sealer

(medium-strength) to rear pin cap screw. Install rear
pin cap screw. Tighten cap screw to specification.
Specification Front Lower Boom Link Pin
Rear Pin Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................................540 N·m 2— Cap Screw 3— Pin
398 lb.-ft.
21. Route hydraulic lines through hose retainers on lower

boom links. 26. Lower boom to ground.
22. Connect hydraulic lines on both sides of boom. 27. Install engine side panels. See Side Panel Remove
23. Connect Quik-Tatch™ 1-pin connectors (X32 and X33)
(if equipped) at rear of boom. Tie band as necessary. 28. Perform hydrostatic and hydraulic start-up procedure.
See Hydrostatic and Hydraulic Start-Up Procedure.
24. Lower operator's station. See Raising Operator's (Group 0360.)
25. Remove wood plank and front and rear boom supports.
NM95233,0000051 -19-11FEB13-4/4
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3140-6 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=304
Frame
Boom Remove and Install

1. Remove front attachment and park machine on a flat
level surface.
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping

fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve
pressure in system before disconnecting or
TX1070589A —UN—10FEB10
NOTE: If boom is not being replaced, removal of bucket
cylinders and Quik-Tatch™ is not necessary.
3. Remove bucket cylinders, as necessary. See Bucket

Cylinder Remove and Install. (Group 3160.) Boom Cylinder (right side of machine shown)
4. Remove Quik-Tatch™ coupler (if equipped), as
necessary. See Quik-Tatch™ Coupler Remove and 1— Boom Cylinder 2— Lifting Strap
5. Remove engine side panels. See Side Panel Remove
and Install. (Group 1910.) 8. Remove lifting strap and lower boom cylinder.
6. Support boom cylinder (1) with lifting strap (2) and 9. Repeat steps to remove boom cylinder for opposite
hoist. side.
7. Remove cap screw and pin from rod end of boom
cylinder with boom in lowered position. See Boom
Cylinder Remove and Install. (Group 3160.)
RM58335,00006FD -19-01MAR10-1/10
10. Support boom with shop stands (3). Boom will settle
when upper boom link pins are removed.
3— Shop Stand (2 used)
TX1070592A —UN—10FEB10
Boom Support
Continued on next page RM58335,00006FD -19-01MAR10-2/10
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3140-7 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=305
Frame
11. Remove upper boom link rear cap screws and pins.
See Upper Boom Link Remove and Install. (Group
3140.)
12. Push upper boom link (4) forward toward front of
machine.
13. Support upper boom link with blocking (5).
14. Secure upper boom link to cab roof with lifting strap
(6) as shown.
4— Upper Boom Link 6— Lifting Strap

5— Blocking
TX1070596A —UN—10FEB10
Upper Boom Link
RM58335,00006FD -19-01MAR10-3/10
15. Install upper boom link rear cap screw (7) and washer
(8) to both sides of boom.
7— Cap Screw 8— Washer
TX1070598A —UN—10FEB10
Upper Boom Link Cap Screw (right side of machine shown)

TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3140-8 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=306
Frame

16. Attach hoist and DFT1101 Boom Lifting Bracket to

upper boom link cap screws and grab handles on
boom. For instructions on how to fabricate boom lifting
bracket, see DFT1101 Boom Lifting Bracket. (Group
9900.)
Specification
Boom with Bucket
Cylinders and
Quik-Tatch™ (318D,
319D, 320D and 323D
machines)—Weight
(approximate)................................................................................ 463 kg
1020 lb.
Boom with Bucket
Cylinders and
Quik-Tatch™ (326D,
328D, 329D, 332D and
TX1070604A —UN—10FEB10
333D machines)—Weight
(approximate)................................................................................ 680 kg
1500 lb.
Boom Support
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3140-9 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=307
Frame
NOTE: To allow for removal of lower boom link rear pin,

raise boom so lower boom link rear pivot point
is higher than engine compartment.
17. Raise boom so front of boom lifts before rear of boom

to prevent front of boom from binding with frame.
18. Remove shop stands (3) from rear of boom.
TX1070608A —UN—10FEB10
Boom with Hoist and Lifting Straps
TX1070609A —UN—10FEB10
Bind Point Between Boom and Frame
RM58335,00006FD -19-01MAR10-6/10
19. Place shop stands (11) and wood plank (9) behind
machine to support boom (12) and lower boom links
(10). Wood plank is used to support lower boom links
after pin is removed.
9— Wood Plank 11— Shop Stand (2 used)

10— Lower Boom Link (2 used) 12— Boom
TX1070611A —UN—10FEB10
Rear Boom Support

TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3140-10 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=308
Frame
20. Place shop stands under front of boom and lower

boom onto front and rear shop stands.
TX1070621A —UN—10FEB10
Front Boom Support
RM58335,00006FD -19-01MAR10-8/10
21. Clean area around hydraulic lines at rear of boom.

22. Cut tie bands and disconnect Quik-Tatch™ 1-pin
connectors (X32 and X33) (if equipped) from rear of
boom.
IMPORTANT: Prevent machine damage. Cap
and plug all lines and openings to prevent
hydraulic system contamination.
23. Mark and disconnect hydraulic lines (13) from both

sides of boom. Cap and plug lines.
24. Remove lower boom link pin and cap screw from both
sides of machine. See Lower Boom Link Remove and
TX1070658A —UN—10FEB10
NOTE: Leave shop stands in place to aid in
boom installation.
25. Carefully remove boom from machine.

necessary.
Rear of Boom (right side of machine shown)
27. Move boom into place and support boom on shop
stands high enough to insert rear lower link pins and 13— Hydraulic Line (2 used) X33— Quik-Tatch™ 1-Pin
cap screws. X32— Quik-Tatch™ 1-Pin Connector
Connector
28. Install lower boom link with existing cap screws and
pins. See Lower Boom Link Remove and Install.
(Group 3140.)
31. Raise boom and remove shop stands and wood plank
29. Connect hydraulic lines to both sides of boom. from front and rear of machine.
30. Connect Quik-Tatch™ 1-pin connectors (X32 and X33)
(if equipped) to wiring harness connectors at rear of
boom. Tie band wiring harness as necessary.
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3140-11 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=309
Frame
32. Place shop stands (3) at rear of boom.

33. Lower boom onto shop stands.
34. Install pin, cap screw and rod end of boom cylinder
to boom. See Boom Cylinder Remove and Install.
(Group 3160.)
35. Install upper boom link to boom. See Upper Boom
Link Remove and Install. (Group 3140.)
36. Raise boom and remove shop stands.
TX1070592A —UN—10FEB10
37. Lower boom to ground.
38. Remove hoist and DFT1101 Boom Lifting Bracket
from boom.
39. Install engine side panels. See Side Panel Remove
40. Install Quik-Tatch™ (if equipped), as necessary. See Boom Support
Quik-Tatch™ Coupler Remove and Install. (Group
3104.) 3— Shop Stand (2 used)
41. Install bucket cylinders, as necessary. See Bucket
Cylinder Remove and Install. (Group 3160.)
42. Perform hydrostatic and hydraulic start-up procedure.
See Hydrostatic and Hydraulic Start-Up Procedure.
(Group 0360.)
RM58335,00006FD -19-01MAR10-10/10
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3140-12 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=310
Frame
Boom Lock Remove and Install

Station. (Operator's Manual.)
5. Remove boom lock assembly from machine frame.
TX1070384 —UN—28JAN10
6. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Boom Lock
Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3140.)
7. Install boom lock assembly to machine frame.
Station. (Operator's Manual.)
1— Boom Lock Assembly 2— Cap Screw (2 used) Boom Lock Assembly (front view shown)
TX1070385 —UN—28JAN10
Boom Lock Assembly (rear view shown)
RM58335,00006FE -19-12FEB10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3140-13 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=311
Frame
Boom Lock Disassemble and Assemble
TX1068981 —UN—21DEC09
Boom Lock Lever Components
1— Bracket 5— Lever 8— Spring Pin 11— Spring
2— Bellcrank 6— Pin Linkage Clevis Head Pin 9— Boom Lock Clevis Head Pin 12— Grip
3— Pin Linkage 7— Cotter Pin (2 used) 10— Cap Screw (2 used)
4— Boom Lock Pin
1. Remove boom lock. See Boom Lock Remove and 6. Repair or replace parts as necessary.
7. Install bracket and bellcrank to lever with spring pin.
2. Remove spring (11) from bracket (1) and pin linkage
(3). 8. Install bellcrank to pin linkage with pin linkage clevis
head pin and cotter pin.
3. Remove cotter pin (7) and pin linkage clevis head pin
(6) from pin linkage. 9. Install boom lock pin to pin linkage with boom lock
clevis head pin and cotter pin.
4. Remove spring pin (8), bellcrank (2) and lever (5) from
bracket (1). 10. Install boom lock. See Boom Lock Remove and
5. Remove cotter pin, boom lock clevis head pin (9) and
boom lock pin (4) from pin linkage.
RM58335,00006FF -19-12FEB10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3140-14 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=312
Group 3160
Hydraulic System
Control Valve Remove and Install


TX1070222A —UN—25JAN10
(Group 1910.)
6. For machines with hand and foot controls, remove
pedal assembly. See Pedal Assembly Remove and
Control Valve
7. For machines with hands only controls, disconnect
control cables from bellcrank assembly.
1— Control Valve 3— Bucket Dump Line
8. Disconnect wiring harnesses from solenoids on control 2— Boom Down Line 4— Hydraulic Pump Supply
valve (1). Line

contamination. Cap and plug all hoses,
lines, and openings.

10. Disconnect lines (2—4) from fittings on control valve
(1).
Continued on next page RM58335,0000731 -19-11APR12-1/9
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3160-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=313
Hydraulic System
11. Disconnect lines (5—7) from fittings on control valve.

12. Disconnect line (8) from control valve and side port
of tee fitting (9).
5— Return Oil Line 8— Boom Up Line

6— Bucket Curl Line 9— Tee Fitting
7— Charge Oil Line
TX1070223A —UN—25JAN10
Control Valve
RM58335,0000731 -19-11APR12-2/9
13. Loosen nut and disconnect boom release cable (10)

from bracket (11).
10— Boom Release Cable 11— Bracket
TX1070229A —UN—25JAN10
Control Valve
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3160-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=314
Hydraulic System
14. Loosen hose clamp on auxiliary lines (14 and 15).

15. Disconnect lines (12—15 ) from fittings on control
valve.
16. Cap and plug all hoses, lines, and openings.
12— Hydraulic Oil Cooler 14— Male Auxiliary Line

Return Line 15— Female Auxiliary Line
13— Pilot Control Charge Oil
Line
TX1070230A —UN—26JAN10
Control Valve
RM58335,0000731 -19-11APR12-4/9

17. Remove cap screws (16) and control valve from

control valve mounting bracket (17).
Specification
Control Valve—Weight
(approximate)............................................................................... 29.5 kg
65 lb.
18. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts

as necessary. See Control Valve Disassemble and
TX1070231A —UN—26JAN10
16— Cap Screw (2 used) 17— Control Valve Mounting
Bracket
Control Valve
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3160-3 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=315
Hydraulic System
19. Install control valve to mounting bracket.

20. Connect lines (12—15) to fittings on control valve.
21. Tighten hose clamp on auxiliary lines (14 and 15).
12— Hydraulic Oil Cooler 14— Male Auxiliary Line

Return Line 15— Female Auxiliary Line
13— Pilot Control Charge Oil
Line
TX1070230A —UN—26JAN10
Control Valve
RM58335,0000731 -19-11APR12-6/9
22. Connect boom release cable (10) to bracket (11).
10— Boom Release Cable 11— Bracket
TX1070229A —UN—25JAN10
Control Valve
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3160-4 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=316
Hydraulic System
23. Connect line (8) to tee fitting (9) and control valve.
5— Return Oil Line 8— Boom Up Line

6— Bucket Curl Line 9— Tee Fitting
7— Charge Oil Line
TX1070223A —UN—25JAN10
Control Valve
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3160-5 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=317
Hydraulic System

26. Connect wiring harnesses to solenoids on control
valve. Tie band wiring harnesses as necessary.
27. For machines with hand and foot controls, install pedal
assembly. See Pedal Assembly Remove and Install.
(Group 3115.)
28. For machines with hands only controls, connect
control cables to bellcrank assembly.
(Group 1910.)
TX1070222A —UN—25JAN10
31. Operate machine and hydraulic functions to remove
air from system. See Hydraulic Cylinder Bleed
Procedure. (Group 3160.)
32. Calibrate auxiliary hydraulic system. See Auxiliary
Hydraulics Calibration. (Group 9015-20.)
33. Check system for leaks. Repair as necessary.
Control Valve
34. Check hydraulic reservoir oil level. For wheeled
machines, see Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level. 1— Control Valve 3— Bucket Dump Line
For tracked machines, see Check Hydraulic Reservoir 2— Boom Down Line 4— Hydraulic Pump Supply
Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.) Line
RM58335,0000731 -19-11APR12-9/9
Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible hydraulic system
contamination. Absolute cleanliness is essential
when working on hydraulic components.
TX1070721A —UN—08FEB10
1. Place control valve on clean work surface.
2. Clean exterior of control valve.
NOTE: Boom up port (2) has an orifice (1) installed
under hydraulic fitting.
3. If required, remove fittings from work ports on control

valve. Remove orifice from boom up port. Control Valve
1— Orifice 2— Boom Up Port
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3160-6 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=318
Hydraulic System
4. Remove auxiliary port solenoids (Y23 and Y24) from

control valve.
Y23— Auxiliary Port Solenoid Y24— Auxiliary Port Solenoid

(male) (female)
Y23
Y24
TX1070729 —UN—08FEB10
Control Valve
RM58335,0000645 -19-25FEB10-2/27
5. Mark position of electrical connector on port lock

solenoid (4) to aid in assembly.
6. Remove nut (3).
7. Remove port lock solenoid and port lock solenoid
TX1030636A —UN—24OCT07
valve (5) from control valve body.
3— Nut 7— O-Ring
4— Port Lock Solenoid 8— Backup Ring (2 used)
5— Port Lock Solenoid Valve 9— O-Ring
6— O-Ring 10— Backup Ring (2 used)
TX1030786A —UN—24OCT07
Port Lock Solenoid Valve
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3160-7 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=319
Hydraulic System
8. Remove pressure release base (11) and plunger

assembly.
9. Gently tap on clevis end of pressure release plunger
(12) to remove plunger from base.
TX1030637A —UN—24OCT07
NOTE: Close tolerances between control valve body
and spool (13) may prevent easy removal of
spool from plunger end. Spool can be removed
from control valve body after removing system
relief valve (18) and plug (60).
10. Remove spring (14). Gently tap on end of spool to

remove from control valve.
11— Pressure Release Base 15— Seal

12— Pressure Release Plunger 16— O-Ring
13— Spool 17— Backup Ring
14— Spring
TX1030784A —UN—24OCT07
Pressure Release Assembly
RM58335,0000645 -19-25FEB10-4/27
11. Remove system relief valve (18).
18— System Relief Valve
TX1030638A —UN—24OCT07
System Relief Valve
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3160-8 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=320
Hydraulic System
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to control

valve from installing circuit relief valves to
wrong circuit. Label each circuit relief valve
to aid in proper assembly.
TX1030790A —UN—24OCT07
12. Mark circuit relief valve to control valve location and
orientation for each circuit relief valve.
13. Remove circuit relief valves (19—21).
19— Bucket Dump Circuit 21— Boom Up Circuit Relief

Relief Valve Valve
20— Bucket Curl Circuit Relief
Valve
Circuit Relief Valves
RM58335,0000645 -19-25FEB10-6/27
14. Remove lift check valve caps (22), springs (23), and
poppets (24) from control valve.
22— Cap (3 used) 24— Poppet (3 used)

23— Spring (3 used) 25— O-Ring (3 used)
TX1030793A —UN—24OCT07
Lift Check Valves
TX1030890A —UN—24OCT07
Lift Check Valve (single lift check valve shown for clarity)
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3160-9 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=321
Hydraulic System
15. Remove socket head cap screws (26) and spool seal
plates (27).
16. Remove socket head cap screws (68) and auxiliary
spool cap (69).
26— Socket Head Cap Screw (4 68— Socket Head Cap Screw (2
used) used)
27— Spool Seal Plate (2 used) 69— Auxiliary Spool Cap
TX1071824 —UN—24FEB10
Control Valve (spool clevis side)
RM58335,0000645 -19-25FEB10-8/27
17. Mark spool lock solenoid housing to control valve body

location and orientation for each spool lock solenoid.
18. Remove spool lock solenoids (29 and 30) from spool
housings.
TX1071820A —UN—23FEB10
29— Bucket Spool Lock 30— Boom Spool Lock
Solenoid Solenoid
Control Valve (spool cap side)
RM58335,0000645 -19-25FEB10-9/27
19. Remove socket head cap screws (31) and spool caps
(32) from boom and auxiliary spools.
20. Remove socket head cap screws (33) and spool cap
(34) from bucket spool.
TX1071570A —UN—19FEB10
21. Remove spool assemblies from control valve housing.
used) used)
32— Spool Cap (2 used) 34— Spool Cap
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3160-10 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=322
Hydraulic System
22. Remove wipers (35) and O-rings (36) from each spool
bore. Discard O-rings.
35— Wiper (3 used) 36— O-Ring (3 used)
TX1030892A —UN—24OCT07
Control Valve (spool clevis side)
RM58335,0000645 -19-25FEB10-11/27
TX1030936A —UN—24OCT07
Boom Spool Assembly
31— Socket Head Cap Screw (2 39— Spring 43— Spacer 47— Spool Housing
used) 40— Small Detent Ball (4 used) 44— Spring Seat (outer) 48— Washer
32— Spool Cap 41— Spool End 45— Spring 49— O-Ring
37— Detent Ring 42— Seal Plate 46— Spring Seat (inner) 50— Spool
38— Large Detent Ball
NOTE: Boom spool has detent balls that are retained by 23. For boom spool, remove detent ring (37), four small
a detent ring (under spring pressure). Be careful detent balls (40), large detent ball (38), and spring (39).
not to lose detent balls during disassembly.
24. Unscrew spool end (41) and disassemble parts
NOTE: Spring tension will exist once threads of spool (42—49). Discard O-ring.
ends (41 and 51) are disengaged. Hold tension
against spool ends during disassembly.
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3160-11 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=323
Hydraulic System
TX1030937A —UN—24OCT07
Bucket Spool Assembly
33— Socket Head Cap Screw (2 51— Spool End 54— Spring Seat (inner) 57— O-Ring
used) 52— Spring Seat (outer) 55— Spool Housing 58— Spool
34— Spool Cap 53— Spring 56— Washer
25. For bucket spool, remove spool end (51) and 26. Remove auxiliary spool from control valve.
disassemble parts (52—57). Discard O-ring.
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3160-12 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=324
Hydraulic System
27. Remove plugs (59—66) from control valve body.

28. Clean parts. Inspect parts for scratches, burrs, and
debris. Repair or replace parts as necessary.
IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to control valve.
TX1030900A —UN—24OCT07
Apply clean hydraulic oil to all internal
parts before assembling.
29. Install new O-rings on plugs (59—61, 63—66).

30. Install plugs to control valve. Tighten plugs to
specification.
Specification
Control Valve Plugs (top of control valve shown)
Plug (59)—Torque.........................................................................14 N·m
120 lb-in.
Plug (inside control valve)
(60)—Torque.................................................................................45 N·m
33 lb-ft
Plug (61)—Torque.........................................................................24 N·m
TX1030901A —UN—24OCT07
216 lb-in.
Plug (if high flow
hydraulics not equipped)
(63)—Torque.................................................................................65 N·m
48 lb-ft
Plug (power beyond port)
(64)—Torque...............................................................................100 N·m
74 lb-ft
Plug (65)—Torque.........................................................................14 N·m Control Valve Plugs (bottom of control valve shown)
120 lb-in.
Plug (on bottom of control 59— Plug 63— Plug (if high flow
valve) (66)—Torque.......................................................................24 N·m 60— Plug (inside control valve) hydraulics not equipped)
216 lb-in. 61— Plug (2 used) 64— Plug (power beyond port)
62— Plug (auxiliary circuit) 65— Plug (2 used)
31. Install new O-ring and backup ring on plug (62). Install 66— Plug (on bottom of control
valve)
plug and tighten to specification.
Specification
Plug (auxiliary circuit)
(62)—Torque.................................................................................34 N·m
25 lb-ft
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3160-13 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=325
Hydraulic System
TX1030937A —UN—24OCT07
Bucket Spool Assembly
33— Socket Head Cap Screw (2 51— Spool End 54— Spring Seat (inner) 57— O-Ring
used) 52— Spring Seat (outer) 55— Spool Housing 58— Spool
34— Spool Cap 53— Spring 56— Washer
32. Assemble bucket spool:

Specification
a. Install new O-ring (57) on bucket spool (58). Spool End (bucket
spool)—Torque................................................................................9 N·m
b. Assemble parts (52—56). 84 lb-in.
c. Install spool end (51). Tighten spool end to
specification.
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3160-14 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=326
Hydraulic System
TX1030936A —UN—24OCT07
Boom Spool Assembly
33. Assemble boom spool:
a. Install new O-ring (49) on spool (50).
b. Assemble parts (42—48).
c. Install spool end (41) to boom spool. Tighten spool
ends to specification.
Specification
TX1030938A —UN—24OCT07
Spool End (boom
spool)—Torque................................................................................9 N·m
84 lb-in.
d. Lubricate small detent balls (40) with white lithium

grease to retain balls in spool end during assembly.
e. Install small detent balls, spring (39), and large
detent ball (38) in spool end.
Detent Ring Installation
f. With spool held upright, place detent ring (37) over
spool end while depressing large detent ball with a 31— Socket Head Cap Screw (2 43— Spacer
punch. Install detent ring until it is flush with seal used) 44— Spring Seat (outer)
plate (42). 32— Spool Cap 45— Spring
37— Detent Ring 46— Spring Seat (inner)
38— Large Detent Ball 47— Spool Housing
39— Spring 48— Washer
40— Small Detent Ball (4 used) 49— O-Ring
41— Spool End 50— Spool
42— Seal Plate
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3160-15 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=327
Hydraulic System
NOTE: Valve spools can be identified by number of

grooves on clevis end of spool.
• Boom spool has one groove.
• Bucket spool has two grooves.
• Auxiliary spool has three grooves.
TX1030943A —UN—24OCT07
34. Install spool assemblies to control valve.
67— Groove
Clevis End of Spool (auxiliary spool shown)
RM58335,0000645 -19-25FEB10-17/27
35. Install boom and auxiliary spool caps (32) with socket
head cap screws (31) to control valve.
36. Install bucket spool cap (34) with socket head cap
screws (33) to control valve. Tighten socket head cap
TX1071570A —UN—19FEB10
Specification
Socket Head Cap
Screw—Torque................................................................................9 N·m
84 lb-in.
used) used)
32— Spool Cap (2 used) 34— Spool Cap Control Valve (spool cap side)
RM58335,0000645 -19-25FEB10-18/27
37. Install spool lock solenoids (29 and 30) to spool

housings. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Auxiliary Hydraulic
Neutral Switch—Torque.................................................................24 N·m
TX1071820A —UN—23FEB10
216 lb-in.
Spool Lock
Solenoid—Torque..........................................................................24 N·m
216 lb-in.
29— Bucket Spool Lock 30— Boom Spool Lock

Solenoid Solenoid
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3160-16 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=328
Hydraulic System
38. Install new O-rings and wipers on clevis end of each

spool.
39. Install spool seal plates (27) to control valve with
socket head cap screws (26). Tighten socket head
cap screws to specification.
Specification
Socket Head Cap
Screw—Torque................................................................................9 N·m
84 lb-in.
TX1071824 —UN—24FEB10
40. Install auxiliary spool cap (69) with socket head cap
screws (68).
used) used)
27— Spool Seal Plate (2 used) 69— Auxiliary Spool Cap
Control valve (spool clevis side)
RM58335,0000645 -19-25FEB10-20/27
41. Install new O-rings (25) on lift check valve caps (22).
42. Install poppets, springs, and caps to control valve.
Tighten lift check valve caps to specification.
Specification
TX1030890A —UN—24OCT07
Lift Check Valve
Cap—Torque.................................................................................65 N·m
48 lb-ft
22— Cap (3 used) 24— Poppet (3 used)

23— Spring (3 used) 25— O-Ring (3 used)
TX1030793A —UN—24OCT07
Lift Check Valves
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3160-17 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=329
Hydraulic System
43. Install new O-rings on circuit relief valves (19 and 20).
Install new O-rings and backup ring on boom up circuit
relief valve (21).
IMPORTANT: Avoid hydraulic system malfunction.
Make sure circuit relief valves are installed
TX1030790A —UN—24OCT07
in correct circuits.
44. Install circuit relief valves in control valve. Tighten

circuit relief valves to specification.
Specification
Circuit Relief
Valve—Torque...............................................................................34 N·m
25 lb-ft Circuit Relief Valves
19— Bucket Dump Circuit 21— Boom Up Circuit Relief

Relief Valve Valve
20— Bucket Curl Circuit Relief
Valve
RM58335,0000645 -19-25FEB10-22/27
45. Install new O-rings and backup rings on system relief

valve (18).
46. Install system relief valve. Tighten to specification.
Specification
TX1030638A —UN—24OCT07
System Relief
Valve—Torque...............................................................................65 N·m
48 lb-ft
18— System Relief Valve
System Relief Valve
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3160-18 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=330
Hydraulic System
47. Install spring (14) and spool (13) in control valve body.
48. Install new O-ring (16), backup ring (17), and seal (15)
on pressure release base (11) and plunger assembly.
49. Install pressure release base and plunger assembly in
TX1030784A —UN—24OCT07
control valve. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Pressure Release Base
and Plunger Assembly
—Torque........................................................................................45 N·m
33 lb-ft
11— Pressure Release Base 15— Seal

12— Pressure Release Plunger 16— O-Ring
13— Spool 17— Backup Ring
14— Spring
TX1030637A —UN—24OCT07
Pressure Release Assembly
RM58335,0000645 -19-25FEB10-24/27
50. Install new O-rings (6, 7, and 9) and backup rings (8

and 10) on port lock solenoid valve (5).
51. Install port lock solenoid valve (5) to control valve
body. Tighten port lock solenoid valve to specification.
TX1030786A —UN—24OCT07
Specification
Port Lock Solenoid
Valve—Torque...............................................................................26 N·m
228 lb-in.
IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to port lock solenoid (4)

and solenoid valve (5). DO NOT overtighten
nut (3) during assembly.
52. Install port lock solenoid to solenoid valve, aligning

solenoid to control valve body with mark made during
disassembly.
53. Apply PM37418 242 Thread Lock and Sealer (medium
TX1030636A —UN—24OCT07
strength) to nut. Tighten nut to specification.

Specification
Port Lock Solenoid
Nut—Torque....................................................................................6 N·m
54 lb-in.
3— Nut 7— O-Ring
4— Port Lock Solenoid 8— Backup Ring (2 used)
5— Port Lock Solenoid Valve 9— O-Ring Port Lock Solenoid Valve
6— O-Ring 10— Backup Ring (2 used)
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3160-19 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=331
Hydraulic System
54. Install auxiliary port solenoids (Y23 and Y24) from

control valve.
Y23— Auxiliary Port Solenoid Y24— Auxiliary Port Solenoid

(male) (female)
Y23
Y24
TX1070729 —UN—08FEB10
Control Valve
RM58335,0000645 -19-25FEB10-26/27
NOTE: Boom up port has an orifice installed

under hydraulic fitting.
55. Install orifice (1) in boom up port (2).

56. Install work port fittings as necessary.
TX1070721A —UN—08FEB10
1— Orifice 2— Boom Up Port
Control Valve
RM58335,0000645 -19-25FEB10-27/27
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3160-20 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=332
Hydraulic System
Self Leveling Valve Remove and Install


TX1069858A —UN—26JAN10
IMPORTANT: Prevent hydraulic system Self Leveling Valve (top view)
contamination. Cap and plug all hoses
and openings.
1— Left Boom Cylinder (rod 5— 90° Elbow Fitting
end) Line 6— Boom Lower Line
6. Disconnect left boom cylinder line (1) from swivel run 2— Swivel Run Tee Fitting 7— Self Leveling Valve
tee fitting (2) and right boom cylinder line (4) from 90° 3— 90° Swivel Elbow Fitting 8— Bucket Curl Hose
swivel elbow fitting (3) on self leveling valve (7). 4— Right Boom Cylinder (rod
end) Line
7. Remove swivel run tee fitting with 90° swivel elbow
fitting from straight fitting in self leveling valve.
8. Disconnect boom lower line (6) from 90° elbow fitting 9. Disconnect bucket curl hose (8) from fitting on self
(5). leveling valve.
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3160-21 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=333
Hydraulic System
10. Disconnect bucket dump line (10) from swivel run tee
fitting (9).
11. Remove swivel run tee fittings from straight fittings in
self leveling valve.
12. Cap and plug all hoses and openings.
13. Remove cap screws (12) and self leveling valve from
machine.
necessary.
15. Install self leveling valve to machine. Tighten cap
TX1070199A —UN—26JAN10
Specification
Self Leveling Valve
Mounting Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................28 N·m
20 lb.-ft.
16. Install swivel run tee fittings (9 and 11) to straight

fittings on self leveling valve. Self Leveling Valve (top view)
17. Connect bucket curl hose (8) and bucket dump line
(10) to swivel run tee fittings. 9— Swivel Run Tee Fitting 11— Swivel Run Tee Fitting
10— Bucket Dump Line 12— Cap Screw (2 used)
18. Connect boom lower line (6) to 90° elbow fitting (5).
19. Install swivel run tee fitting (2) with 90° swivel elbow
fitting (3) to straight fitting in self leveling valve. 22. Release boom lock and lower boom.
20. Connect right boom cylinder line (4) to 90° swivel 23. Perform hydrostatic and hydraulic start-up procedure.
elbow fitting and left boom cylinder line (1) to swivel See Hydrostatic and Hydraulic Start-Up Procedure.
run tee fitting. (Group 0360.)
RM58335,0000649 -19-29JAN10-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3160-22 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=334
Hydraulic System
Boom Cylinder Remove and Install


3. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic

and openings.
TX1069886A —UN—15JAN10
5. Cut tie bands and remove hose clamp from hose (1)
and line (3).
6. Disconnect hose and line from boom cylinder (2).
1— Boom Down Hose 3— Boom Up Line

2— Boom Cylinder
Boom Cylinder Plumbing (left side of machine shown)
RM58335,000064A -19-18JAN11-1/4
7. Remove cap screw (5), nut (4), and pin (6) from boom
cylinder upper pivot.
4— Nut 6— Pin
5— Cap Screw
TX1069888A —UN—15JAN10
Boom Cylinder Upper Pivot
Continued on next page RM58335,000064A -19-18JAN11-2/4
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3160-23 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=335
Hydraulic System
8. Loosen lower pivot cap screw (7).

9. Rotate boom cylinder to an upright position.
10. Rotate boom cylinder back and forth perpendicular to
ground to normal position to loosen lower pivot.
11. Remove cap screw, nut (8) and boom cylinder from
machine.
necessary. See Disassemble Cylinder. (CTM114319.)
TX1069892A —UN—15JAN10
13. Install lower pivot of boom cylinder to machine.
Specification
Lower Pivot Nut—Torque
(lubricated)..................................................................................540 N·m
398 lb.-ft.
14. Install upper pivot of boom cylinder to machine. Boom Cylinder Lower Pivot (shown with plumbing still installed)
Tighten cap screw to specification.
Specification
Upper Pivot Cap
Screw—Torque..............................................................................73 N·m
54 lb.-ft.
7— Cap Screw 8— Nut
TX1069895A —UN—15JAN10
Boom Cylinder Lower Pivot Mounting Hardware
Continued on next page RM58335,000064A -19-18JAN11-3/4
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3160-24 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=336
Hydraulic System
IMPORTANT: Prevent cylinder failure. Inspect O-rings

on hydraulic fittings for wear or damage.
15. Connect boom down hose (1) to rod end of boom

cylinder.
16. Loosen 90° elbow fitting (9) at lower pivot end of boom
cylinder.
17. Connect boom up line (3) to 90° elbow fitting.
18. Loosely install rubber spacer block and hose clamp
around boom up line and boom cylinder.
IMPORTANT: Prevent machine damage. Ensure
proper clearance between top of boom up
line and bottom of boom.
NOTE: Orientation of boom up line should be slightly

off center, to achieve proper line to boom
clearance, as shown.
TX1070320A —UN—27JAN10
19. Rotate straight edge of line (10) so that it aligns with
straight edge of boom cylinder (11).
20. Tighten hose clamp.
21. Tighten 90° elbow fitting and boom up line connection.
22. Tie band hoses as necessary.
23. Lower operator's station. Boom Cylinder
24. Release boom lock and perform hydraulic cylinder
bleed procedure. See Hydraulic Cylinder Bleed 1— Boom Down Hose 9— 90° Elbow Fitting
Procedure. (Group 3160.) 2— Boom Cylinder 10— Straight Edge of Line
3— Boom Up Line 11— Straight Edge of Boom
25. Lower boom completely. Cylinder
26. Check to ensure boom does not make contact with

boom up line. Distance between boom and boom up
line should be at or more than specification. Adjust
hose clamp and rubber spacer as necessary.
Specification
Boom to Boom
Up Line—Distance
(minimum)..................................................................................... 12 mm
0.5 in.
RM58335,000064A -19-18JAN11-4/4
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3160-25 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=337
Hydraulic System
Bucket Cylinder Remove and Install

NOTE: Bucket cylinders can only be removed with
boom lowered to ground.


TX1069903A —UN—19JAN10
3. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic
and openings.
4. Disconnect hoses (1 and 2) from bucket cylinder (3). Bucket Cylinder Plumbing
1— Bucket Dump Hose 3— Bucket Cylinder

2— Bucket Rollback Hose
RM58335,000064B -19-16DEC10-1/3
5. Remove cap screw (4), nut (6) and pin (5) from coupler
and lower pivot on bucket cylinder.
4— Cap Screw 6— Nut

5— Pin
TX1069937A —UN—19JAN10
Bucket Cylinder Lower Pivot (electric Quik-Tatch™ coupler shown)

Continued on next page RM58335,000064B -19-16DEC10-2/3
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3160-26 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=338
Hydraulic System
6. Remove snap rings (7 and 9) from pin (8) in upper

pivot of bucket cylinder.
7. Remove pin from boom and upper pivot of bucket
cylinder, and remove cylinder from machine.
necessary. See Disassemble Cylinder. (CTM114319.)
9. Install upper pivot of bucket cylinder to boom with
snap rings.
TX1069938A —UN—19JAN10
10. Install lower pivot of bucket cylinder to coupler. Tighten
cap screw to specification.
Specification
Lower Pivot Pin Cap
Screw—Torque..............................................................................73 N·m
54 lb.-ft.
11. Connect hoses to bucket cylinder. Bucket Cylinder Upper Pivot (inner side of pin shown)
12. Perform hydraulic cylinder bleed procedure. See
Hydraulic Cylinder Bleed Procedure. (Group 3160.)
7— Snap Ring 9— Snap Ring

8— Pin
TX1069939A —UN—19JAN10
Bucket Cylinder Upper Pivot (outer side of pin shown)
RM58335,000064B -19-16DEC10-3/3
Hydraulic Cylinder Disassemble and

Assemble
For hydraulic cylinder repair information, see 120 Series
Hydraulic Cylinders. (CTM114319.)
RM58335,000064C -19-29SEP10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3160-27 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=339
Hydraulic System
Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold Remove and

Install
1. Park machine on flat level surface. B3
2. Raise boom and engage boom lock. 2

TX1069249 —UN—29JAN10

System Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 1
1
5. Disconnect wiring harness from hydraulic oil filter Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold
restriction switch (B3).
6. Mark and disconnect hydraulic hoses (1) from 1— Hydraulic Hose (2 used) B3—Hydraulic Oil Filter
2— Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold Restriction Switch
hydraulic oil filter manifold (2).
7. Remove cap screws and hydraulic oil filter manifold
assembly from bracket.
Specification
8. Repair or replace parts as necessary. Hydraulic Oil
Filter Restriction
9. Install hydraulic oil filter manifold assembly to bracket. Switch—Torque............................................................................4.0 N·m
Specification 36 lb.-in.
Hydraulic Oil Filter
Manifold Cap
12. Install right side panel and close engine cover. See
Screw—Torque...........................................................................18.5 N·m
164 lb.-in. 13. Perform hydrostatic and hydraulic start-up procedure.
10. Connect hydraulic hoses to hydraulic oil filter manifold. See Hydrostatic and Hydraulic Start-Up Procedure.
(Group 0360.)
11. Connect wiring harness to hydraulic oil filter restriction
switch. 14. Release boom lock and lower boom.
RM58335,000064D -19-10FEB10-1/1
Hydraulic Cylinder Bleed Procedure 1. Run engine at slow idle.

IMPORTANT: Trapped air suddenly compressed in 2. Slowly operate function to move cylinder to most
a cylinder is heated and ignites oil used for horizontal position possible.
assembly causing cap seal and ring damage.
Start with cylinder rod retracted and rod end 3. Slowly extend and retract cylinder several times to
filled with clean oil. Connect cylinder head approximately 100 mm (4 in.) from end of stroke.
end and lines. Operate function to slowly
extend rod. Procedure will eliminate most of 4. Operate cylinder several times to full stroke.
air and reduce possibility of damage. 5. Check hydraulic reservoir oil level. See Check
Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)
NOTE: Bleed air at initial start up whenever major
repairs or maintenance (oil change) is done on
hydraulic system, or when machine has been
in storage for a period of time.
RM58335,000064E -19-22FEB10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 31-3160-28 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=340
Section 99
Dealer Fabricated Tools
Contents
Page
Group 9900—Dealer Fabricated Tools

DFT1101 Boom Lifting Bracket.................. 99-9900-1
DFT1323 Engine Lifting Bracket................ 99-9900-2
ST4920 Track Recoil Spring
Disassembly and Assembly
Tool ........................................................ 99-9900-3
DFT1087 Track Recoil Spring
Disassembly and Assembly
Guard Tool ............................................. 99-9900-7
DFT1325 Solenoid Power
Harness ................................................. 99-9900-8
DFT1333 Lock Nut Wrench ....................... 99-9900-9
DFT1334 Gearbox Turning Tool .............. 99-9900-10
DFT1335 Park Brake Spring
Compressor ......................................... 99-9900-11
DFT1336 Bias Spring
Compressor ......................................... 99-9900-12
TM11431 (15FEB13) 99-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=1
Contents
TM11431 (15FEB13) 99-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=2
Group 9900
DFT1101 Boom Lifting Bracket
F
B A B
J C C
B B
A
TX1070702 —UN—09FEB10
G
H
I
TX1070702
DFT1101 Boom Lifting Bracket
A—Drill Six Holes 16 mm (0.625 D—813 mm (32.0 in.) H—1321 mm (52.0 in.)
in.) E—889 mm (35.0 in.) I— 1778 mm (70.0 in.)
B—Weld F— 940 mm (37.0 in.) J— 787 mm (31.0 in.)
C—U46161 Lift Eyes Welded to G—457 mm (18.0 in.)
Tube with 0.25 in. Fillet Weld
Used to remove and install boom. • U46161 U-Bolts (4 used)

Material:
• JT01748 Lift Brackets (2 used)
• 0.625 in. x 3.00 in. "F" Grade Cap Screws (2 used)
• Square Tube [50.8 mm x 50.8 mm x 6.4 mm (2.0 in. x
2.0 in. x 0.250 in.)]
RM58335,0000681 -19-01MAR10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 99-9900-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=343
C K
A
I
E
G
TX1070088 —UN—29JAN10
F
H
TX1070088
TM11431 (15FEB13) 99-9900-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=344
A—229 mm (9.00 in.) D—45 mm (1.75 in.) G—11 mm (0.43 in.) J— 19 mm (0.75 in.)
B—45 mm (1.75 in.) E—40 mm (1.60 in.) H—22 mm (0.88 in.)
C—25 mm (1.00 in.) F— 14 mm (0.60 in.) I— 111 mm (4.38 in.)
Used to remove engine from machine. • M10 x 30 mm cap screw (2 used)

Material:
• M10 washer (2 used)
• 1020 Steel Plate [228.6 x 44.45 x 6.35 mm (9 x 1-3/4
x 1/4 in.)]
TK40086,0000745 -19-29JAN10-2/2
ST4920 Track Recoil Spring Disassembly

and Assembly Tool
NOTE: See DFT1087 Track Recoil Spring Disassembly
and Assembly Guard Tool that is recommended to
be used with track recoil spring disassembly
and assembly tool.
Dimensions given are metric.
Tool is the same as used on other machines except the

holder (C). For each track adjuster use the holder with the
correct size hole for the nut on that track adjuster.
Track Recoil Spring Disassembly and Assembly Tool
(compression tool) is used with hydraulic jack to compress
recoil spring in track adjuster repair.
Material required:
• 1020 HR Steel for Holder (C), Supporting Plate (E),
Base Plate (F), and Base (G).
• “D” Grade (SAE Grade 5) for Eyebolts (D), Nuts (A),
T6585UY —UN—24MAR98
and Cap Screws (H).
• “F” Grade (SAE Grade 8) for Studs (B).
Print Numbers:
• A-ST4050 Nut
• B-ST4045 Bolt
• C-ST4035 Holder (Plate)
• -ST4036 Holder (Plate)
• -ST4037 Holder (Plate) A—Nut (12 used) F— Base Plate
• D-ST4047 Eyebolt B—Stud (4 used) G—Base (4 used)
• E-ST4040 Supporting Base C—Holder H—Cap Screw (8 used)
• F-ST4042 Base Plate D—Eyebolt (2 used) I— Lock Washer (8 used)
• G-ST4041 Base E—Supporting Plate
• H-ST4046 Cap Screw
• I-ST4049 Lock Washer
Continued on next page TX,9900,AA3574 -19-20FEB92-1/4
TM11431 (15FEB13) 99-9900-3 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=345
T7029CI —UN—06JUL89
TM11431 (15FEB13) 99-9900-4 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=346
T7029CH —UN—06JUL89
TM11431 (15FEB13) 99-9900-5 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=347
T7029CG —UN—06JUL89
TX,9900,AA3574 -19-20FEB92-4/4
TM11431 (15FEB13) 99-9900-6 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=348
DFT1087 Track Recoil Spring Disassembly and Assembly Guard Tool
T7162AF —UN—17OCT89
A—3/16 in. 1020 CR Steel Plate C—1/2 in. Nut (2 used) E—1/2 x 3 in. Steel Round Stock
B—9/16 in. Hole (2 places) D—1/2 x 2 in. Cap Screw (2 used) (2 used)
Track Disassembly and Assembly Guard Tool is used with

ST4920 Track Recoil Spring Disassembly and Assembly • 3/16 in. 1020 CR Steel Plate (A)
Tool. • 1/2 in. Nut (C) (2 used)
• 1/2 x 2 in. Cap Screw (D) (2 used)
Material required: • 1/2 x 3 in. Steel Round Stock (E) (2 used)
TX,9900,BA499 -19-26AUG05-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 99-9900-7 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=349
DFT1325 Solenoid Power Harness

Materials Required:
• Spring Clip (2 used)
• DT06-2S DEUTSCH™ 2-pin Connector
• 244 cm (96 in.) 16 gauge Red Wire
• 244 cm (96 in.) 16 gauge Black Wire
TX1076018A —UN—08APR10
• 221 cm (87 in.) Wire Wrap
The solenoid power harness is used to energize the fan
bypass solenoid after installing a new fan bypass valve.
This procedure is required to remove air from the solenoid
valve to insure correct valve operation.
The solenoid power harness is also used to energize
the park brake solenoid on electrohydraulic (EH) DFT1325 Solenoid Power Harness
control machines when adjusting the hydrostatic pump
mechanical neutral position.
3. Remove locking clip from connector to make it easier
Assemble harness: to remove connector from solenoid during use.
1. Install spring clips to one end of black and red wires. 4. Install wire wrap on wires, leaving wires exposed on
spring clip end for connecting to battery terminals.
2. Load wires into Deutsch connector: Red wire in pin
1 and black wire in pin 2.
DEUTSCH is a trademark of Deutsch Co.
KK70125,00005B8 -19-26OCT10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 99-9900-8 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=350
DFT1333 Lock Nut Wrench

10 3
11 12
2
7
4
6
2
1 1
TX1080428 —UN—24AUG10
3 5
TX1080428
1— Tube, 7 mm (0.25 in.) Wall 4— 3/4 in. Drive Socket 7— 13 mm (0.5 in.) 11— 13 mm (0.5 in.)
Thickness 5— 159 mm (6.25 in.) Diameter 8— 76 mm (3.0 in.) 12— 64 mm (2.5 in.)
2— Plate 6— 102 mm (4.0 in.) 9— 146 mm (5.75 in.)
3— Bar (4 used) 10— 7 mm (0.25 in.)
TM11431 (15FEB13) 99-9900-9 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=351
The DFT1333 Lock Nut Wrench is used to remove and

install the lock nut in hydrostatic motor gearboxes (S.N.
192142— ).
Materials required:
• 1026 DOM Seamless Tube, 7 mm (0.25 in.) Wall
Thickness
• 13 mm (0.5 in.) Steel Plate
• 7 mm (0.25 in.) x 13 mm (0.5 in.) Bar Stock
• 3/4 in. Drive Socket
Assembly:
1. Cut tube (1), plate (2), and four bars (3) as shown.
TX1081732A —UN—08SEP10
2. Weld plate and bars to tube. Bars must be evenly
spaced at 90° intervals around tube.
3. Weld 3/4 in. drive socket to plate.

KK70125,0000662 -19-22OCT10-2/2
DFT1334 Gearbox Turning Tool

Used to turn hydrostatic motor gearbox to perform
gearbox roll test on machines (S.N. 192142— ).
Materials Required:
TX1080645A —UN—06AUG10
• T282126 Input Shaft
• 1/2 in. Drive Socket
1— T282126 Input Shaft 2— 1/2 in. Drive Socket (weld
on)
DFT1334 Gearbox Turning Tool

KK70125,0000663 -19-22OCT10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 99-9900-10 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=352
DFT1335 Park Brake Spring Compressor
3 3
4
TX1080429 —UN—09SEP10
6
8
TX1080429
DFT1335 Park Brake Spring Compressor
1— 38 mm (1.5 in.) Square Tube, 7 2— 320 mm (12.5 in.) 5— M14 Threaded Rod (2 used) 8— M14 Flat Washer (2 used)
mm (0.25 in.) Wall Thickness 3— 16 mm (0.63 in.) 6— 270 mm (10.5 in.)
4— 280 mm (11.0 in.) 7— M14 Nut (2 used)
DFT1335 Park Brake Spring Compressor is used to

compress the park brake springs when disassembling • 38 mm (1.5 in.) Square Tube, 7 mm (0.25 in.) Wall
Thickness
or assembling the hydrostatic motor, park brake, and
gearbox for tracked machines (S.N. 192142— ). • M14 Threaded Rod
• M14 Nut (2 used)
Materials Required: • M14 Flat Washer (2 used)
KK70125,0000664 -19-22OCT10-1/1
TM11431 (15FEB13) 99-9900-11 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=353
DFT1336 Bias Spring Compressor
TX1081737A —UN—09SEP10
DFT1336 Bias Spring Compressor Components
1— Plate 4— M10 Threaded Rod (2 used) 6— 150 mm (5.9 in.)
2— M12 Threaded Rod (2 used) 5— M10 Flanged Nut (2 used) 7— 120 mm (4.7 in.)
3— M12 Flanged Nut (2 used)
TM11431 (15FEB13) 99-9900-12 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=354
TX1081758A —UN—09SEP10
Plate Detail
8— 150 mm (5.9 in.) 11— 40 mm (1.58 in.) 14— Hole, 13 mm (0.5 in.)
9— 40 mm (1.58 in.) 12— 81.5 mm (3.2 in.) Diameter
10— 20 mm (0.79 in.) 13— 70.5 mm (2.78 in.) 15— Hole, 11 mm (0.43 in.)
Diameter
NOTE: The M12 threaded rods (2) and M12 flanged nuts
(3) are used with holes (14) when disassembling
• 7 mm (0.25 in.) Steel Plate
329D and 333D hydrostatic motors. • M12 Threaded Rod
• M10 Threaded Rod
The M10 threaded rods (4) and M10 flanged nuts • M12 Flanged Nut (2 used)
(5) are used with holes (15) when disassembling • M10 Flanged Nut (2 used)
319D and 323D hydrostatic motors.
Assembly:
DFT1336 Bias Spring Compressor is used to compress 1. Cut threaded rod pieces (2 and 4).
the bias spring when disassembling or assembling the
hydrostatic motor for tracked machines (S.N. 192142— ). 2. Measure and cut steel plate (1).
Materials Required: 3. Measure and drill holes (14—15) in plate.

KK70125,0000779 -19-22OCT10-2/2
TM11431 (15FEB13) 99-9900-13 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=355
TM11431 (15FEB13) 99-9900-14 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=356
Index
Page Page
A Bucket cylinder
Remove and install ...................................... 31-3160-26
Actuator Bypass valve
Quik-Tatch™, remove and install ................... 31-3104-3 Fan, remove and install.................................. 21-2160-8
Adjuster
Track, remove and install............................. 01-0130-15 C
Air cleaner
Remove and install ........................................ 05-0520-1 Cab
Air conditioner and heater Remove and install ........................................ 18-1800-1
Remove and install ...................................... 18-1830-12 Cab door
Air conditioner compressor Remove and install ........................................ 18-1810-1
Remove and install ........................................ 18-1830-9 Safety precautions ....................................... 00-0001-12
Air conditioning system Chain case
Air conditioner and heater, remove and Access plate, remove and install ................... 02-0250-1
install .......................................................... 18-1830-12 Charge air cooler
Charge R134a system ................................... 18-1830-8 Remove and install ........................................ 05-0510-1
Compressor, remove and install .................... 18-1830-9 Charge pump
Condenser, remove and install .................... 18-1830-11 Disassemble and assemble ......................... 21-2160-13
Evacuate R134a system ................................ 18-1830-7 Remove and install .................................... 03-0360-101
Expansion valve, remove and install............ 18-1830-10 Charge R134a system....................................... 18-1830-8
Flush and purge ............................................. 18-1830-2 Condenser
R134a refrigerant oil information.................... 18-1830-4 Remove and install ...................................... 18-1830-11
R134a refrigerant recovery, recycling Control lever
and charging station installation Disassemble and assemble ........................... 03-0315-3
procedure ..................................................... 18-1830-5 Handle, remove and install ............................ 03-0315-7
Receiver-dryer, remove and install .............. 18-1830-11 Remove and install ........................................ 03-0315-2
Recover R134a refrigerant............................. 18-1830-6 Control valve
Refrigerant cautions and proper Disassemble and assemble ........................... 31-3160-6
handling........................................................ 18-1830-1 Remove and install ........................................ 31-3160-1
Air spring Cooler
Remove and install ........................................ 18-1821-5 Charge air, remove and install ....................... 05-0510-1
Antenna Hydraulic oil, remove and install .................... 21-2160-9
Radio, remove and install .............................. 20-2001-1 Cooling package
Attachments Remove and install ........................................ 05-0510-3
Adding safely ............................................... 00-0001-10 Counterweight
Operating safely........................................... 00-0001-10 Remove and install ........................................ 17-1740-2
Axle housing Coupler
Disassemble and assemble ........................... 02-0201-2 Quik-Tatch™, remove and install ................... 31-3104-1
Remove and install ........................................ 02-0201-1 Coupler, hub
Remove and install ........................................ 03-0325-1
B Cover
Engine, remove and install............................. 19-1910-3
Backover accidents Cross shaft
Avoiding ......................................................... 00-0001-8 Steering, disassemble and assemble ............ 03-0315-6
Bolt and screw torque values Cross shaft assembly
Metric ............................................................. 00-0003-2 Steering, remove and install .......................... 03-0315-5
Unified inch .................................................... 00-0003-1 Cylinder
Boom Bleed procedure........................................... 31-3160-28
Remove and install ........................................ 31-3140-7 Boom, remove and install ............................ 31-3160-23
Boom cylinder Bucket, remove and install........................... 31-3160-26
Remove and install ...................................... 31-3160-23 Track adjuster, disassemble and
Boom link assemble.................................................... 01-0130-19
Lower, remove and install .............................. 31-3140-4
Upper, remove and install .............................. 31-3140-1 D
Boom lock
Disassemble and assemble ......................... 31-3140-14 Dampener
Remove and install ...................................... 31-3140-13 Steering, inspection ....................................... 03-0315-1
Continued on next page
TM11431 (15FEB13) Index-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=1
Index
Page Page
Steering, remove and install .......................... 03-0315-1 Fuel tank

Dealer fabricated tool Remove and install ........................................ 05-0560-1
DFT1323 Engine lifting bracket...................... 99-9900-2
Dealer fabricated tools G
DFT1087 track recoil spring guard................. 99-9900-7
DFT1101 boom ligting bracket ....................... 99-9900-1 Gearbox
DFT1325 Solenoid power harness ................ 99-9900-8 Hydrostatic motor, assemble (S.N.
DFT1333 Lock nut wrench............................. 99-9900-9 192142— ) ................................................. 03-0360-64
DFT1334 Gearbox turning tool .................... 99-9900-10 Hydrostatic motor, assemble
DFT1335 Park brake spring (S.N.—192141) .......................................... 03-0360-32
compressor ................................................ 99-9900-11 Hydrostatic motor, assemble, two speed
DFT1336 Bias spring compressor ............... 99-9900-12 (S.N.—192141) .......................................... 03-0360-42
ST4920 track recoil spring assembly ............. 99-9900-3 Hydrostatic motor, disassemble (S.N.
Diesel engine 192142— ) ................................................. 03-0360-50
Operation ....................................................... 04-0400-1 Hydrostatic motor, disassemble
Remove and install ........................................ 04-0400-1 (S.N.—192141) .......................................... 03-0360-27
Door Hydrostatic motor, disassemble, two
Cab, remove and install ................................. 18-1810-1 speed (S.N.—192141) ............................... 03-0360-37
Drive chain and sprocket Hydrostatic motor, inspection (S.N.
Remove and install ........................................ 02-0250-1 192142— ) ................................................. 03-0360-60
Drive sprocket Hydrostatic motor, remove and install
Remove and install ........................................ 01-0130-8 (S.N. —192141) ......................................... 03-0360-25
Hydrostatic motor, remove and install
E (S.N. 192142— ) ........................................ 03-0360-47
Hydrostatic motor, repair.............................. 03-0360-24
Emergency preparation ..................................... 00-0001-6 Leakge test (S.N. 192142— ) ...................... 03-0360-75
Engine
Operation ....................................................... 04-0400-1 H
Engine cover Hand control linkage
Remove and install ........................................ 19-1910-3 Remove and install ........................................ 31-3115-4
Engine side panel Handhold Use.................................................... 00-0001-6
Remove and install ........................................ 19-1910-1 Hardware torque values
Evacuate R134a system.................................... 18-1830-7 Metric ............................................................. 00-0003-2
Expansion valve Unified inch .................................................... 00-0003-1
Remove and install ...................................... 18-1830-10 Hazards
Avoiding ......................................................... 00-0001-8
F High flow hydraulic pump
Disassemble and assemble ......................... 21-2160-19
Fan Remove and install ...................................... 21-2160-19
Remove and install ........................................ 05-0510-1 High flow solenoid valve
Fan bypass valve Remove and install ...................................... 21-2160-23
Remove and install ........................................ 21-2160-8 High flow valve
Fan drive motor Disassemble and assemble ......................... 21-2160-23
Remove and install ........................................ 21-2160-7 Remove and install ...................................... 21-2160-21
Filter manifold High-pressure oils
Hydraulic oil, remove and install .................. 31-3160-28 Avoid .............................................................. 00-0001-3
Fire prevention................................................... 00-0001-4 Housing, axle
Flex pipe Disassemble and assemble ........................... 02-0201-2
Remove and install ........................................ 05-0530-1 Remove and install ........................................ 02-0201-1
Flush air conditioning system ............................ 18-1830-2 Hub coupler
Footwell Remove and install ........................................ 03-0325-1
Remove and install ........................................ 19-1910-1 Hydraulic
Front idler Component failure cleanup
Disassemble and assemble ......................... 01-0130-10 procedure ..................................................... 21-2160-4
Remove and install ........................................ 01-0130-9 Fittings, 30° cone seat ........................... 00-0003-6
Front idler yoke assembly Fittings, 37° flare .................................... 00-0003-6
Remove and install (S.N. —192141) ........... 01-0130-12 General oil cleanup procedure....................... 21-2160-1
Remove and install (S.N. 192142— ) .......... 01-0130-13

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=2
Index
Page Page
Hydraulic control valve

Disassemble and assemble ........................... 31-3160-6 I
Hydraulic cylinder Idler
Bleed procedure........................................... 31-3160-28 Front, disassemble and assemble ............... 01-0130-10
Disassemble and Assemble......................... 31-3160-27 Front, remove and install ............................... 01-0130-9
Hydraulic fan Rear, disassemble and assemble ................ 01-0130-10
Fan bypass valve, remove and install............ 21-2160-8 Rear, remove and install ................................ 01-0130-9
Fan drive motor, remove and install............... 21-2160-7 Inch series four bolt flange fitting
Hydraulic fitting Service recommendation, torque value for
Flared connections......................................... 00-0003-7 high pressure ............................................... 00-0003-8
Hydraulic oil cooler Input shaft seal
Remove and install ........................................ 21-2160-9 Install............................................................ 03-0360-93
Hydraulic oil filter manifold Inspect
Remove and install ...................................... 31-3160-28 Metal face seals ............................................. 01-0130-7
Hydraulic oil reservoir Inspect machine ................................................ 00-0001-2
Remove and install ...................................... 21-2160-10 Interlocking seat bar
Hydraulic pump Remove and install ........................................ 18-1821-4
Disassemble and assemble ......................... 21-2160-13
High flow, disassemble and L
assemble.................................................... 21-2160-19
High flow, remove and install ....................... 21-2160-19 Lap belt
Remove and install ...................................... 21-2160-12 Remove and install ........................................ 18-1821-2
Hydraulic start-up procedure ............................. 03-0360-1 Lever, control
Hydrostatic Disassemble and assemble ........................... 03-0315-3
Component failure cleanup Remove and install ........................................ 03-0315-2
procedure ..................................................... 21-2160-4 Link
Hydrostatic control valve Lower boom, remove and install .................... 31-3140-4
Remove and install .................................... 03-0360-102 Upper boom, remove and install .................... 31-3140-1
Hydrostatic motor Linkage
Assemble (S.N. 192142— ) ......................... 03-0360-64 Hand control, remove and install ................... 31-3115-4
Assemble (S.N.—192141) ........................... 03-0360-32 Lock
Assemble, two speed Boom, disassemble and assemble .............. 31-3140-14
(S.N.—192141) .......................................... 03-0360-42 Boom, remove and install ............................ 31-3140-13
Disassemble (S.N. 192142— ) .................... 03-0360-50 Lower boom link
Disassemble (S.N.—192141) ...................... 03-0360-27 Remove and install ........................................ 31-3140-4
Disassemble, two speed
(S.N.—192141) .......................................... 03-0360-37 M
Inspection (S.N. 192142— )......................... 03-0360-60
Remove and install (S.N. —192141) ........... 03-0360-25 Machine
Remove and install (S.N. 192142— ) .......... 03-0360-47 Blocking location ............................................ 17-1740-3
Repair .......................................................... 03-0360-24 Lifting area ..................................................... 17-1740-3
Hydrostatic motor and park brake Raising and blocking...................................... 17-1740-3
Disassemble and assemble ........................... 03-0360-5 Machine inspection............................................ 00-0001-2
Remove and install ........................................ 03-0360-3 Machine modifications
Hydrostatic motor and park brake—two Avoid .............................................................. 00-0001-2
speed Machine movement
Disassemble and assemble ......................... 03-0360-15 Unintended..................................................... 00-0001-7
Hydrostatic pump Machine tip over
Assemble—329D, 332D, 333D.................... 03-0360-93 Avoiding ......................................................... 00-0001-9
Disassemble and assemble—326D, Manifold
328D........................................................... 03-0360-78 Hydraulic oil filter, remove and install........... 31-3160-28
Disassemble—329D, 332D, 333D ............... 03-0360-85 Hydrostatic pump, disassemble and
Inspection—329D, 332D, 333D ................... 03-0360-89 assemble.................................................... 03-0360-84
Remove and install ...................................... 03-0360-76 Metric bolt and screw torque values .................. 00-0003-2
Hydrostatic pump manifold Motor
Disassemble and assemble ......................... 03-0360-84 Fan drive, remove and install......................... 21-2160-7
Hydrostatic start-up procedure .......................... 03-0360-1 Hydrostatic, assemble (S.N. 192142—
) .................................................................. 03-0360-64

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=3
Index
Page Page
Hydrostatic, assemble Hydrostatic motor, disassemble, two

(S.N.—192141) .......................................... 03-0360-32 speed (S.N.—192141) ............................... 03-0360-37
Hydrostatic, assemble, two speed Remove and install (S.N. —192141) ........... 03-0360-25
(S.N.—192141) .......................................... 03-0360-42 Remove and install (S.N. 192142— ) .......... 03-0360-47
Hydrostatic, disassemble (S.N. 192142— Repair .......................................................... 03-0360-24
) .................................................................. 03-0360-50 Park brake and hydrostatic motor
Hydrostatic, disassemble Disassemble and assemble ........................... 03-0360-5
(S.N.—192141) .......................................... 03-0360-27 Park brake and hydrostatic motor—two
Hydrostatic, disassemble, two speed speed
(S.N.—192141) .......................................... 03-0360-37 Disassemble and assemble ......................... 03-0360-15
Hydrostatic, inspection (S.N. 192142— Park brake, hydrostatic motor
) .................................................................. 03-0360-60 Remove and install ........................................ 03-0360-3
Hydrostatic, park brake, disassemble and Pedal assembly
assemble...................................................... 03-0360-5 Disassemble and assemble ........................... 31-3115-2
Hydrostatic, remove and install (S.N. Remove and install ........................................ 31-3115-1
—192141) .................................................. 03-0360-25 Pilot control shutoff lever ................................... 00-0001-7
Hydrostatic, repair........................................ 03-0360-24 Pins, metal
Moving parts Drive safely .................................................. 00-0001-12
Safety............................................................. 00-0001-2 Pipe
Servicing ........................................................ 00-0001-2 Muffler flex, remove and install ...................... 05-0530-1
Muffler Piston
Remove and install ........................................ 05-0530-1 Servo, ring install ......................................... 03-0360-93
Pump
O Charge, disassemble and assemble............ 21-2160-13
High flow hydraulic, disassemble and
O-ring boss fittings............................................. 00-0003-4 assemble.................................................... 21-2160-19
O-ring face seal fitting High flow hydraulic, remove and
Inch hex nut and stud end for high install .......................................................... 21-2160-19
pressure torque values............................... 00-0003-10 Hydraulic, disassemble and
Metric hex nut and stud end for high assemble.................................................... 21-2160-13
pressure torque values............................... 00-0003-14 Hydraulic, remove and install....................... 21-2160-12
Metric hex nut and stud end for standard Hydrostatic, assemble—329D, 332D,
pressure torque values............................... 00-0003-12 333D........................................................... 03-0360-93
Oil Hydrostatic, disasemble and
Lines and fittings ............................................ 00-0003-4 assemble—326D, 328D ............................. 03-0360-78
Oil information Hydrostatic, disassemble—329D, 332D,
R134a refrigerant ........................................... 18-1830-4 333D........................................................... 03-0360-85
Oil lines and fittings ........................................... 00-0003-4 Hydrostatic, inspection—329D, 332D,
Operation qualification....................................... 00-0001-1 333D........................................................... 03-0360-89
Operator's station Pump, charge
Raising and lowering...................................... 18-1810-8 Remove and install .................................... 03-0360-101
Remove and install ........................................ 18-1800-1 Pump, hydrostatic
Remove and install ...................................... 03-0360-76
P Purge air conditioning system ........................... 18-1830-2
Park brake Q
Hydrostatic motor disassemble (S.N.
192142— ) ................................................. 03-0360-50 Quik-Tatch™ actuator
Hydrostatic motor disassemble Remove and install ........................................ 31-3104-3
(S.N.—192141) .......................................... 03-0360-27 Quik-Tatch™ coupler
Hydrostatic motor inspection (S.N. Remove and install ........................................ 31-3104-1
192142— ) ................................................. 03-0360-60
Hydrostatic motor, assemble (S.N. R
192142— ) ................................................. 03-0360-64
Hydrostatic motor, assemble R134a refrigerant oil information ....................... 18-1830-4
(S.N.—192141) .......................................... 03-0360-32 R134a system
Hydrostatic motor, assemble, two speed Flush and purge ............................................. 18-1830-2
(S.N.—192141) .......................................... 03-0360-42 Refrigerant cautions and proper
handling........................................................ 18-1830-1

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=4
Index
Page Page
Refrigerant charge ......................................... 18-1830-8 Safety, Avoid High-Pressure Fluids

Refrigerant evacuate...................................... 18-1830-7 Avoid High-Pressure Fluids ........................... 00-0001-3
Refrigerant oil information.............................. 18-1830-4 Seal
Refrigerant recovery ...................................... 18-1830-6 Input shaft .................................................... 03-0360-93
Refrigerant recovery, recycling Seat
and charging station installation Remove and install ........................................ 18-1821-1
procedure ..................................................... 18-1830-5 Seat air spring
Radiator Remove and Install ........................................ 18-1821-5
Remove and install ........................................ 05-0510-2 Seat belt
Radio Remove and install ........................................ 18-1821-2
Antenna, remove and install .......................... 20-2001-1 Use and maintenance .................................... 00-0001-7
Rear idler Self leveling valve
Disassemble and assemble ......................... 01-0130-10 Remove and install ...................................... 31-3160-21
remove and install.......................................... 01-0130-9 Service recommendation
Rear window Inch series four bolt flange fitting for high
Remove and install ........................................ 18-1810-4 pressure ....................................................... 00-0003-8
Receiver-dryer O-ring face seal fittings with inch hex nut
Remove and install ...................................... 18-1830-11 and stud end for high pressure .................. 00-0003-10
Recoil spring O-ring face seal fittings with metric hex
Track adjuster, remove and install ............... 01-0130-16 nut and stud end for high pressure ............ 00-0003-14
Recoil spring and track adjuster O-ring face seal fittings with metric hex nut
Remove and install ...................................... 01-0130-15 and stud end for standard pressure ........... 00-0003-12
Recover R134a refrigerant ................................ 18-1830-6 Servo piston ring
Recovery, recycling and charging station Install............................................................ 03-0360-93
Installation procedure..................................... 18-1830-5 Shoulder belt
Refrigerant Remove and install ........................................ 18-1821-2
Charge R134a, air conditioning ..................... 18-1830-8 Side panel
Evacuate R134a, air conditioning .................. 18-1830-7 Remove and install ........................................ 19-1910-1
Recover R134a, air conditioning.................... 18-1830-6 Side window
Refrigerant cautions and proper Remove and install ........................................ 18-1810-6
handling ........................................................... 18-1830-1 Slopes
Removal Operation on .................................................. 00-0001-9
Cooling System Solenoid valve
Thermostat ................................................. 05-0510-6 High flow, remove and install ....................... 21-2160-23
Reservoir Spring
Hydraulic oil, remove and install .................. 21-2160-10 Track adjuster recoil spring, remove and
Riding machine.................................................. 00-0001-8 install .......................................................... 01-0130-16
Ring Track recoil, remove and install ................... 01-0130-15
Servo piston install....................................... 03-0360-93 Sprocket
Roller Drive, remove and install ............................... 01-0130-8
Track, disassemble and assemble................. 01-0130-4 Sprocket, drive chain
Track, remove and install............................... 01-0130-3 Remove and install ........................................ 02-0250-1
ROPS Start-up procedure
Remove and install ........................................ 18-1800-1 Hydraulic ........................................................ 03-0360-1
Rubber track lugs Hydrostatic ..................................................... 03-0360-1
Measure ......................................................... 01-0130-1 Steering
Dampener inspection ..................................... 03-0315-1
S Steering cross shaft
Disassemble and assemble ........................... 03-0315-6
Safety Steering cross shaft assembly
Clean debris from machine ............................ 00-0001-6 Remove and install ........................................ 03-0315-5
Operator's seat .............................................. 00-0001-6 Steering Dampener
Park and prepare for service safely ............. 00-0001-10 Remove and install ........................................ 03-0315-1
Safety information Steering lever
Recognizing ................................................... 00-0001-1 Handle, remove and install ............................ 03-0315-7
Safety restraint Steps Use .......................................................... 00-0001-6
Safety symbols .................................................. 00-0001-1

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=5
Index
Page Page
Track roller
T Disassemble and assemble ........................... 01-0130-4
Thermostat
Removal......................................................... 05-0510-6 U
Tip over
Avoiding ......................................................... 00-0001-9 Unified inch bolt and screw torque
Tire values .............................................................. 00-0003-1
Remove and install ........................................ 01-0110-3 Upper boom link
Tool Remove and install ........................................ 31-3140-1
DFT1323 Engine lifting bracket...................... 99-9900-2
Tools
Dealer fabricated, DFT1101 boom lifting
V
bracket ......................................................... 99-9900-1
Valve
Tools, dealer fabricated
Fan bypass, remove and install ..................... 21-2160-8
DFT1087 track recoil spring guard................. 99-9900-7
High flow solenoid valve, remove and
DFT1325 Solenoid power harness ................ 99-9900-8
install .......................................................... 21-2160-23
DFT1333 Lock nut wrench............................. 99-9900-9
High flow, disassemble and
DFT1334 Gearbox turning tool .................... 99-9900-10
assemble.................................................... 21-2160-23
DFT1335 Park brake spring
High flow, remove and install ....................... 21-2160-21
compressor ................................................ 99-9900-11
Hydraulic control valve, disassemble and
DFT1336 Bias spring compressor ............... 99-9900-12
assemble...................................................... 31-3160-6
ST4920 track recoil spring assembly ............. 99-9900-3
Hydraulic control, remove and install ............. 31-3160-1
Top window
Selve leveling, remove and install................ 31-3160-21
Valve, hydrostatic control
Torque charts
Remove and install .................................... 03-0360-102
Metric ............................................................. 00-0003-2
Unified inch .................................................... 00-0003-1
Torque value W
30° cone seat hydraulic fittings .............. 00-0003-6
37° flare hydraulic fittings....................... 00-0003-6 Weight
Flared connections......................................... 00-0003-7 Rear counterweight, remove and
Inch SAE four bolt flange fitting...................... 00-0003-9 install ............................................................ 17-1740-2
Inch series four bolt flange fitting for high Welding repair of major structure ...................... 17-1740-1
pressure ....................................................... 00-0003-8 Welding repairs
Metric cap screw ............................................ 00-0003-3 Make safely.................................................. 00-0001-11
Metric four bolt flange fitting......................... 00-0003-16 Wheel
O-Ring boss fitting ......................................... 00-0003-4 Remove and install ........................................ 01-0110-1
O-ring face seal fittings with inch hex nut Window
and stud end for high pressure .................. 00-0003-10 Rear, remove and install ................................ 18-1810-4
O-ring face seal fittings with metric hex Side, remove and install................................. 18-1810-6
nut and stud end for high pressure ............ 00-0003-14 Top, remove and install .................................. 18-1810-3
O-ring face seal fittings with metric hex nut Work site hazards
and stud end for standard pressure ........... 00-0003-12 Avoid .............................................................. 00-0001-8
Track
Remove and install ........................................ 01-0130-1 Y
Track adjuster and recoil spring
Remove and install ...................................... 01-0130-15 Yoke assembly
Track adjuster cylinder Front idler, remove and install (S.N.
Disassemble and assemble ......................... 01-0130-19 —192141) .................................................. 01-0130-12
Track adjuster recoil spring Front idler, remove and install (S.N.
Remove and install ...................................... 01-0130-16 192142— ) ................................................. 01-0130-13
Track lugs
Rubber, measure ........................................... 01-0130-1

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=6
Index

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=7
Index

(Manual Controls)
021513
PN=8

PDF John Deere 326d 328d 329d 332d 333d Servie Repair Manual PDF

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

PDF John Deere 326d 328d 329d 332d 333d Servie Repair Manual PDF

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

326D, 328D, 329D, 332D

For complete service information also see:

326D, 328D and 332D Skid Steer Loader

TM11431 (15FEB13) 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

Section 02—Axles and Suspension Systems

Section 05—Engine Auxiliary System

Section 17—Frame or Supporting Structure

Section 18—Operator's Station

Section 19—Sheet Metal and Styling

Section 20—Safety and Convenience

Section 21—Main Hydraulic System

Original Instructions. All information, illustrations and specifications in this

TM11431 (15FEB13) i 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

TM11431 (15FEB13) ii 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

Group 0001—Safety Service Recommendations for

Group 0003—Torque Values

TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

Follow Safety Instructions

Operate Only If Qualified

TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0001-1 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

Wear Protective Clothing

Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications

Stay Clear of Moving Parts

Entanglements in moving parts can cause serious injury.

TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0001-2 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

Avoid High-Pressure Fluids

Avoid High-Pressure Oils

TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0001-3 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

Work In Ventilated Area

TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0001-4 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

Prevent Battery Explosions

Handle Chemical Products Safely

Dispose of Waste Properly

TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0001-5 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

Prepare for Emergencies

Clean Debris from Machine

Use Steps and Handholds Correctly

Start Only From Operator's Seat

Avoid unexpected machine movement. Start engine only

TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0001-6 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

Use and Maintain Seat Belt

Prevent Unintended Machine Movement

TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0001-7 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

Avoid Work Site Hazards

Keep Riders Off Machine

Avoid Backover Accidents

look directly for best visibility. Keep windows clean.

TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0001-8 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

Avoid Machine Tip Over

Operating Or Traveling On Public Roads

TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0001-9 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

Inspect and Maintain ROPS

Add and Operate Attachments Safely

Park and Prepare for Service Safely

this machine with the loader boom raised.

TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0001-10 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

Service Cooling System Safely

Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating

Make Welding Repairs Safely

Avoid welding or heating near pressurized fluid lines.

TM11431 (15FEB13) 00-0001-11 326D, 328D, 329D, 332D and 333D

Drive Metal Pins Safely